00jmpozzi.free.fr/sapformationfi/ac290-en-46c-fv.pdf · general ledger/ accounts payable/ ......

SAP AG 2001

$&��5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW

SAP AG

$&$&5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW SAP AG

$&��$&��

n R/3 System

n Release 4.6C

n July 2001

n Material Number 5004 7114

SAP AG 2001

&RS\ULJKW��6$3�$*��$OO�ULJKWV�UHVHUYHG�1R�SDUW�RI�WKLV�SXEOLFDWLRQ�PD\�EH�UHSURGXFHG�RU�WUDQVPLWWHG�LQDQ\�IRUP�RU�IRU�DQ\�SXUSRVH�ZLWKRXW�WKH�H[SUHVV�SHUPLVVLRQ�RI6$3�$*��7KH�LQIRUPDWLRQ�FRQWDLQHG�KHUHLQ�PD\�EH�FKDQJHGZLWKRXW�SULRU�QRWLFH�$OO�ULJKWV�UHVHUYHG�

&RS\ULJKW

7UDGHPDUNV�n Some software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software

components of other software vendors.

n Microsoft®, WINDOWS®, NT®, EXCEL®, Word®, PowerPoint® and SQL Server® are registeredtrademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

n IBM®, DB2®, OS/2®, DB2/6000®, Parallel Sysplex®, MVS/ESA®, RS/6000®, AIX®, S/390®,AS/400®, OS/390®, and OS/400® are registered trademarks of IBM Corporation.

n ORACLE® is a registered trademark of ORACLE Corporation.

n INFORMIX®-OnLine for SAP and INFORMIX® Dynamic ServerTM are registered trademarks of Informix Software Incorporated.

n UNIX®, X/Open®, OSF/1®, and Motif® are registered trademarks of the Open Group.

n HTML, DHTML, XML, XHTML are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3C®, World WideWeb Consortium, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

n JAVA® is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.

n JAVASCRIPT® is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc., used under license fortechnology invented and implemented by Netscape.

n SAP, SAP Logo, R/2, RIVA, R/3, ABAP, SAP ArchiveLink, SAP Business Workflow, WebFlow, SAP EarlyWatch, BAPI, SAPPHIRE, Management Cockpit, mySAP.com Logo and mySAP.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in Germany and in several other countries allover the world. All other products mentioned are trademarks or registered trademarks of theirrespective companies.

SAP AG 2001

)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�,

Financial Accounting andReporting

��5 days

Asset Accounting

��4 days

Special Purpose Ledger

Human ResourcesEssentials I

��1 day

/HYHO��/HYHO��

Travel ManagementTravel Expenses

��3 days

Travel ManagementTravel Planning

��2 days

� ��

moree-learnings

� ��

Change Vendoror CustomerMaster Data viaInternet

Human ResourcesEssentials II

��2 days

####��

General Ledger/Accounts Payable/Accounts ReceivableConfiguration

��3 days

Periodic Processing inAccounts Payable/Accounts Receivable

��2 days

Financial Closing

��2 days

��

��5 days

Additional FinancialFunctionality

�� 1 day

� ��

InterestCalculation ofopen and/orcleared items ##

�!�

SAP AG 2001

&RXUVH�3UHUHTXLVLWHV

0,1,080�5(48,5(0(176�l �$&��)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�DQG5HSRUWLQJ

5(&200(1'('�l �$&��$5�$3�*/�3URFHVVLQJ�&RQILJJE

l �$&��3HULRGLF�3URFHVVLQJ�LQ$FF��5HF

l $&��&RVW�0DQDJHPHQW�DQG&RQWUROOLQJ

l 1RWH��If you intend to use the FI-AA, EC-PCA, PM or PS components, we recommend attendingthese courses as well.

SAP AG 2001

l 3DUWLFLSDQWV" Project team responsible for the implementation of the SAP

Real Estate Management component

n 'XUDWLRQ��GD\V

7DUJHW�*URXS

1RWHV�WR�WKH�XVHUn The training materials are not teach-yourself programs. They complement the course instructor’s

explanations. There is space for you to write down additional information on the sheets.

SAP AG 2001

l &RXUVH�*RDOVl &RXUVH�2EMHFWLYH�V�l &RXUVH�&RQWHQWl &RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ�'LDJUDPl 0DLQ�%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULRl &RXUVH�,QWURGXFWLRQ

&RQWHQWV

SAP AG 2001

l 7KLV�FRXUVH�LQVWUXFWV�\RX�DERXW�WKHIXQFWLRQV�RI�6$3�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQWDQG�KRZ�WR�PDQDJH�\RXU�UHDO�HVWDWHSRUWIROLR�

l 7KH�LQWHJUDWLRQ�ZLWK�RWKHU�DSSOLFDWLRQV�LVDOVR�H[SODLQHG�

l <RX�ZLOO�DOVR�OHDUQ�KRZ�WR�PDNH�EDVLFV\VWHP�VHWWLQJV�

&RXUVH�2EMHFWLYHV

SAP AG 2001

l 0DVWHU�GDWDl 5HQWDO�DJUHHPHQW�PDQDJHPHQWl &RUUHVSRQGHQFHl 5HQWDO�DFFRXQWLQJl 2SHUDWLQJ�DQG�KHDWLQJ�H[SHQVHV�VHWWOHPHQWl 5HQW�DGMXVWPHQWVl *HQHUDO�FRQWUDFW��OHDVH�LQ�l ,QWHJUDWLRQ��),�$$��(&�3&$��&2��30��36�l ,QIRUPDWLRQ�6\VWHPl &XVWRPL]LQJ

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�FRXUVH��\RX�ZLOO�EHDEOH�WR�GHVFULEH�

&RXUVH�2EMHFWLYH�V�

SAP AG 2001

Unit 8 *HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW�/HDVH�,Q�Unit 9 &RQWUROOLQJUnit 10 ,QWHJUDWLRQ��$VVHW�$FFRXQWLQJ��3ODQW�0DLQWHQDQFH��3URMHFW�6\VWHPUnit 11 7D[HVUnit 12 &URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ�)XQFWLRQV

Unit 1 0DVWHU�'DWDUnit 2 5HQWDOUnit 3 &RUUHVSRQGHQFHUnit 4 5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJUnit 5 5HQW�$GMXVWPHQWUnit 6 6HUYLFH�&KDUJH6HWWOHPHQWUnit 7 6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW�5HQW�6HWWOHPHQW

,QWURGXFWLRQ

$SSHQGL[��LQFOXGLQJ�JORVVDU\�DQG�PHQX�SDWKV�([HUFLVHV6ROXWLRQV

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW

SAP AG 2001

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ 6HWWOHPHQW

*HQHUDO&RQWUDFW�/HDVH�,Q�

,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP

7D[HV��,QWHJUDWLRQ

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUROOLQJ

0DVWHU�'DWD

/HDVH�2XW

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ

&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ)XQFWLRQV

n You use the R/3 Real Estate Management component to manage your real estate portfolio,incorporating integrated processes.

n The main functions involve entering data for, and managing and overseeing tasks that involverevenues, as well as handling business processes related to rentals and settlements:

é Lease-outs, application management, offers

é Rent collection, payment transactions, dunning

é Rent Adjustment

é Service charge settlement

é Lease-in

é Controlling

SAP AG 2001

0DLQ�%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

l 7KH�,'(6�FRPSDQ\�PDQDJHV�UHDO�HVWDWHl ,'(6�LPSOHPHQWV�WKH�5��6\VWHPl <RX�DUH�D�PHPEHU�RI�WKH�LPSOHPHQWDWLRQ�WHDPl <RX�PDS�WKH�IROORZLQJ�EXVLQHVV�SURFHVVHV

# /HDVH�2XW# 5HQW�FROOHFWLRQ��SD\PHQW�WUDQVDFWLRQV��GXQQLQJ# 5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW# 6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW# /HDVH�,Q

SAP AG 2001

�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW

• $&%('*)�+-,/.10 2*3 4• 5�67,-,78 ,/9:0 273 4

,QWHJUDWLRQ�RI�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�LQ�5��

3ODQW�0DLQWHQDQFH��30�3ODQW�0DLQWHQDQFH��30�•Equipment•Maintenance•Malfunctionreports

3URMHFW��36�DQG�,0�3URMHFW��36�DQG�,0�

3URILW�&HQWHU��&2�3URILW�&HQWHU��&2�•Imputed costs(Vacancy)•Profit center• ;�<*=>.7%-,@?:A +(B@+-,-6-+�C*D %-,*,*8 ,@9• ;�E�=/+>. . D +@)F+@,/.• 3 ,@. +@AG,@%@D>%>H>.I8 B78 . '%>=/=-8 9J,-)K+/,/.

)L[HG�$VVHWV)L[HG�$VVHWV�),�$$��),�$$�•Depreciation(FI-AA)

$FFRXQWV�5HFHLYDEOH��),�$FFRXQWV�5HFHLYDEOH��),�

*HQHUDO�/HGJHU��),�*HQHUDO�/HGJHU��),�

7UHDVXU\��75�7UHDVXU\��75�• Cash management and forecast

Planning, budgeting andcontrolof capital investments andconstruction projects(maintenance, renovation,environmental cleanup,modernization)

• L�+@,/.&D +M?*9*+-A10 273 4

n SAP Real Estate Management is fully integrated with the Financial Accounting and Controllingapplication components in the R/3 System. You need to install these components to be able to useReal Estate Management.

n You can also expand on the basic configuration according to your requirements; in particular ProfitCenter Accounting, Plant Maintenance, Project System, Asset Accounting, Financial AssetManagement and Materials Management are closely linked to Real Estate Management.

SAP AG 2001

��$SSOLFDWLRQ�is described in the DSSOLFDWLRQ�GRFXPHQWDWLRQ

��&XVWRPL]LQJ�is described in the ,PSOHPHQWDWLRQ�*XLGH��,0*�

$ &&

&RXUVH�0DWHULDO�DQG�$GGLWLRQDO�,QIRUPDWLRQ

�&UHDWH�D�OHDVH�RXW �� :KLFK�QXPEHUV�DUH�DVVLJQHG�WR�OHDVH�RXWV"

�3RVW�VHUYLFH�FKDUJHV �:KLFK�VHUYFH�FKDUJH�NH\V�DUH�DOORZHG"

�([HFXWH�VHWWOHPHQW �7R�ZKLFK�DFFRXQWV�FDQ�\RXSRVW�WKH�VHWWOHPHQW�UHVXOWV"

0HQX� 0HQX��$FFRXQWLQJ 7RROV

��!�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW� ��!�$FFHOHUDWHG�6$3�� !�&XVWRPL]LQJ

n This graphic shows the difference between the application and Customizing.

SAP AG 2001

7LSV�DQG�7ULFNV

:KHQ�WKH�KRXUJODVV�LVGLVSOD\HG" Create Session (4.5)" Stop Transaction (4.5)

Click here

© SAP AG AC290 1-1

SAP AG 2001

l 2EMHFW�GDWDl 3DUWQHU�GDWDl &XVWRPL]LQJl ,QWURGXFWLRQ�WR�,QIRUPDWLRQ�6\VWHP

&RQWHQWV�

0DVWHU�'DWD

© SAP AG AC290 1-2

SAP AG 2001

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOHWR�l /LVW�WKH�PDVWHU�GDWD�XVHGl ([SODLQ�WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�WKH

LQGLYLGXDO�PDVWHU�GDWD�REMHFWVl 1DYLJDWH�LQ�WKH�2EMHFW�%URZVHUl ([SODLQ�WKH�HIIHFW�RI�WKH�XVDJH�W\SH�RI�D

UHQWDO�XQLWl ([SODLQ�WKH�FRQFHSW�RI�WKH�EXVLQHVV�SDUWQHU

0DVWHU�'DWD��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 1-3

SAP AG 2001

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW

5HQWDO


*HQHUDO&RQWUDFW�/HDVH�,Q�

,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP


&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUROOLQJ

0DVWHU�'DWD

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ��0DVWHU�'DWD


© SAP AG AC290 1-4

SAP AG 2001

l <RX�FUHDWH�WKH�PDVWHU�GDWD�WKDW�LV�HVVHQWLDO�IRUWKH�UHQWDO�DQG�VHWWOHPHQW�SURFHVVHV

0DVWHU�'DWD��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 1-5

SAP AG 2001

5��2UJDQL]DWLRQDO�6WUXFWXUHV

Each of these elements belongs to the client.

l 7KH�IROORZLQJ�RUJDQL]DWLRQDO�HOHPHQWV�DUHXVHG�WR�SRUWUD\�WKH�EXVLQHVV�SURFHVVHV�RIH[WHUQDO�DQG�LQWHUQDO�DFFRXQWLQJ�WKDW�DUHUHOHYDQW�IRU�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�� Company code� Business area� Controlling area

n The R/3 organizational structures such as company code, business area and controlling area aredefined in FI or CO and not in Real Estate Management.

© SAP AG AC290 1-6

SAP AG 2001

2YHUYLHZ�RI�2UJDQL]DWLRQDO�6WUXFWXUH

&RQWUROOLQJ�DUHD��

%XVLQHVV�DUHDV

&RPSDQ\�FRGH&RQWUROOLQJ

DUHD��

��

� ��

n The organizational structures of internal and external accounting are subject to dependencies on eachother as shown in the above graphic.

n 1RWH:

é More than one company code can belong to a controlling area.

é Business areas are independent of company code and controlling area.

© SAP AG AC290 1-7

SAP AG 2001

%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\

3URSHUW\ %XLOGLQJ

5HQWDO�8QLW 5HQWDO�8QLW

5RRPV/DQG

UHJLVWHU

&RPSDQ\�FRGH

0DVWHU�'DWD�RI�5HDO�(VWDWH�2EMHFWV

� � � �� ! " # � � � ��

� � � � � ! " #

$ The most superior element in the hierarchy of Real Estate objects is the business entity. The business

entity is assigned uniquely to a company code. The business entity comprises Real Estate objects thatare handled in the same way. The business entity is usually made up of a group of buildings andproperties sharing the same utilities and subject to the same tax regulations.

$ The number of buildings and/or properties belonging to a business entity are unlimited. The

assignment of numbers to buildings and properties is only unique within the business entity itself(for internal number assignment). You can create a hierarchy of buildings (for instance one buildingpart for each floor).

$ The rental unit represents the object that can be rented (buildings, properties, rooms and business

entities CANNOT be rented). The number assignment of rental units is unique within the businessentity. Rental units can be assigned to buildings or properties. The usage type is used to differentiatebetween rental units.

$ You can assign rental units to any building, including the higher-level ones in the hierarchy.

However, we recommend that you only assign rental units to the lowest level in the hierarchy as thishelps to maintain a clear overview.

$ You can keep a list of rooms available in a building. All rooms except common rooms can be

assigned to rental units.$

"Property in R/3 Real Estate refers to the ODQG�RQO\�and not the buildings on it. Land register datacan be compiled for the properties.

$ Rental units with internal usage type 04 and 05 (parking spaces) do not have to be assigned to a

property or a building.

© SAP AG AC290 1-8

SAP AG 2001

3URFHVVLQJ�2EMHFWV�LQ�WKH�6\VWHP

5HDO�(VWDWH�2EMHFW�%URZVHU

%'&)(+*-,-.0/212354�3768937:;<&�(>=?,@6A&B32(+/7CAD

E (+&<F@D0. 38

G'H I96@JK893L;<&B(>=376AD 67JM8�67NE (+&<F7D0. 38�3

O .0&B6@JK8PN+. 3-,>D CKQR(+&,>&�(-JM633>.S/21T(2;3@6AD 62JK896@NU(+H�I962JK893

:RUN�DUHD7DVN�OLVW�IRU�ILUVW�XVHU(+&

3URFHVVLQJ�RI�VHOHFWHG�REMHFW)RU�H[DPSOH�

&KDQJH�EXVLQHVV�HQWLW\'LVSOD\�UHQWDO�XQLW&UHDWH�OHDVH�RXW

5HDO�(VWDWH�KLHUDUFK\�• %(

%837<

58��/2

:RUNOLVWV �@�9W�X � ��7Y�ZV �@�9W�X � ��7Y�[M\ �^] _V �@�9W�X � ��7`�[V �@�9W�X � ��7a bV �@�9W�X � ��Bc�dfeK��e�g^ hiK�j�@��7�k��e��j�V �@�9W�X � ��Kl>[ ��

n The Real Estate object browser displays real estate objects in a tree structure.

n The worklist enables you to create and maintain your own personalized sets of RE objects.

n The Real Estate hierarchy displays all the user’s sets and enables easy navigation between masterdata objects.

n When you first call up the browser, the work area displays usage instructions and how to create setsin worklists, and enables you to process your master data objects.

n You can also create new objects in the real estate hierarchy and assign them to the sets.

n You can find the Real Estate object browser under:

5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW� -> 0DVWHU�'DWD -> 5HDO�(VWDWH�2EMHFW�%URZVHUTransaction: FOOBJECTBROWSER

© SAP AG AC290 1-9

SAP AG 2001

6HWV�IRU�5HDO�(VWDWH�2EMHFWV

l &DQ�EH�FUHDWHG�IRU�WKH�IROORZLQJ�REMHFW�W\SHV�m Business entitiesm Propertiesm Buildingsm Rental Unitsm Lease-outsm Management contractsm Settlement units

l &RQVLVW�RI�D�QXPEHU�RI�VLPLODU�5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFWV

l /HW�\RX�XVH�WKH�VDPH�VHOHFWLRQV�LQ�WKH�REMHFWEURZVHU�IRU�GLIIHUHQW�UHSRUWV

n You can create sets in the object browser. This enables navigation. The user can create a worklistwith sets and select relevant objects for the sets. You can use the same sets for reports.

n There are the following advantages to using sets for reports:

n Standard report selection uses report variants. It is not possible to use the same variant for differentreports as variants are always related to a particular report. This is particularly inconvenient in RealEstate Management because the user often requires different reports for the same group of RealEstate objects.

n The set function lets you use your own selections as often as required.

n To execute a particular report in Real Estate Management, you can use sets to make your selectionsinstead of the standard selection options. To do so, you enter your data for the set in the selectionscreen of the required report.

n Sets are homogeneous, and thus only contain one type of Real Estate object.

© SAP AG AC290 1-10

SAP AG 2001

$GGU %XV$U ��3& ��&&WU[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[n C7JMCA/7JMQ

[G E /*37C71A6

a bpofq �Arsat� �^u�^�9� ��eK��Kc q �A��vK��9�0wx� �yhve^� ��eK� ��zy��7�^e^�i�7{}|~��j�^�Bu�ek�A� �ietX �� ~�~X j��KXk�{�|~��A� �i�9u�vuK� ^��e^�� u�w��9u��^��9� wy��7� ��uj�uK� g7ujK��9X k� Xk�7{}|~��j�2� ��e W�^��7�Mk� e X ��e�� 7� � ] u�v��k��M�0M��f��t�9u�tuM� g7u�K��~X k� ^X�7{}|~��j�@�~�hve^� �k�^� ] uM� �yhtjeK��Bu�ej�@��u�e^� g ��ye ��e�X ��v��eKW�K�� ~�te��7� ��2� �tX � ��K��X k� Xk�7{}|~��j�� 2�_ l2q �2r�ai��M��wM� ��g2c�q �MeK��^��B� wx� �t��^�Kj�M�MX � �� 9X w�hve�zKj��9u�i��B� wy��7�^�Bu��uK� gMu�^��X j��KXj�{�|��A� ��eKW�M��sujeK��gKk�i��y�Bu�tu^� gMu�^��9X j��KXj�{�|��k�@z^�� ej�S��k�M�Bu�tX ��~X j��MXk�M{�|��k�~�

[ � 8�8<&�.0H�*8B6L=TCA.�/896A/@C-/7JM65(2;�(PH�I96@JM8B3T,7(23@3>.SH-D 6

��k�k� �M�j��0��<��K�}��@� � �� <�-�}�0�<�� ¡j¢��}�<¡0�}��K� ¡�� ^�k��¡k¢<��¡ ��K£ �^�� <�<�-�}��¡S� ¡ ¤��¥ �� ¦��}� ¡ ¤�K§ �^�� ¨ �j� ��©¥K§ ¥��¡ ��¨��k�� ¡ª�« ª��}��¬ ��¡

0DVWHU�'DWD��2UJDQL]DWLRQDO�6WUXFWXUHV�5HODWLRQVKLS�WR�5HODWHG�$SSOLFDWLRQV

� � � �� ! " #

%(35�%858/2

n You can reduce master data maintenance with the logical inheritance. Logically inherited attributesdo not have to be maintained for lower-level objects. We do not recommend individuallymaintaining the same attributes since this means that all changes must also be maintainedindividually. This could result in data inconsistency.

n Physical copying is only possible when you create objects. If entries belonging to higher-levelobjects are changed at a later date, the lower-level object is not changed.

© SAP AG AC290 1-11

SAP AG 2001

8VDJH�7\SH� �j�7��9��@X ��9� KX zy��ej�B��®

¯)° ±B° ²�³´ µ9µ)¶·<¸9¹Bº´ µBµ�¶·�¸�¹)º´ µ9µ)¶

»<¼�½B¾ ¸ ¿9À Á~Â

5HQWDO�8QLW5HQWDO�8QLW

%XLOGLQJ%XLOGLQJ3URSHUW\3URSHUW\

/RFDWLRQ�RQ�IORRU/RFDWLRQ�RQ�IORRU

)L[WXUHV��ILWWLQJV)L[WXUHV��ILWWLQJV5RRPV5RRPV

$UHDV$UHDV&RQGLWLRQV&RQGLWLRQV

$SSRUWLRQPHQW$SSRUWLRQPHQWXQLWVXQLWV

2ZQHU2ZQHU3DUWQHUV3DUWQHUV

'HVFULSWLRQ'HVFULSWLRQ$GGUHVV$GGUHVV1RWHV1RWHV

6WDWXV6WDWXV2FFXSDQF\�W\SH2FFXSDQF\�W\SH9DFDQF\�UHDVRQV9DFDQF\�UHDVRQV0HWHUV0HWHUV

5HQWDO�8QLW

n The rental unit represents the object that can be rented. It is the basis for concluding the lease-out. Arental unit cannot be assigned to a building and a property at the same time.

n You must specify the usage type when you create a rental unit. Usage types can be customized andthey always refer to a usage category: "commercial", "residential" or "mixed usage".

n The usage type specifies which screens and fields must/can be maintained for the rental unit. (Fieldstatus control)

n The usage type can specify which area types are permitted and those that are obligatory.

n The usage type specifies whether a particular rental unit participates in the service charge settlementor not.

n The "category" of the usage type (commercial, residential, mixed usage) specifies the adjustmenttypes and lease-out types that are permitted for the contracts of this rental unit.

n You can create notes for the rental unit. You can also use the "Send object with note" function forrental units, as for all other master data objects (see also unit on "Cross-Application Functions".

© SAP AG AC290 1-12

SAP AG 2001

0DVV�&KDQJH�RI�5HQWDO�8QLWV

l 0DVV�&KDQJH�RI�5HQWDO�8QLWV

DEF

GHI

2OG�YDOXHV 1HZ�YDOXHV

DEF

GGG

2OG�YDOXHV

1HZ�YDOXHV

'HIDXOW�YDOXH�G

Ã�Ä ÄSÅÆÃ~Ä ÄSÅÇÃ~Ä ÄSÅÈ

ÉSÊ Ë Ì Í�Æ Î Ï Ð

� 2QH�XQLYHUVDO�YDOXH��ZLWK�GHIDXOW�YDOXH�w 58��%XVLQHVV�DUHD��w 58��%XVLQHVV�DUHD��w 58��%XVLQHVV�DUHD��

� ,QGLYLGXDO�YDOXHV��ZLWKRXW�GHIDXOW�YDOXH�w 58��%XVLQHVV�DUHD��w 58��%XVLQHVV�DUHD��w 58��%XVLQHVV�DUHD��

n Mass change allows you to change existing values and maintain new ones for a select group of rentalunits.

n If there are already values for the field that you want to maintain by mass change, these values arepre-assigned to the processing list where you can modify them.

n In this case, we recommend working without default values as these default values would be used forpre-assignment.

n If you enter a default value, all entries are pre-assigned this value. If there are no values for the field,we recommend using this method.

n You find the reports under:

5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW� -> 7RROV�-> 0DVV�&KDQJH�RI�58

© SAP AG AC290 1-13

SAP AG 2001

1DWXUDOSHUVRQ

2UJDQL]DWLRQ

%XVLQHVV�SDUWQHU

3DUWQHU�0DQDJHPHQW

5ROHV�7HQDQW�SULYDWH�

7HQDQW�FRP��

*XDUDQWRU

n Business partners can be natural persons or organizations.

n In an application, a partner always appears in the form of a partner role, for instance:

é Caretaker of a building

é Owner of a rental unit

é Tenant of a lease-out

n If a partner already exists in the system with a partner role (for instance, caretaker) and you want toassign another role to this partner (for instance, tenant with customer account), you do not createanother business partner but add the required role to existing partner.

n The partner roles must be assigned to the respective application area (rental unit, lease-out, building,and so on).Example: Application Role _ Rental unit Authorized occupant Lease-ou Tenant with/without customer account Land register Land registry Owner management Owner

© SAP AG AC290 1-14

SAP AG 2001

+RPH�DGGUHVVIURP��

%XVLQHVV�DGGUHVV

��&KXUFK�6WUHHW&KXUFKWRZQ�3$��86$

1DWXUDO�SHUVRQ

2UJDQL]DWLRQ

$GGUHVVHV

+RPH�DGGUHVVXQWLO��

5ROH��5HODWLRQVKLS�WRDSSOLFDWLRQV

5HODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQ�SDUWQHUV

Ñ 7HQDQW�RI�UHQWDO��DJUHHPHQWÑ &DUHWDNHU�RI�EXLOGLQJ

Ñ 6SRXVH�RI��Ñ 6KDUHKROGHU��Ñ $GGUHVV�W\SHVÑ 7LPH�GHSHQGHQWDVVLJQPHQW

3DUWQHU�,QIRUPDWLRQ

IRXQG

n Roles are used to express the relationships of partners to objects. The system provides role categories(for example, master tenant with customer account, tenant, owner). You can define more precise roletypes for role categories (such as master tenant with customer account in shared apartment, mastertenant with customer account as married couple...).

n Creating role types facilitates correspondence.

n Each partner must have at least one address. You can use any address types such as home addressesor business addresses. The assignment of addresses is time-dependent.

n All the addresses stored in the system are filed in an address file to avoid duplicating entries.

n You can define relationships between partners.

© SAP AG AC290 1-15

SAP AG 2001

&&

&XVWRPL]LQJ��%DVLF�6HWWLQJV�DQG�0DVWHU�'DWD

l %DVLF�VHWWLQJVÒ Ó .�/@C-/7J2. CAD � 3376M8pÔxC-/@C@1-62=56-/8>C@J8<. Õ7C8B67NÒ Ö 6-/@C-/7J^Q×D C E

l 1XPEHU�UDQJHV�� e��j�M� g��z�z^��^�� 9� �� ^� ��~ �0��eKX�� i�9��MX wi��^X ��e^{MX l &HQWUDO�PDVWHU�GDWD�&XVWRPL]LQJ

Ò � &B6@C'8�Q>,76M3 Ø�6M;96>&96-/7J6ÙC-&�6CM3+ÚAÛP&<. Õ2CM896KÜ�J(>=Ý=56-&�J2. C-DÒ � 8�8<&�.0H-*8B63Þ(2;�(PH�IB67JM8~3Ò Ó . ß@8�*>&B6M35àá;�. 8�8�.0/7123Ò â 3@6>&-;<. 6AD N23Ò â 3@6>&-38BC8�*3 ÔãCA/7C@1+.0/71äH-*3>.0/@6M3@3U,-&)(-JM63@3@6M3Ò å (+/2N+. 8<. (+/73 Ø�6M;96>&>89(äD CM8B6A&s*-/-. 8

l $WWULEXWHV�RI�LQGLYLGXDO�REMHFWV��ORFDWLRQ��UHJLRQDO�ORFDWLRQ��l ([WHUQDO�XVDJH�W\SHl )LHOG�VWDWXV�FRQWUROl 3DUWQHU�UROHV�IRU�HDFK�REMHFW�W\SH

n Customizing settings are necessary for creating master data.

n The attributes entered in the master data are checked against the corresponding Customizing tables.

n Customizing settings needed for the individual master data objects are described in theImplementation Guide.

n Some master data attributes have a controlling effect on other business processes such as rentadjustment.

n Internal or external number ranges can be used. User exits on the basis of BTE (Business TransactionEvent) for assigning numbers for the following objects is also available: Business entity, building,property, rental unit (for lease-outs, see the corresponding unit).

n You can use user fields for all master data, including lease-outs. Other fields for business entity,building, property, rental unit and lease-out can be created in addition to the standard ones, for whichBTE can be used.

n User exists are not considered to be a modification.

© SAP AG AC290 1-16

SAP AG 2001

&XVWRPL]LQJ�3DUWQHU&XVWRPL]LQJ�3DUWQHU

�1XPEHU�UDQJH��%XVLQHVV�SDUWQHU��QXPEHU

([WUDV��)RU�XVHU�GHILQHG��XVH1RWHV��1RWH�FDWHJRULHV��DQG�XVH

'HIDXOW�YDOXHV��&XVWRPHU��DFFRXQW�JURXSV��)LHOG�FRQWHQWV��FXVWRPHU�PDVWHU��UHFRUG

)LHOG�VWDWXVFRQWURO5ROH�YLHZ

3DUWQHU�XVHLQ�LQGLYLGXDODSSOLFDWLRQV

*HQHUDO�GDWD��$GGUHVV��/HJDO�IRUP��&UHGLW�VWDQGLQJ��5HODWLRQVKLSV

$GGUHVVHV��'HIDXOW�YDOXH��DGGUHVV�,'

&&

&XVWRPL]LQJ�3DUWQHU�0DQDJHPHQW

n Before creating partners, you have to define number ranges for business partners. You can alsodefine a default value for an address ID.

n The system designates the partner role categories and the user cannot change these. You candifferentiate various role categories by creating role types.

n You perform the field status control, and this is contingent on the role category.

n You have to specify the applications to which role categories can be assigned. You could, forinstance, specify that data relative to clerks is only maintained on the business entity level and not onthe building level.

n When you create a business partner and edit a field in the customer view, the system automaticallycreates a customer. Example: The reconciliation account of the master tenant with customer accounthas been designated a required field, and data is filled automatically or manually, which means that acustomer is created automatically. Customers existing in FI can be assigned to business partners.

n You can create general partner attributes such as form of address, legal form of organization, creditstanding codes.

n You can save texts containing additional information on partners under "Additional data" or undergeneral or role-dependent notes.

© SAP AG AC290 1-17

SAP AG 2001

0DVWHU�'DWD�5HSRUWV

l 0DVWHU�'DWD� 5HQWDO�XQLW�OHDVH�RXW�RYHUYLHZ� %XVLQHVV�SDUWQHU� /DQG�UHJLVWHUV� %XVLQHVV�HQWLWLHV� 3URSHUWLHV� %XLOGLQJ� 5HQWDO�XQLWV

l $UHD�DFFRUGLQJ�WR� 5HQWDO�XQLWV� 3URSHUW\�KLVWRU\� %XLOGLQJ�KLVWRU\

� You find the reports under: 5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW� -> Infosystem

� Call up the following reports to see what data is stored:

• 0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV -> 0DVWHU�'DWD -> 5HQWDO�XQLW�OHDVH�RXW�RYHUYLHZ• 0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV -> 0DVWHU�'DWD -> 5HQWDO�8QLWV• 0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV -> 0DVWHU�'DWD -> %XVLQHVV�3DUWQHUV��5ROHV�• 0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV -> 2YHUYLHZV�-> $UHDV�-> 2QH�$UHD�8QLW��! 5HQWDO�8QLWV

© SAP AG AC290 1-18

SAP AG 2001

&KDUD

FWHULV

WLFDWW

ULEXWH

V

%XVLQHVV %DVLF�UHQW %DVLF�DUHDHQWLW\

3DUN�6WUHHW �� Pð

5HLG�6TXDUH�� Pð

&KXUFK�3ODFH�� Pð

.H\�)LJXUHV&KDUDFWHULVWLF

/LVW�6WUXFWXUH

n Reports evaluate a data set according to all the characteristics in the data description. Characteristicspreassign the classification possibilities of a data set.

n The organizational structures such as company code, controlling area, the hierarchical structure ofR/3 Real Estate Management (business entity, building or rental unit) are good examples ofcharacteristics. The characteristics form the report rows.

n Any key figure can be used as a description for this inter-active reporting. Key figures are dataneeded for evaluation. These can be quantities (number of vacancies during a certain period...),values (costs, sales, revenue, condition amount) or calculations (contribution margin, sale peremployee...). More than one object can be displayed for a key figure and an object can have severalkey figures. The key figures appear in the report columns.

© SAP AG AC290 1-19

SAP AG 2001

5HSRUW�OLVW

2FFXSDQF\W\SH

%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\

8VDJ

H�W\S

H

�9DFDQW�2ZQ�XVDJH

7KLUG�SDUW\�XVH3DUN��5HLG��&KXUFK6WUHHW��6TXDUH��3ODFH

5HV��

��*

DUDJH

��2I

ILFH

1DYLJDWLRQ

n Convenient functions are available in the list for navigation such as:

é Next step

é Next object in a step

é Hide a step

é Detail list/drilldown list

n You have additional functions for editing a list such as:

é Sorting

é Ranking

n Parts of the data set are in the list. The parts listed are contingent on the drilldown sequence.

n The drilldown sequence is in the list header.

© SAP AG AC290 1-20

SAP AG 2001

(GLWLQJ�5HSRUWV

List Graphic

ListList

([FHO

:RUG

ExportNote

n As well as the list functions (display settings etc.), you can also use the following diverse functionssuch as:

• Inserting a note for a report

• Call up diverse graphics

• Export and send reports

© SAP AG AC290 1-21

SAP AG 2001

l 0DVWHU�GDWD�REMHFWV�DQG�KRZ�WKH\�UHODWH�WR�HDFKRWKHU

l 7KH�HIIHFW�RI�WKH�XVDJH�W\SH�RI�D�UHQWDO�XQLWl 7KH�UROH�FRQFHSW�RI�WKH�EXVLQHVV�SDUWQHU�DQG

WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�DSSOLFDWLRQ�DQG�UROHV

0DVWHU�'DWD��8QLW�6XPPDU\

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�H[SODLQ�

© SAP AG AC290 1-22

([HUFLVH�'DWD([SODQDWLRQ�RI�WKH�V\PEROV�LQ�WKH�H[HUFLVHV�DQG�VROXWLRQV

([HUFLVHV

6ROXWLRQV

2EMHFWLYHV

%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

7LSV�DQG�7ULFNV

:DUQLQJ�RU�&DXWLRQ

Note: There may not be sufficient time to work through all the exercises during the course. Theexercises should be considered as supplementary examples that can be used, as required andtime permitting, during the course. You can use these exercises after the course to consolidatewhat you have learned.

ONLY USE THE DATA YOU HAVE CREATED YOURSELF. THANK YOU!

'DWD�8VHG�LQ�([HUFLVHV7\SH�RI�'DWD 'DWD�LQ�7UDLQLQJ�6\VWHPSystem [Ask instructor]

Client [Ask instructor]

## [Your group number]

User AC290-##

Password init

Company code 1000

Controlling area 1000

Business area 9100 (Real Estate)

Currency UNI

Business entity 100 + ## = 1##

© SAP AG AC290 1-23

Tenancy law German tenancy law

Profit center 1410 RE APARTMENT1430 RE STORE1450 RE OFFICE1470 RE GARAGE (COMMERCIAL)1480 RE OTHERS

Cost centers 2100 FINANCE & ADMINISTRATION

2200 HUMAN RESOURCES

Sender cost center 4100 TECHNICAL SERVICE &MAINTENANCE

Sender activity type 1410 REPAIR HOURS

Order type PM01

Planning plant 1000

Main work center ELEKTRIC/1000 (electrical maintenance)

© SAP AG AC290 1-24

<RXU�2ZQ�'DWD7\SH�RI�'DWD 'DWD�LQ�7UDLQLQJ�6\VWHP0DVWHU�'DWD�8QLWBusiness entity

Buildings

Rental unit (usage type:privately-financedaccommodation)

Rental unit (usage type: office)

Rental unit (usage type:privately-financedaccommodation II)

Building area

Partner - caretaker Name:

Partner number:

5HQWDO�8QLWRent request Number:

Name:

Partner number:

Offer

Partner name:Lease-out no. 1

Partner number: Customer:





Set name:

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�8QLWPrinter

Spool request

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�8QLWDebit position total Jan RA1

Rent reduction February

© SAP AG AC290 1-25

Rent Adjustment Unit

$GMXVWPHQW�RI�DQ\�FRQGLWLRQVUser identification

Valid-from date

Spool request

$GMXVWPHQW�EDVHG�RQ�H[SHUWRSLQLRQName of expert opinion

User identification

Valid-from date

$GMXVWPHQW��FRPSDUDWLYHDSDUWPHQWVComparative apartment 1

Comparative apartment 2




Comparative group number

Comparative group name

Assigned rental unit

,QGH[�OLQNHG�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQWRental unit

Partner name:Lease-out no.


© SAP AG AC290 1-26

6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQW�8QLWParticipation ID (2 RUs)

Participation ID (3 RUs)

Settlement unit (property tax)

Settlement unit

(street cleaning/garbagecollection)

Property tax invoice doc. no.

Cleaning invoice doc. no.

No. of persons RA1

No. of persons RA2

No. of persons RA3

Debit position total RA1



SCS variant name

ID of settlement / adjustment

ID of batch input session

Spool requests

6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW�8QLWRental unit

Lease-out no. Partner name:


Debit position total

*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW�8QLWVendor Name: Number:

Partner Partner name:


Contract number

© SAP AG AC290 1-27

&RQWUROOLQJ�8QLWPlanning values for costelements

Planning values for activity type

Profit center of rental units

,QWHJUDWLRQ�8QLWRU for malfunction report

Name of malfunction report

Order number

Report number

© SAP AG AC290 1-28

%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULRYou are an employee of the company IDES AG, company code 1000. Yourcompany owns real estate in Philadelphia consisting of offices and apartments.Some of the rental objects are rented to third parties. The rest of the objects areused by your own company. The objects you use yourself are rented internallyto a cost center. The rental objects are situated in the best locations.

The first building has two stores, an office and two apartments. All of the rentalobjects are rented to a third party.

The second building has three offices, all of which are used internally.

The property has two garages.

Profit centers are assigned to the rental objects.

You use commercial and residential rental agreements.

The rent adjustment methods used are index (sales volume reported in the caseof one of the stores), residential and other methods.

With regard to the service charge settlement, advance payments are made by thetenants of residential objects and flat rates are used for the other objects.

The tenants report any breakage or breakdowns to a member of your staff whocreates a malfunction report and estimates the cost of the repair.

You want to evaluate the costs incurred and the revenues received for eachbuilding. Here you have to take account of the maintenance costs anddepreciation costs.

© SAP AG AC290 1-29

7KH�6FHQDULR�

Use this sheet to make your own notes.

© SAP AG AC290 1-30

6DPSOH�2EMHFW�+LHUDUFK\

2EMHNW�+LHUDUFKLH

/DGHQ��fremdgenutzt

(Kap. Umsatzmiete)

/DGHQ��fremdgenutzt

(Kap. Mietanpassung)

:RKQXQJ��fremdgenutzt

%�UR��fremdgenutzt

:RKQXQJ��fremdgenutzt

*HElXGH��

%�UR�� eigengenutzt

KSt. 2200 (Personal)


KSt. 2100 (Fin. und Adm.)


KSt. 2100 (Fin. und Adm.)

*HElXGH��

*DUDJH�� leerstehend

*DUDJH�� leerstehend

*UXQGVW�FN��

:LUWVFKDIWVHLQKHLW

(*) optional

© SAP AG AC290 1-31

0DVWHU�'DWD�([HUFLVHV8QLW��0DVWHU�'DWD7RSLF��&UHDWLQJ�0DVWHU�'DWD

At the conclusion of this exercise, you will be able to:

• Create or change master data in Real Estate Management

• Check the relationship of Real Estate objects to each other

• Summarize the objects created in your worklist

• Create a business partner and assign the partner to your building

• Use the Information System for master data

Your company purchased property on 1 January of the previous calendaryear. Use the R/3 System to manage the property. The service chargesettlement is made once a year.

First of all, you have to create the master data.

1-1 Create Business entity 1## for your group. You enter the business entity numberyourself (external number assignment). Enter the business area (9100), tenancy law(German tenancy law) and an address.

1-2 Create a building for your business entity. The system assigns numbers to buildings– you cannot assign a building number (internal number assignment). There are norequired entry fields. The address that is displayed was copied from the businessentity.

1-3 Create rental units for your business entity. Specify the living area or usable area.The system assigns numbers to the rental units.

1-3-1 Create a rental unit with usage type 0001 (privately-financedaccommodation) for building 1. Choose the condition types:

• Basic rent

• Air-conditioning

• Operating costs advance payment

(specify any amount, date is 1 January of previous year).

Determine the room types and the fixtures and fittings characteristics.

Enter profit center 1410 for your rental unit.

© SAP AG AC290 1-32

1-3-2 Create another rental unit with usage type 0005 (office). Choose thecondition types:

• Basic rent

• Operating cost flat rate


Enter profit center 1450 for your rental unit.

1-3-3 Create another rental unit with usage type 0001 (privately-financedaccommodation) using the "Copy from..." function and copying the rentalunit from 1-3-1. Choose the condition types:

• Basic rent

• Operating costs advance payment


1-4 In the Real Estate Object Browser, create a set for your rental units and insert theset in your worklist.

1-5 Enter the area size for your building. The area of the building must be the same asthe total area size of your rental units.

1-6 Create a partner for your building with the role of caretaker.

1-7 Display the following report ZLWKRXW�UHVWULFWLQJ the business entities:Master Data/Contracts �� Master Data �� Rental Unit/Lease-Out Overview

1-7-1 Format the columns by double-clicking on them.

1-7-2 Select the following fields for the &XUUHQW�GLVSOD\�YDULDQW: %XVLQHVVHQWLW\, 5HQWDO�XQLW, 5HQWDO�XQLW�WH[W, 8VDJH�W\SH and 8VDJH�W\SH�RI�58,and 58�%DVLF�UHQW� Arrange the columns the way you want them.

1-7-3 Total the %DVLF�UHQW field.

1-7-4 Sort according to the 8VDJH�W\SH field.

1-7-5 Make sub-totals with the 8VDJH�W\SH field.

1-8 (*) Send a note to yourself (the user under which you are logged on) or to yourneighbor with one of your rental units. View the transmission options.

1-9 (*) Change the rental unit text with the "Mass change" function.

1-10 (*) Create another building for your business entity.

© SAP AG AC290 1-33

1-11 (*) Create three rental units for this building with usage type "office". Specify thebasic rent and operating costs flat rate. Use profit center 1450.

1-12 Create a property for your business entity.

1-13 (*) Create two rental units for this property with usage type "garage" (commercialusage). Specify the basic rent and operating costs flat rate. Use profit center 1470.

1-14 (*) Add the :(B�� set to your business entity worklist. (*) Add the 0(B��set to your rental unit worklist.

� ��237,21$/

© SAP AG AC290 1-34

6ROXWLRQV8QLW��0DVWHU�'DWD7RSLF��&UHDWLQJ�0DVWHU�'DWD

*HQHUDO�UHPDUNV�You can call up a function in the following ways:

• Pushbuttons and icons

• Menu functions

• Shortcuts (F5, Shift+F8...)

If you position the cursor on the pushbutton or icon, a "yellow box" appears with anexplanatory text.

In the Exercises and Solutions section, SXVKEXWWRQV and the H[SODQDWRU\�WH[W�IRU�LFRQV are inEROG letters and PHQX�SDWKV are in LWDOLFV. Values are in "quotation marks".

The menu paths are given in full. You do not always have to return to the top level.

The data you create for some of the exercises is sometimes used as a basis in the exercises thatfollow. Therefore, it is important to complete all non-optional exercises recommended by yourinstructor.

1-1 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�'DWD�→�2EMHFWV�→�%XVLQHVV�(QWLW\→�&UHDWH(QWHU�WKH�IROORZLQJ�GDWD�

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVCompany code [See "Exercise Data"]

Business entity 1##

Confirm your entries.

Enter a text for the business entity.

Enter business area �� (Real Estate). Under the 5HIHUHQFH�IDFWRUV tab, choose"German tenancy law" in the 7HQDQF\�ODZ field.

Press the $GGUHVV pushbutton and enter an address. If the address does not alreadyexist, choose the &UHDWH�DGGUHVV icon.

Save your entries.

© SAP AG AC290 1-35

1-2 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�'DWD�→�2EMHFWV�→�%XLOGLQJV�3DUWVRI�→�&UHDWH


Business entity [Your business entity]

Confirm your entries.Enter data in the %XLOGLQJ�WH[W field.

Do not enter any data in the %XVLQHVV�DUHD�field. The value entered in the businessentity is used for evaluations (this is not displayed in the building).

If you choose (GLW�→�$GGUHVV�→�'LVSOD\ you can display the address that is copiedfrom your business entity.

Save your entries.

1-3 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFWV�→�5HQWDO�XQLW�→&UHDWH

1-3-1



Usage type 0001 (Privately-financedaccommodation)

The number of the rental unit is automatically assigned.

Fill the 5HQWDO�XQLW�WH[W field.Make an entry in the %XLOGLQJ field.

Do not enter any data in the %XVLQHVV�DUHD�field. The value entered in thebusiness entity is used for evaluations (this is not displayed in the building).

Use profit center ��.

Enter area data under the $UHDV tab (you do not have to fill the 8QLW and 9DOLGIURP fields).

Enter room types (under the 5RRPV tab). Enter room data in the 5RRPV fieldunder the *HQHUDO�GDWD tab. The system corrects the data if your entry isincorrect.

Enter the floor and location in floor under the )L[WXUHV�ILWWLQJV tab.

Enter the conditions under the &RQGLWLRQV tab.

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVCondition valid from 01.01. [Previous year]

Delete the condition types that are not required.

To maintain other condition types such as "air-conditioning", press the ,QVHUWQHZ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH icon. Choose 'LVSOD\��Enter the condition amounts.

© SAP AG AC290 1-36

Save your rental unit.

1-3-2 Use the same menu path as for 1-3-1.



Usage type 0005 (Office)


Fill the 5HQWDO�XQLW�WH[W field.

Make an entry in the %XLOGLQJ field.

Do not enter any data in the %XVLQHVV�DUHD�field. The value entered in thebusiness entity is used for evaluations (this is not displayed in the building).

Use profit center ��.

Enter area data under the $UHDV tab (you do not have to fill the 8QLW and9DOLG�IURP fields).

Enter conditions for basic rent and operating costs flat rate under the&RQGLWLRQV tab.

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVCondition valid from 01.01. previous year


Enter the condition amounts.


1-3-3 Press the &RS\�IURP�� pushbutton.



Rental unit 1 (from 1-3-1)

Press the &RS\ pushbutton.

Change the 5HQWDO�XQLW�WH[W and the area.

Delete the condition types that are not required and change the conditionamounts.


© SAP AG AC290 1-37

1-4 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFW�EURZVHUIn the bottom left screen area :RUNOLVW��choose 5HQWDO�XQLW�ZRUNOLVW.Press the 0DQDJH�ZRUNOLVW icon.

Choose &UHDWH�FKDQJH�VHW.On the 6HWV�RI�5HDO�(VWDWH�2EMHFWV��,QLWLDO�6FUHHQ��enter the following data:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVSet ME_1XX

Description Rental units for WE 1XX

Under 2EMHFW�W\SH, do not forget to select the radio button for 5HQWDO�XQLW.Choose 0DLQW��VHW.On the &UHDWH�6HWV�RI�5HQWDO�8QLWV��6HOHFWLRQ�/LVWV screen, choose &KRRVHREMHFWV�IRU�VHW�On the 0DLQWDLQ 6HWV�RI�5HDO�(VWDWH�2EMHFWV��6HOHFWLRQ�IURP�'DWDEDVHscreen, enter the following data:



Choose ([HFXWH.

Check your data on the &UHDWH�6HWV�RI�5HQWDO�8QLWV��6HOHFWLRQ�/LVt screen andchoose 6DYH.

Choose %DFN�twice to return to the 5HDO�(VWDWH�2EMHFW�%URZVHU screen.

Choose 5HQWDO�XQLW�ZRUNOLVW.Choose�0DQDJH�ZRUNOLVW and then $GG sHWV.Choose your set.

Choose 6DYH�

1-5 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFWV�→%XLOGLQJV�SDUWV�RI�→�&KDQJH

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVBuildings 1

$UHDV tab. In the $UHD column, enter the values that appear in the 58�WRWDO column.Check the values in the Difference FROXPQ. Scroll across the screen if you do not seeall the columns. Save your entries.

© SAP AG AC290 1-38

1-6 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFWV�→%XLOGLQJV�SDUWV�RI�→�&KDQJH

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVBuildings 1


Press the 3DUWQHU pushbutton�Then press the &UHDWH�SDUWQHU pushbutton�Choose the "caretaker" role.

Enter your partner data, confirm it, press the 3HUVRQ pushbutton and save. Enteradditional address or personal data in the following screen. Save your entries.

You can also create partners as follows:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→%XVLQHVV�SDUWQHU

If you have created partners for the business entity, you can copythese to the building or property in the partner screen by pressing the3DUWQHU�RI�%( pushbutton, as long as the partners are permitted forthe building or property.

1-7 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�,QIR�6\VWHP�→�0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV�→0DVWHU�'DWD�→�5HQWDO�8QLW��/HDVH�2XW�2YHUYLHZ

1-7-1 Position your cursor in the title line between two columns. You can formatthe column to the best size by double-clicking. You can also change thewidth of the columns or reposition them with Drag&Drop.

1-7-2 Press the &XUUHQW�GLVSOD\�YDULDQW�icon or chRRVH�6HWWLQJV�→�'LVSOD\YDULDQW�→�&XUUHQWSelect the fields you require and press the 6KRZ�VHOHFWHG�ILHOGV�icon�Confirm your entries.

1-7-3 Select the 58�EDVLF�UHQt column and choose 'LVSOD\�VXP.

1-7-4 Select the 8VDJH�W\SH column and choose 6RUW�LQ�DVFHQGLQJ�RUGHU.

1-7-5 Select the 8VDJH�W\SH column and choose 6XEWRWDO.

© SAP AG AC290 1-39

1-8 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFWV�→�5HQWDO�XQLW�→'LVSOD\



Rental unit 1 (from 1-3-1)


Choose 6\VWHP → 6HUYLFHV�IRU�REMHFW.Choose the��6HQG�REMHNW�ZLWK�QRWH� icon.

Enter the recipient. View the fields and values under the 7UDQVPLVVLRQ�RSWLRQV tab.

Press the 6HQG icon. Return to the SAP menu and choose 2IILFH�→�:RUNSODFH →,QER[��8QYLHZHG�GRFXPHQWV�Click on the title to branch to the document.Click on the attachment. The system calls up the rental unit that you sent.

1-9 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�7RROV�→�58�PDVV�FKDQJHUnder the 7DEOHV tab, choose the entry "Rental unit - Master data" (VIMI01).

Under the )LHOGV tab, choose the entry "Rental unit text" (VIMI01-XMETXT).

Press the ([HFXWH icon and restrict the data records to be changed to your businessentity. Choose ([HFXWH. Make your changes directly in the fields. If you want to use adefault value, enter it in the free field and transfer it using the &KDQJH�ILHOG�YDOXH icon.You can also overwrite these new values.

Save your entries. Only the selected data records are updated. You can branch from thelist to rental unit display or change.

Choose ([LW to return to the R/3 menu.

You can change several values at the same time with the masschange function (for instance, rental unit text and business area).Choose the fields required in the initial screen under the )LHOGV tab.

© SAP AG AC290 1-40

1-10 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�'DWD�→�2EMHFWV�→�%XLOGLQJV�3DUWVRI�→�&UHDWH



Confirm your entries.Enter data in the %XLOGLQJ�WH[W field.



Save your entries.

1-11 Same as 1-3-2.

1-12 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFWV�→�3URSHUW\�→&UHDWH




Make an entry in the 3URSHUW\�WH[W field.



Save your entries.

© SAP AG AC290 1-41

1-13 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFWV�→�5HQWDO�XQLW�→&UHDWH



Usage type 0010 (Garage - commercial)



Make an entry in the 3URSHUW\�field.


Use profit center 1470.

Enter area data under the $UHDV tab (you do not have to fill the 8QLW and 9DOLG�IURPfields).

Enter the conditions under the &RQGLWLRQV tab.



Enter the condition amounts.


1-14 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFW�EURZVHUIn the bottom left screen area :RUNOLVW��choose %XVLQHVV�HQWLW\�ZRUNOLVW.Press the 0DQDJH�ZRUNOLVW icon.

Choose $GG�VHWV.Choose the set :(B��.

Save your entries.

Choose 5HQWDO�XQLW�ZRUNOLVW.Press the 0DQDJH�ZRUNOLVW icon.

Choose $GG�VHWV.Choose the set M(B��.

Save your entries...

© SAP AG AC290 2-1

SAP AG 2001

l 0DQDJHPHQW�RI�,QWHUHVWHG3DUWLHV

l /HDVH�RXWl &RQGLWLRQVl 7HQDQW�FKDQJHRYHUl 7HQDQW�LQIRUPDWLRQ

&RQWHQWV�

5HQWDO

© SAP AG AC290 2-2

SAP AG 2001

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOHWR�l /LVW�DQG�GHVFULEH�WKH�VWHSV�LQYROYHG�LQ�WKH

UHQWDO�SURFHVVl 'HVFULEH�WKH�UROHV�RI�WKH�EXVLQHVV�SDUWQHU

GXULQJ�WKH�UHQWDO�SURFHVVl ([SODLQ�WKH�GLIIHUHQFH�EHWZHHQ�FRQGLWLRQ

W\SHV��FRQGLWLRQ�JURXSV�DQG�FRQGLWLRQFDWHJRULHV

5HQWDO��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 2-3

SAP AG 2001

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW


*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW/HDVH�LQ

,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP


&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUROOLQJ

0DVWHU�'DWD

5HQWDO


© SAP AG AC290 2-4

SAP AG 2001

l <RX�KDYH�D�UHQWDO�UHTXHVW�DQG�\RX�ZDQW�WRPDNH�DQ�RIIHU�DQG�GUDZ�XS�D�OHDVH�RXW��<RXKDYH�WR�GHILQH�WKH�FRQGLWLRQV�DQG�WKH�QRWLFHUXOHV�

l 7KH�WHQDQW�FDOOV�WR�DVN�IRU�LQIRUPDWLRQ�RQ�DOHDVH�RXW

l 7KH�WHQDQW�JLYHV�QRWLFH�RQ�D�OHDVH�RXW

5HQWDO��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 2-5

SAP AG 2001

5HQW�UHTXHVW��IURP�WR��5RRPV��3HUVRQV��/RFDWLRQ

9DF��585RRPV/RFDWLRQ)L[WXUHV�ILWWLQJV

5HQWDO�RIIHU&RQWUDFW�GDWD3ULFHV&RQGLWLRQV

/HDVH�RXW&RQWUDFW�GDWD3ULFHV&RQGLWLRQV

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUDFW6LJQDWXUH��

&RQWUDFW6LJQDWXUH[[[

2IIHUOffer objects

List ofrentalrequests

5HQWDO

$FWLYDWH

n The rental process begins with an application and then proceeds to the selection of a rental unit, anoffer and is completed when the lease-out is concluded.

n You use the 0DQDJHPHQW�RI�,QWHUHVWHG�3DUWLHV�function to enter applicant data and the rental request.The rental request contains the usage type (such as office, retail, or apartment) and the details (suchas number of rooms) of the requested rental object.

n You find the 0DQDJHPHQW�RI�,QWHUHVWHG�3DUWLHV under:

5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW -> 5HQWDO�-> 0DQDJHPHQW�RI�,QWHUHVWHG�3DUWLHV�n When you create an offer, you can use an object from the list of offer objects.

n You can print offers and contracts using the &RUUHVSRQGHQFH�function. Refer to the unit on&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�for additional information.

n You must activate the lease-out when you have a legally valid (signed) contract. This ensures that thesystem can begin creating debit positions (rent bills) for this lease-out.

n If you create a lease-out for an offer, the corresponding rental request is deleted.

© SAP AG AC290 2-6

SAP AG 2001

$SSOLFDWLRQ�0DQDJHPHQW�DQG�0DQDJHPHQW�RI,QWHUHVWHG�3DUWLHV

7R��%��$SSOLFDWLRQ�0DQDJHPHQW

&UHDWLQJ�DQ�DSSOLFDWLRQ�UHQWDO�UHTXHVW��

��

��

5HQWDO�UHTXHVW

� �� !�"�#$ �� % �� &��"�

'(� %"% ��"��)��*�� ")��

��")�)�

+-,/. ��0�

12��*#3�

� )�*�� 4��5� ��5� �

6 ��"�*�87��

9:��)�

1��;�<��

�=��>7��)��

&UHDWLQJ�D�UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQW

)URP��&��0DQDJHPHQW�RI�,QWHUHVWHG�3DUWLHV

?*� �)�� % ��*��"�% ��<��7

@ ��"��5� �� 0�

1:)��A�� 6 ��<�

n From 4.6C, you can create a rental request in Management of Interesed Parties without a rentalapplication and without applicant data.

n Rental requests are no longer closely linked to the usage type. In Customizing, you can define thereal estate groups for which you can create rental requests. You assign object types to the real estategroups.

n You enter information about the applicant and the desired object in the rental request.

n In Customizing, you can adjust the entry window for the rental request.

n The rental request contains status tracking that enables you to view which objects are already offeredto the applicant.

n You can save a rental request, and retrieve it subsequently using different criteria such as creator,name of applicant and so on.

n You find the Management of Interested Parties under:

5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW -> /HDVH�2XW-> 0DQDJHPHQW�RI�,QWHUHVUHG�3DUWLHV�n To 4.6B, you use Application Management You create an application and a corresponding applicant

(partner data).

n You create a rental request when entering the desired usage type.

© SAP AG AC290 2-7

SAP AG 2001

2IIHU2EMHFWV

6HDUFK6HDUFKUHTXHVWVUHTXHVWV

$SDUWPHQW3ULYDWHO\�ILQDQFHG�DSDUWPHQW6WDWH�VXEVLGL]HG�DSDUWPHQW7HUUDFHG�KRXVH

%DWKURRP�ILWWLQJV ��WRLOHWV6HSDUDWH�EDWKURRP

�7UDQVODWLRQ��RI�LQWHUHVWHG�SDUWLHV�UHTXLUHPHQWV 9DFDQW5HQWDO�8QLWV

&RQFRUGDQFH�VHDUFK2EMHFW�W\SHV

5HDO�(VWDWH�JURXS

)L[WXUH�ILWWLQJV�FKDUDFWHULVWLFV5HQWDO�UHTXHVW

)L[WXUHV�ILWWLQJVFKDUDFWHULVWLFV5HQWDO�XQLW

5HQWDO�5HTXHVW

n In Customizing, you define the real estate group for which you want to search (for exampleapartments). These are either commercial or private. You define object types that you assign to realestate groups (for example, state-subsidized appartments or privately financed apartments). You alsodefine which usage types correspond to which object types.

n Before you create a rental request, you set all vacant (or soon to be vacant) rental units as offerobjects. You define the vacancy parameters (how much longer is the rental unit going to be vacant,or in how many months will it be vacant).

n In Customizing, you define the possible fixtures and fittings characteristics for a rental request foreach object group. You define rules to determine the fixtures and fittings characteristics of thebuildings and rental units that correspond to these characteristics.

n Example: In the rental unit, you defined the following characteristics for the bathroom fittings:

é Two toilets

é Bidet

é Second washbasin

é Whirlpool

� In Customizing, you define the fixtures and fittings characteristic "sophisticated bathroom fittings"for the object group "apartment". You assign this characteristic to all the characteristics describedabove. This enables you to search for a rental request without having to enter all four of thecharacteristics.

� You define characteristics for rental requests and the assignment to the fixtures and fittingscharacteristics of rental units and buildings in Customizing under:

5HDO�(VWDWH�-> /HDVH�RXW-> 0DQDJHPHQW�RI�,QWHUHVWHG�3DUWLHV -> )L[WXUHV�DQG�)LWWLQJV -> 2IIHUREMHFW�IL[WXUHV�DQG�ILWWLQJV, or transfer program: Determination of fixtures and fittings.

© SAP AG AC290 2-8

SAP AG 2001

5HQWDO�UHTXHVW�$SSOLFDQW�

&RPSDULVRQ�RIYDFDQW�58�UHQWDO�UHTXHVWV

7UDQVIHUWR�OHDVH�RXW

$FWLYDWHB ,QGLYLGXDOO\B 0DVV�

$SSOLFDWLRQ 2IIHU /HDVH�RXW $FWLYH�OHDVH�RXW$SSOLFDQW 7HQDQW�ZLWK�

FXVW�DFF��7HQDQW�ZLWK�FXVW�DFF��

3DUWQHUUROOH

3DUWQHU�5ROHV�LQ�WKH�5HQWDO�3URFHVV

n The system can automatically transfer role categories between applications. Typical situation: Whenyou create a lease-out from an offer, the partner is assigned the role of tenant with customer account,

n The Customizing settings determine what data is transferred.

n A third-party lease-out can only be activated if a tenant with a customer account is available.

n Effect of activating a lease-outt: An account assignment can be made on the lease-out, and the lease-out is taken into account in the debit position run (you have to enter the date of the first debitposition run).

n If a partner (applicant) was entered in the management of interested parties, no further customer isentered.

© SAP AG AC290 2-9

SAP AG 2001

&RQGLWLRQV�LQ�WKH�5HQWDO�3URFHVV

5HQWDOUHTXHVW

2IIHU /HDVH�RXW $FWLYH�OHDVH�RXW&RQGLWLRQV &RQGLWLRQV

7DNHQ�IURP�•5HQWDO�XQLW•2IIHU•5HIHUHQFH�RIIHU•/HDVH�RXW

7DNHQ�IURP�•5HQWDO�8QLW•2IIHU•&RQWUDFW

n The conditions of a lease-outt are transferred from the rental unit or the previous contract (setting inCustomizing). If an offer is transferred to a contract, the offer conditions are transferred as well.

n The conditions of an offer are handled in the same way as the settings for the lease-out.

n When you are making an offer by assigning rental requests to vacant rental units, a reference offercan be used as a template. You identify an offer as a reference offer by setting the correspondingstatus in the offer.

n If you use the &KDQJH�RIIHU�function, an offer can be directly transferred to a lease-out.

© SAP AG AC290 2-10

SAP AG 2001

/HDVH�RXW

��C/DFEFGFD/HJI)KMLN�KMO�PQD�RSHUT=I�V V D/WXL"Y Z/DU[)\$N0K8OSP/D]R^H�_�KMG0Y NMDFGQG`D0NQL"Y L�abH^[�D]NMLcE]VMK�N0Y L�Hed0D8NME0NFL

@ ��)��0��* �

�S7 . <)�)��#3*�)��= �

@ ��)��0��"��#f� ��)�5� �>�7��)�"�

1:��0g��87��)�"�

@ ��)��0��#

': , � �h �� 7��

�=�0��#i��)�#j��5 ��=7�

�S�)�)��<*�)�k:��l! *��7�<��"

m��0n�5��)��#j��)�

'o<��j��7�)�*#f �� )�=7��"�

k:�)�� j�"��)�

�!�qph��)�5��i0n*

r�� s��"�)�� *�"��&��i��)��

1:��)�h��7�<��

12��*#i��< , ��7��

t��*��#j��)� % ��#vur��;�<��8��u��"�0n�� >�)�>��7�� 5� �>�w� �"# �� , � �x

':� ��

�y#j�><��)�

'o<�-7��)�"

z{��"��"��)�:��)�"|��{��")�)�h�" % ��"��

�� 3� % 7�� =� �

�^��)�j}

�^��)�-~

�**��

+HDGHU�GDWD�

�0E0R�L"N/D]R{G �DQL{L�V D/OeD/NML�/E]RJL�Y W8Y �/E�L"Y I�N �)LcEML�KXG �)G/D8R8�"Y D8V �MG �I8LJDXG(�M\>�0��Y L��XLcDQ�FL

6 *��"��'h��

�*�0��#i��)�=7��"�

@ �>��7�� )� 1h��)�"��0�)�� "��y � ��"�5� ��#3��h<��

n The graphic shows the key data of the lease-out.

n Lease-outs can only be created for rental units. You enter basic data such as the contract validityperiod, adjustment type and period of notice in *HQHUDO�GDWD. Lease-outs for rental units must notoverlap in time.

n You enter the rent amount in the &RQGLWLRQV. You enter the adjustment data such as "graduated","sales-based" or "index-based" (for every condition type) depending on the adjustment type.Conditions can be defined either as absolute figures or they can be based on area units.

n Rental can either be external or internal. You define the type of rental in 3D\PHQW�GDWD. If the lease-out is for internal use, you must enter the cost center that will be renting the unit. You also specifyinformation about payment methods, dunning procedures and tax treatment.

n If the lease-out is an external one, you must enter the PDLQ�FRQWUDFWXDO�SDUWQHU�with the partnerrole �0DVWHU�WHQDQW�ZLWK�FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQW�� A customer account is created for this partner andall relevant postings are made to it. The role category "Tenant" is suitable for entering data aboutother people occupying the rental unit (tenant without a customer account...); this category is notused for the main contractual partner as it is for partners without a customer account. ([DPSOH��Alease-out has been made with the married couple, Mr and Mrs Smith. You must enter "Marriedcouple Smith" as the master tenant with customer account in the lease-out. Husband and wife can beassigned the role "tenant" for informational purposes or for the correspondence.

© SAP AG AC290 2-11

SAP AG 2001

&RQWUDFW�6SHFLILF�$GGLWLRQDO�'DWD

l $GGLWLRQDO�WH[WV� &DWHJRULHV�ZLWK�GHIDXOW�WH[WV� &DQ�EH�SULQWHG�LQ�WKH�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH� ,Q�WKH�LQIR�V\VWHP��

l 1RWHV� )RU�LQWHUQDO�XVH� 1RW�JHQHUDOO\�DYDLODEOH�LQ�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH

l 8VHU�ILHOGV� &DQ�EH�SULQWHG�LQ�WKH�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH� &DQ�EH�HYDOXDWHG�LQ�WKH�LQIR�V\VWHP��

� You can enter texts specific to a lease-out (or offer) for the categories you have defined in

Customizing by choosing the menu option Extras -> Additional text. These texts could includedetails of the tenant’s obligations or additional provisions of a lease-out.

� You can print out the additional texts in the lease-out or offer.�

Apart from the categories defined in Customizing, you can also choose category �� which containsadditional texts that were used in Releases up to and including 4.6A.

� You can choose default texts for each category.�

You can also enter notes for internal use. These are not generally available in the correspondencefunction.

� The user fields (including the customer add-ons) are available for the correspondence and

information system.

© SAP AG AC290 2-12

SAP AG 2001

0DQXDO�HQWU\�E\XVHU

8VHU�H[LW�XVLQJ%7(�ZLWK�DQ\

UXOHV

$XWRPDWLFDVVLJQPHQW

([WHUQDO�QXPEHU�DVVLJQPHQW

,QWHUQDO�QXPEHU�DVVLJQPHQW�VHTXHQWLDO�QXPEHUV�

1XPEHU�UDQJHZLWK��

&&

&XVWRPL]LQJ�QXPEHU�V\VWHP�VHT��%(��58��

1XPEHU�$VVLJQPHQW�IRU�/HDVH�RXWV

n You can make the number assignment internally or externally.

n You can differentiate between a manual entry and an automatic assignment for external assignment.

n You have 13 characters including separators available for a lease-out number.

© SAP AG AC290 2-13

SAP AG 2001

&ROOHFWLYH�/HDVH�2XW

� z{��7�� 7�<�� )�)��s��><)��4�)��j ��37�� %�% ��)�=��)�5��0�� 5� �*7�� z{��=#v��$ ��)��#3*�)��3�)�� , j#j��7��4�5 �|��J� ��0�5� ��j� )��s��><)�� 9(<# , *��#j4� % �� 4�)�� 0�� 3� )��s��<��h� � % �� |�� 0�� , �

t�<�� ;><�i��|�� 3�)�*#f ��4�)��7��x� 9:�3��)��<*�)�*�)�� >�#3*�)�=� ,/. ��0�

t��<��)�=��*� ��#j��)�h� �!�)�5��c�0#j��7��v�{��7>� �=� 7><��)� ��s"��<)��x

@ �� 0�� j� )�)��s��<)��<# , ��:��-�� 3��o�� #3�� % � �� 7v� % �� |7��*�<#i��)�>t @ <)��"�*#v� �)��*x�e� 0g��{�|7��*�<#i��)��*�"� ��&�

��)�*}]�� )��}�� }?�)��s��<��h��<# , ��)��}8�� }�� }

@ �{��}�})� �)��}�� )��}@ �>�� )�� 3� )��sc��<)�h�=<# , ��})})� ��)��}�� }

� �h�"��"�;><�� *� ��=�� ^��)� ��s��<)�"�i�{�-�4�� 0�� 3� ��s��><)�h ��)��

��4�� |�� -��#j #j��{�|��)�5��0��<��) ��"�5��

� You can use the collective lease-out (CRA) function to group together logically connected lease-outs belonging to one main contractual partner. This simplifies the billing, debit positions,incoming payments, payment blocks and reporting.

� You can create or assign a collective lease-out (CLO) in one of the following ways:

• When you create a new lease-out, you can either - Generate a new CLO or- Assign the contract an existing CLOIf you do not assign a number or a name in the &/2�field, the CLO is assigned the number ofthe original lease-out.

• You can generate a new CLO for a lease-out when you are editing an existing LO by eithercreating a new lease-out or assigning an existing lease-out.In this case, the number of the collective lease-out is the number of the original lease-out.

• You can directly assign existing lease-outs to a CLO.

� Additional functions:

• You can rename the CLO.

• You can remove particular lease-outs from the CLO.

© SAP AG AC290 2-14

SAP AG 2001

5HQWDO�8QLW �M X X¡4¢

�/ � Q¡!£�/ Q X¡!¤

¥/¦�§�¨ © ¢�ª «5¬

/®�¯�°M®&±J²/³F´/HDVH�RXW

&RQGLWLRQV��%DVLF�UHQW��$3�+HDWLQJ�H[SHQVHV��)ODW�UDWH�RSHU��FRVWV� ��6XUFKDUJHV��

$

&RQGLWLRQV��%DVLF�UHQW��$3�+HDWLQJ�H[SHQVHV��$3�+HDWLQJ�H[SHQVHV��

2EMHFW�UHODWHG�FRQGLWLRQVµJWMI�N]��Y L�Y I�NXG(L"¶/EXL)E8RJD`OoE0Y NMLJE]Y NFD]�UI)NoEU[=��·

&RQGLWLRQ�7\SHV

6XEMHFW�UHODWHG�FRQGLWLRQVµ{T�I�N]��Y L�Y I�NFG(L�¶/EQL)E]RcD`OoE0Y NMLcE8Y NFD/�SI)N(L"¶/DUCF¸:·

n Condition types are needed for periodical postings in the debit position of lease-outs, rental units andmanagement contracts.

n When you create a new lease-out for a rental unit, the conditions already stipulated for the rental unitor the conditions of the most recent active lease-out are proposed by the system (Customizing). InCustomizing, you can also determine whether the conditions of a lease-out are transferred to therental unit on termination of the lease-out.

n Condition types belong to condition groups that determine which conditions are permitted for eachapplication (rental unit, lease-out, or management contract). Consequently, conditions that arepermitted for a lease-out, but not for one particular rental unit, are not, in this case, transferred to therental unit. Example: Basic rent for vacancy

n When you create a new lease-out by accepting the offer, the conditions of the offer are the ones thatare used in the lease-out.

n For each condition you can specify: the amount, valid-from date, taxes, payment method, paymentfrequency (quarterly...), payment form (advance, medium term or at end of period).

n The conditions are time-dependent and can be transferred, changed and deleted.

n You can enter remarks for each condition type in the lease-out and offer (for instance, reasons forchange).

n The system can translate the condition amounts into other currencies on a set date.

© SAP AG AC290 2-15

SAP AG 2001

/HDVH�RXW

1RWLFH�JLYHQ�E\ODQGORUG

1RWLFH�JLYHQ�E\7HQDQW

DV�SHU��

5HMHFWLRQ��5HYHUVDO

$SSURYDO��$FWLYDWLRQ��

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

5HQWDO�XQLW�LQVSHFWLRQ

5HOHDVH�RI�UHQWDO�GHSRVLW

1RWLFH

1RWLFH�FDQ�EH�JLYHQ�RQ�RQH�VLQJOH�OHDVH�RXW�RU�D�ODUJH�QXPEHU�

n You use the tenant changeover function when you receive or give notice to terminate a lease-out.The system automatically checks the validity of the period of notice.

n The notice reason contains a code to indicate whether the tenant or the landlord gave notice.

n The rental unit is given a date as of when it will be available for rent. When you activate the notice,the system status of the rental unit is VACANT from the day after the notice date up to the start ofthe next lease-out.

n More than one notice can be given on a lease-out since the notice may be withdrawn and resubmittedat a later date.

n Notice can only be given on an "active" lease-out.

n You have to activate the notice.

n You can log the rental unit handover activity in the system.

© SAP AG AC290 2-16

SAP AG 2001

3HULRGV�RI�QRWLFHLQ�WKH�OHDVH�RXW

7LPH�XS�WR�GDWH�RQZKLFK�QRWLFH�WDNHV�HIIHFW

3HULRG�RU�GHDGOLQH�UHJXODWLRQ�LV�HQWHUHG�GHSHQGLQJ�RQ�WKH�WHUP�RI�WKH�FRQWUDFW�DQG�WKH�GDWH�RQ�ZKLFK�WKH�FRQWUDFW�ZDV�UHFHLYHG�

'HDGOLQHV'HDGOLQHV3HULRGV3HULRGV 'DWH�RQ�ZKLFK�QRWLFH�WDNHVHIIHFW

5HIHUHQFH�WR�UXOH�5HIHUHQFH�WR�UXOH�LQ�&XVWRPL]LQJLQ�&XVWRPL]LQJ

6SHFLILF�UXOH�LQ�WKH6SHFLILF�UXOH�LQ�WKHOHDVH�RXWOHDVH�RXW

5HIHUHQFH�WR�UXOH�5HIHUHQFH�WR�UXOH�LQ�&XVWRPL]LQJLQ�&XVWRPL]LQJ

6SHFLILF�UXOH�LQ�WKH6SHFLILF�UXOH�LQ�WKHOHDVH�RXWOHDVH�RXW

3HULRGV�RI�1RWLFH

3HULRG�UHJXODWLRQ3HULRG�UHJXODWLRQ 'HDGOLQH�UHJXODWLRQ'HDGOLQH�UHJXODWLRQ

n You have the following options for creating notice rules on lease-outs:

é Do not define a notice rule

é Period regulation: For instance, notice at end of month with a three-month period of notice

é Deadline regulation: For instance, notice on 30 June provided notice received by 1 April of sameyear

n To create notice rules in Customizing, choose a name for the notice key and the contract type forwhich the notice key applies.

n For period regulations, you also have to enter the following data:

é The type of period end (end of month, end of quarter, and so on): this is determined by "Numberof months" (yearly -> enter 12, per quarter -> enter 03, monthly -> enter 01,...)

é The period (in months - 3 in this example - and, if required, in days)

é The notice type "Period regulation" and the notice key in the lease-out

n For deadline regulations, you also have to enter the following data:

é The date on which the notice was received and the date the notice takes effect, using the samenotice key for each deadline

é The notice type "Period regulation" and the notice key in the lease-out

n For the deadline regulation, you can use relative values to signify the year (for instance "Receiptyear" blank, "Notice year" 1 => next year).

© SAP AG AC290 2-17

SAP AG 2001

&KDQJLQJ�7HQDQW�ZLWK�&XVWRPHU�$FFRXQW�LQ�$FWLYH/HDVH�2XWV

7UDQVIHU�RSHQ�LWHPV

9DOLG�IURP�6\VWHP�GDWH

7HQDQW�� 7HQDQW��

n You can change the master tenant with customer account without creating a new contract (in the caseof a divorce or death, for example). The change affects the existing lease-out; in other words the newtenant takes on all the rights and obligations of the contract.

n However it is still necessary to create a new contract in the case of a real tenant changeover.

n The system date is used as the date of change.

n All the postings that are made after the change of master tenant are carried out in the new customer’saccount.

n When the tenant with customer account changes, you can transfer the new, unsettled items of the oldpartner, especially those that cannot be settled such as advance payments for service charges, to thenew partner on a key date.

n The service charge settlement only takes account of the items of the master tenant with customeraccount on the date of the settlement. The system issues a reminder for any items that wereoverlooked in the transfer posting.

n The manual incoming payments and account maintenance transactions as well as the OI and balancelists also display the old master tenants with customer account. On the other hand, automaticincoming payment transactions (electronic account statement entry) only take account of the currentmaster tenant.

n The correspondence only takes account of the current master tenant.

© SAP AG AC290 2-18

SAP AG 2001

&KDQJLQJ�&RQGLWLRQV�RI�$FWLYH�&RQWUDFWV

l 8VH��)RU�FKDQJLQJ�GDWD�UHOHYDQW�WR�WKH�GHELW�SRVLWLRQ�� ,QVHUW�HGLW�HQG�FRQGLWLRQV��FKDQJH�SHULRG�� 5HQWDO�HQG� 3D\PHQW�PHWKRGV��SD\PHQW�IUHTXHQF\� 7D[�FRGH

l 1HZ�FRQGLWLRQ�KHDGHU��XVHIXO�LI�PRVW�RI�WKH�FRQGLWLRQV�FKDQJH��IRULQVWDQFH��D�FKDQJH�RI�WD[�FRGH�

l $IWHU�FKDQJLQJ�WKH�FRQGLWLRQV��\RX�VKRXOG�FKHFN�WKH�HIIHFW�RQ�WKHFDVK�IORZ��QHZ�FDVK�IORZ�ROG�FDVK�IORZ�

l 'XH�GDWH�LQ�WKH�FDVH�RI�IROORZ�XS�SRVWLQJV� &UHGLW�PHPR��ZLWK�GDWH�RI��DIIHFWHG��FRQGLWLRQ�� )ROORZ�XS�SD\PHQW��GHIDXOWHG�ZLWK�FXUUHQW�GDWH��WKLV�DIIHFWV

GXQQLQJ�

n If the tax code changes (in the case of, say, an increase in value-added tax), it would be sensible tochange the condition header as well. (It is technically possible although not recommended togenerate manually a new item with a new tax code for each condition item that exists.)

n Example of the due date in a credit memo:The basic rent has been fixed as of 1 January of the year in question. You subsequently realize thatthe rent has been set too high. The resulting credit memo is also due on 1 January of the same year.

n You can set the due date of the receivable manually. However you should note any effects on thedunning. This date determines the due date. If "overlooked" receivables are due on the date of thecondition in question, they could appear as overdue in the dunning run and the resulting interestcharged incorrectly to the tenant

© SAP AG AC290 2-19

SAP AG 2001

7HQDQW�,QIRUPDWLRQ

6($5&+�%<

1DPH

%LUWKGD\

$GGUHVV

/HDVH�RXW

'$7$

/HDVH�RXW

3D\PQW�GXQQLQJGDWD

&RQGLWLRQV

3DUWQHU��FXVWRPHU

5HQWDO�8QLW

27+(5�$&7,9,7,(6

&KDQJH�OHDVH�RXW&UHDWH�:25'�OHWWHU

3ULQW�OHDVH�RXW5HQW�UHGXFWLRQ

1RWLFH&XVWRPHU

9HQGRU

3DUWQHU3ODQW�0DLQWHQDQFH

2WKHU�FRQWUDFWV

&KDQJH�SD\�PHWKRG

$FFRXQWV�VKHHW'XQQLQJ�OHWWHUV

n The tenant information contains all relevant data about the tenant, the lease-out and other lease-outsfor the same tenant.

n You can search for data with the following criteria:

é Name/birthday/address of tenant, partners/customer/vendor number, cost center (for own usage),contract number and contract type.

n Apart from displaying data, you can also carry out the following activities:

é Change lease-out

é Create one-time correspondence using the WORD interface

é Print lease-out

é Agree rent reduction

é Process notice

é Change pay method

é View tenant account sheet

é Process dunning

é Rental unit inspection

n Groups of conditions that are valid on a key date are displayed in the conditions overview screen.You can also display the condition details.

n There is also a screen to display miscellaneous data, such as technical details.

© SAP AG AC290 2-20

SAP AG 2001

/HDVH�2XW�/LIH�&\FOH

l &UHDWH�OHDVH�RXWB @ ��4� %�% ��hs�s�¹-��"��)� % ��f� )�)��s��<)�

B @ ��)��w� )��s��<��

l &KDQJH�OHDVH�RXWB �U�� )��

B @ ��i� )��s��<��

B @ ��i� )��s��<��s��5� �i� )�)��s��<��

B @ ��)��4�3�"��)�"��7�<�0��

B @ �� , �w��)�=��7 . <)��#3*�)�h�&<��)�4t��)��7>� �5� ��)��x

B �U7 . <)�)�5��i��7��3 ��#3��)��

B @ ��4�<)�)��*#i��t��0gº��*��)�=��)��-�n*� �)��J��v� ��s��<)��x

l 7HQDQW�,QIRUPDWLRQl (QG�RI�OHDVH�RXW

B 9:�� 0��0g!��0� % �)�h�)��"��)�

B 1��)��)<=�� h�� 0�5� ��

B 1�� )�)��i�"*�)��8��{� �)��"��

© SAP AG AC290 2-21

SAP AG 2001

&&

&XVWRPL]LQJ��0DQDJHPHQW�RI�,QWHUHVWHG�3DUWLHV

l 1XPEHU�UDQJHV�IRU�UHQWDO�UHTXHVWV�DQG�RIIHU�REMHFWVl 6WDWXV�RI�UHQWDO�UHTXHVWl 5HQWDO�UHTXHVW

l 6FUHHQ�VHTXHQFHl 6WDWXVl 1RWHV

l 5HDO�(VWDWH�JURXSV�DQG�REMHFW�W\SHVl /RFDWLRQ��SDUNLQJ�VSDFHV��IL[WXUHV�DQG�ILWWLQJV�

WUDQVSRUW�FRQQHFWLRQV

© SAP AG AC290 2-22

SAP AG 2001

&&

&XVWRPL]LQJ�2IIHUV�DQG�/HDVH�2XWV

l 1XPEHU�UDQJHl 6WDWXVl )LHOG�VWDWXVl 5XOHV�IRU�WUDQVIHUULQJ�SDUWQHUVl 5XOHV�IRU�FUHDWLQJ�OHDVH�RXW�QXPEHUl &RQGLWLRQV�DQG�DFFRXQW�GHWHUPLQDWLRQl 3HUPLWWHG�SDUWQHU�FDWHJRULHVl )LHOG�VHOHFWLRQl &RQWUDFW�W\SHVl $GMXVWPHQW�W\SHVl 'HSRVLW�W\SHV

© SAP AG AC290 2-23

SAP AG 2001

&RQGLWLRQ�FDWHJRU\






&RQGLWLRQ�W\SH

&RQGLWLRQ�W\SH

&RQGLWLRQ�W\SH

&RQGLWLRQ�JURXS&RQGLWLRQ�JURXS

&&

&RQWUDFW

� k��)�*� �3��)�� <*�� *�� U7��)3 ��0�*#3�� r�� )��"��)�� 6 ��<� �� % ��:�"� ��J��

':��#v�c��*�� @ �*#f �� , ��{� ��4� % ��7�� * ��

� 9(<# , *�=� % ��7�� {�-�3�)��7�� 5� ��j��><�

� 1��)��<*�� ?))��s��><)�� » ��#3��)�=�)�h�)��"��)�� 6 ��"�*�8�)�>�)��"��

'��#f�J��*�� **��#f� �"��7w�)��7h� �5� ��|��* ��j� % ��*7�<��0�=��* �4t��"��)��<*�� u� %�% ��u�� sc�h<)��u#3�*��#j��)�=�)�>�)�5�"��0�"x

&XVWRPL]LQJ�&RQGLWLRQV

n Three classifications are needed for customizing the condition types:

é Condition type, condition group, condition category

n Condition type

é Appears as a condition on lease-outs, rental units and management contracts.

n Condition group

é Determines the condition types that can be used in lease-outs, rental units and managementcontracts.

n Condition category

é Controls the number and compatibility of conditions (there are four ways of specifying the numberof conditions possible: exactly, minimum, maximum, one, any number. Example: exactly onecondition is permitted of "basic rent" category and any number of "surcharges" category). Withregard to the compatibility of conditions, you can prevent a lease-out having a gross rent as well asservice charges.

é There is no limit to the number of condition categories you create. There are five options for your"internal condition category" entry: no entry, advance payment, flat rate, can be adjusted, groupingfor reporting (used for information system and tenant information).

© SAP AG AC290 2-24

SAP AG 2001

/HDVH�2XW�5HSRUWV

l 5HQWDO�UHTXHVWVl 5HQWDO�DJUHHPHQWVl 5HQWDO�XQLW�UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQW

RYHUYLHZl &RQGLWLRQV

� 5HQWDO�DJUHHPHQWV� 5HQWDO�DJUHHPHQWV

PD[LPXP�PLQLPXP�FRQGLWLRQV� 5HQWDO�XQLWV�DJUHHPHQWV�SHU

DUHD�XQLW�DSSRUWLRQPHQW�XQLW

l 9DFDQFLHV� 3HULRG�HYDOXDWLRQ� .H\�GDWH�DQDO\VLV�DFFRUGLQJ�WR

XVDJH� .H\�GDWH�DQDO\VLV�DFFRUGLQJ�WR

XVDJH�� .H\�GDWH�DQDO\VLV�DFFRUGLQJ�WR�

UHDVRQ�IRU�YDFDQF\� 2FFXSDQF\�KLVWRU\�DFFRUGLQJ�WR

UHQWDO�XQLWV

� You find the reports under: 5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW� -> ,QIRV\VWHP� Call up the following reports to see what data is stored:

• 0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV -> 0DVWHU�'DWD -> 5HQWDO�XQLW�OHDVH�RXW�RYHUYLHZ• 0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV -> &RQWUDFWV��!�Lease-outs

• 0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV -> 2YHUYLHZV�-> &RQGLWLRQV��! /HDVH�RXWV• 0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV -> 2YHUYLHZV�-> 9DFDQFLHV�-> 3HULRG�(YDOXDWLRQ

© SAP AG AC290 2-25

SAP AG 2001

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�l /LVW�WKH�VWDJHV�RI�WKH�UHQWDO�SURFHVV�DQG

H[SODLQ�WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�UHQWDOUHTXHVW��RIIHU�DQG�OHDVH�RXW

l 'HVFULEH�WKH�UROHV�RI�WKH�EXVLQHVV�SDUWQHUGXULQJ�WKH�UHQWDO�SURFHVV

l ([SODLQ�WKH�WZR�GLIIHUHQW�W\SHV�RI�QRWLFHUXOHV

l 1DPH�W\SLFDO�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SHV�DQGFDWHJRULHV�IRU�OHDVH�RXWV�DQG�GHVFULEH�WKHUHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SHV�JURXSV�DQG�FDWHJRULHV

l 'HVFULEH�WKH�SUHUHTXLVLWHV�IRU�D�FROOHFWLYHOHDVH�RXW

5HQWDO��8QLW�6XPPDU\

© SAP AG AC290 2-26

([HUFLVHV

8QLW��5HQWDO7RSLF��5HQWDO�5HTXHVW��2IIHU��/HDVH�2XW


• Create a rental request

• Find suitable vacant rental units for a rental request

• Create an offer

• Create and activate a lease-out

• Call up lease-out reports in the Information System

• Give notice on a lease-out and reverse the notice

Your company leases out the rental units you created in the exercises ofUnit 1 as of 1 January of the previous year. You will see the processesstarting with making an offer, through lease-out to giving notice on thelease-out.

2-1 Copy your vacant rental units as offer objects.

2-2 Create a rental request for your first rental unit.

2-2-1 Enter values for the conditions and area that correspond to your exercisedata.

2-2-2 Assign the rental request to a partner with the role $SSOLFDQW (create a newpartner if necessary).

2-2-3 Search for offer objects.

2-2-4 Create an offer for one of the offer objects.

Use the following data:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVContract type Residential agreement

Adjustment type Apartment rent

Rental start 1.1. of previous year

Notice type Period regulation

Notice rule 1

© SAP AG AC290 2-27

Ensure that you create an offer for your own rental unit only.

2-3 Rental unit 1 is rented to the applicant from ��-DQXDU\�RI�WKH�SUHYLRXV�\HDU�for anunlimited period. Copy the offer to a lease-out and activate it.

2-4 Rent out your rental units 2 and 3. Create lease-outs for them without copying theoffer data. The rental start and date of activation is ��)HEUXDU\�RU��0DUFK�RI�WKHSUHYLRXV�\HDU. Choose FRQWUDFW�W\SH "commercial contract" or "residentialagreement" and DGMXVWPHQW�W\SH "free adjustment" or "apartment rent". Activatethe lease-outs.

2-5 View the following reports for your business entity. In the selection screen, choose"Classic drilldown report" as the output type.

2-5-1 Master Data/Contracts -> Overviews -> Conditions -> Lease-outs

Expand the hierarchy.

Change the display in the navigation block from object view to contract typeview.

2-5-2 Master Data/Contracts -> Overviews -> Vacancies -> Period-Evaluation

For 3HULRG�IURP choose 1 January of the previous year, and for 3HULRG�WR31 December of the previous year.

Change the display in the navigation block from object view to usage typeview.

2-5-3 Master Data/Contracts -> Overviews -> Vacancies -> Rental UnitOccupancy History

Call up the graphic.

2-5-4 Master Data/Contracts -> Master Data -> Rental Unit/Lease-Out Overview

Filter the report by selecting the 6WDWXV field and specifying the value"Vacant".

2-5-5 Master Data/Contracts -> Business Partners -> Business Partner AnalysisSwitch the breakdown to "Name", hide the business entity, building,property, rental unit and lease-out fields and display the fields that relate tothe address.

2-6 (*) Maintain a set for your business entities and call up the reports again using theset. The name of your set must not contain a blank space or any country-specificletters.

You can also create the set in the Real Estate Object Browser, as described inexercise 1-4 (0DVWHU�'DWD�unit).

© SAP AG AC290 2-28

2-7 (*) The tenant of rental unit 2 gives notice on lease-out.

2-7-1 Enter and activate the notice.

2-7-2 Display the dates and status in the lease-out.

2-7-3 How is the rental unit affected?

2-7-4 Reverse the notice.

© SAP AG AC290 2-29

6ROXWLRQV8QLW��5HQWDO7RSLF��5HQWDO�5HTXHVW��2IIHU��/HDVH�2XW

2-1 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�0DQDJHPHQW�RI�,QWHUHVWHG3DUWLHV�→�2IIHU�2EMHFWV�→5HQWDO�8QLWV��!�2IIHU�2EMHFWV

2-2 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�0DQDJHPHQW�RI�,QWHUHVWHG3DUWLHV�→�5HQWDO�5HTXHVWV�→�&UHDWH�5HQWDO�5HTXHVWChoose the real estate group $SDUWPHQW.Enter a memo text for the rental request to help you to identify the rental requestlater and to distinguish it from the rental requests of the other course participants.

2-2-1 In the &RQGLWLRQV�area, enter a�net or gross monthly rent corresponding toyour exercise data.

On the $UHD�5RRPV�tab page, enter an $UHD that corresponds to yourexercise data.

2-2-2 On the 3DUWQHUOLVWH tab page, choose the &UHDWH�SDUWQHU pushbutton (icon).

Choose the role �� (DSSOLFDQW).Proceed as in 1-6.

2-2-3 Choose 2IIHU�REMHFWV�In the list, click on your rental unit. The "Display Rental Unit" screenappears.

2-2-4 Select your rental unit and choose &UHDWH�RIIHU.

Save your entries. Go back to the menu.

© SAP AG AC290 2-30

2-3 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�2IIHU�→�&KDQJH��FRQYHUW�WR/2Enter the number of the offer that you want to transfer to the lease-out.

Choose 7UDQVIHU�WR�/2 or 2IIHU�→�7UDQVIHU�WR�/2�The system automatically assigns role category 0600 to the partner.

Save your entries.

Activate the lease-out using the following the path:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→�&KDQJH�→/HDVH�RXW�PDVWHU�GDWDEnter the lease-out number and confirm.

Press the $FWLYDWH�DQG�6DYH�icon. Confirm the activation date.

You can activate several lease-outs simultaneously using the listprocessing function:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→$FWLYDWH�→�5HVLGHQWLDO�DJUHHPHQW�RU�&RPPHUFLDO�FRQWUDFW

2-4 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→�&UHDWH



Rental unit 2 or 3


Enter the following data:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVRental start 1.2. or 1.3 of previous year

Contract type Commercial or residentialagreement

Adjustment type Free adjustment or apartmentrent


Notice rule 1

© SAP AG AC290 2-31

For commercial agreements, choose 2SWLQJ�UHDVRQ "Opt.§9 (2)UstG" under the3D\PHQW�GDWD tab.

Under the &RQGLWLRQV tab, delete the conditions you do not require.

Press the 3DUWQHU pushbutton to create a tenant with customer account.

Choose role 0600 (master tenant with customer account).

Proceed as in 1-6.

Save your lease-out.

Activate your lease-out (see 2-3).

Repeat these steps for rental unit 3.

2-5 Reports

2-5-1 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�,QIR�6\VWHP�→�0DVWHU'DWD�&RQWUDFWV�→�2YHUYLHZV�→�&RQGLWLRQV�→�/HDVH�RXWVPlace your cursor on the line of your business entity. Choose the ([SDQGicon. Select the last level.

Click "Contract type" in the navigation field. Then click on the "Object"line.

Exit the report.

2-5-2 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�,QIR�6\VWHP�→�0DVWHU'DWD�&RQUDFWV�→�2YHUYLHZV�→�9DFDQFLHV�→�3HULRG�(YDOXDWLRQSame as 2-5-1.

2-5-3 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�,QIR�6\VWHP�→�0DVWHU'DWD�&RQWUDFWV�→�2YHUYLHZV�→�9DFDQFLHV�→�5HQWDO�8QLW�2FFXSDQF\+LVWRU\Press the *UDSKLF icon. Close the graphic and exit the report.

2-5-4 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�,QIR�6\VWHP�→�0DVWHU'DWD�&RQUDFWV�→�0DVWHU�'DWD�→�5HQWDO�8QLW�/HDVH�RXW�2YHUYLHZSelect the 6WDWXV column and press the 6HW�ILOWHU icon. Choose the value"vacant".

Exit the report.

If you do not have any vacant rental units, you cannot filteraccording to this value.

© SAP AG AC290 2-32

2-5-5 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�,QIR�6\VWHP�→�0DVWHU'DWD�&RQUDFWV�→�0DVWHU�'DWD�→�%XVLQHVV�3DUWQHUV�→�%XVLQHVV�3DUWQHU$QDO\VLVPress 6ZLWFK�GULOOGRZQ and choose "Name". Hide or display the fields bypressing &KRRVH�NH\�ILJXUHV.Exit the report.

2-6 Choose any report. Press the pushbutton 6HOHFWLRQ�YLD�VHWV� Enter a name for the setand choose &UHDWH�QHZ�VHW� Enter a set description and choose 0DLQWDLQ�VHW�Choose &KRRVH�REMHFWV�IRU�VHW� Enter your business entity in the next selectionscreen and choose ([HFXWH� Save your set.

You can now call up reports using this set. Proceed as follows: In the selectionscreen of the report, choose 6HOHFWLRQ�YLD�VHWV� Enter the name of the set and pressthe 6DYH icon. You now return to a selection screen for the report where you canenter further selections. Choose the ([HFXWH icon to call the report.

You can also use this set in the Real Estate Object Browser.

2-7 Giving notice on lease-outs

You can only give notice on active lease-outs. Check that the lease-out you want to give notice on is active; and if not, activate it.

2-7-1 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�7HQDQW�&KDQJHRYHU→�1RWLFH�RQ�OHDVH�RXWEnter the lease-out number. Press the 1HZ�QRWLFH pushbutton.The 1RWLFH�SHU field is filled if a valid notice rule has been defined for thelease-out. You can change the field. Enter a date if the field is empty. Pressthe $FWLYDWH pushbutton.

2-7-2 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→'LVSOD\The notice date is transferred to the lease-out. The status is CANC.

2-7-3 The apartment is identified as being vacant as from the date of notice sothat a new rental can be made.Display the occupancy type history:$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�'DWD�→�2EMHFWV�→5HQWDO�8QLW�→�'LVSOD\Under the *HQHUDO�GDWD tab, double-click on the 2FFXS7\S�9DF5VQ fieldor press the +LVWRU\ icon.

2-7-4 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�7HQDQW�FKDQJHRYHU→�1RWLFH�RQ�OHDVH�RXWChoose�(GLW�QRWLFH��confirm your entry and choose 5HYHUVH�QRWLFH�

© SAP AG AC290 3-1

SAP AG 2001

l 6$3VFULSW�FRUUHVSRQGHQFHl &RUUHVSRQGHQFH�DFWLYLWLHVl &RUUHVSRQGHQFH�JURXSVl /HWWHUVl 7H[W�PRGXOHV

l :25'�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWHQWV�

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

© SAP AG AC290 3-2

SAP AG 2001

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOHWR�l ([SODLQ�WKH�SURFHGXUHV�IRU�FUHDWLQJ�OHWWHUVDQG

l 'HVFULEH�WKH�PHDQLQJ�DQG�XVH�RI�WKHIROORZLQJ�WHUPV�l /HWWHUl &RUUHVSRQGHQFH�DFWLYLW\l &RUUHVSRQGHQFH�JURXSl 2QH�WLPH�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 3-3

SAP AG 2001

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ


*HQHUDO&RQWUDFW�/HDVH�LQ�

,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP

7D[HV��&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ)XQFWLRQV

,QWHJUDWLRQ

&RQWUROOLQJ

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW

0DVWHU�'DWD

5HQWDO

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

© SAP AG AC290 3-4

SAP AG 2001

l <RX�ZDQW�WR�VHQG�OHWWHUV�WR�EXVLQHVV�SDUWQHUVUHODWHG�WR�DQ�DSSOLFDWLRQ�VXFK�DV�D�OHDVH�RXW�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�RU�VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�

l <RX�ZDQW�WR�VHQG�D�FHUWDLQ�IRUP�RQFH�WR�DWHQDQW�

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 3-5

SAP AG 2001

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�UHSRUWVIRU�DSSOLFDWLRQV

•�/HDVH�RXW•�2IIHU•�6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW•�5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW•�1RWLFH•��

$SSOLFDWLRQ�UHODWHGGDWD�UHWULHYDO•�3DUWQHU�GDWD•�2EMHFW�'DWD•�&RQWUDFW�GDWD•�$GMXVWPHQW�GDWD•��

5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFW�VHOHFWLRQ

%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\5HQWDO�XQLW

3ULQW�GDWH

�

��

��

3ULQW�OHDVH�RXW $SSOLFDWLRQ

$SSOLFDWLRQ�UHODWHGVHOHFWLRQ�SDUDPHWHUV

$GGLWLRQDOSDUDPHWHUV

6$3VFULSW�&RUUHVSRQGHQFH��2YHUYLHZ

n The standard correspondence is written with 6$3VFULSW. It can be stored in DUFKLYHV.n You have a wide choice of reports that retrieve and print data for a specific correspondence

application.

n Refer to the UHSRUW�GRFXPHQWDWLRQ�to determine what data can be retrieved and printed.

© SAP AG AC290 3-6

SAP AG 2001

/D\RXW�DQG�&RQWHQW

The layout

The content

:LQGRZ�IRU�KHDGHUDQG�IRRWHU:LQGRZ�IRU�DGGLWLRQDO�WH[W

7H[W�PRGXOHText / paragraph andcharacter format

3DJH�VHWXS

© SAP AG AC290 3-7

SAP AG 2001

$�OHWWHU�FRQVLVWV�RI�WKH�IROORZLQJ�SDUWV� (GLWLQJ�LQ�WKH�5��6\VWHP��

A4, US letter, portrait, landscape...��! ��"��#��

These can be positioned in any size and any place inthe page setup.$%��&� �� '(�#��)��*�+��%�

Any number of these can be positioned in any placeand can be any size in the page setup.

,-�/.��& -��0�� 1� �&�2 -��3��-��4/�1� �&�576�8 �:9��&� �1�+��3�#��<;3��=<>

Texts that must appear in a certainposition, such as the letter header forthe company code, should be inserteddirectly in the form. You do not have tocreate separate text modules for theletters in Customizing.

7H[W�PRGXOHVAny number of these can be positioned in the window;Texts are language-dependent so that letters can becreated in the language of the recipient;Graphics such as your company logo can also beadded;You use program symbols in text modules to printdata from the R/3 System (tenant name, address,rental agreement number and so on).

a)

b) Text formulations are made in RECustomizing;You select paragraph and characterformat by assigning a

�-�?.�' ��@

/HWWHU�/D\RXW�LQ�6$3VFULSW

You can specify paragraph andcharacter formats using transaction576�8�A 9B��&� �1��3�-�?.&' ��=1@

n This graphic illustrates the structure of a letter in the R/3 System.

n The RE correspondence is based on SAP’s own word processing component 6$3VFULSW.n You use the SAPscript editor to create the text.

n You can define company code-dependent texts for the headers and footers.

© SAP AG AC290 3-8

SAP AG 2001

&RUUHVSRQGHQFHDFWLYLW\�

3DUWQHU��/HWWHUV

7HQDQW/HWWHU�$&RQWUDFW

*XDUDQWRU/HWWHU�%&RQWUDFW

&RUUHVSRQGHQFHDSSOLFDWLRQ

/HDVH�RXW

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�$FWLYLWLHV

n Correspondence activities are defined for individual applications.

n A correspondence activity contains the following details:

é The application in connection with which a correspondence partner is addressed

é The partner to whom the correspondence is sent

é The letters that the partner is to receive

� Example: You want to send a lease-out with accompanying letter and a collection authorizationform to the tenant. You also want to send a letter to the social welfare office at the same time tocertify the amount of rent paid.

� You create correspondence activity "4711" with the following data:

Seq.no. Partner role Letter

1 Tenant LO accompanying letter

2 Tenant Lease-out

3 Tenant Collection authorization

4 Soc.welf.office Certification of rent amount

n For each correspondence application, you have to identify a default value for a correspondenceactivity.

© SAP AG AC290 3-9

SAP AG 2001

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�DFWLYLWLHV�FDQ�UHIHU�WR�UROH�FDWHJRULHV�RU�UROH�W\SHV

C ��;D��.

E��&�0��F�&�0��4/�#��5 �0' ��-�G��H�1��

:LIH+XVEDQG0DQDJLQJ�GLUHFWRU6LOHQW�SDUWQHU

�� /HDVH�RXW �IRU 5ROH�FDWHJRU\��0DVWHU�WHQDQW�ZLWK�FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQW

�� 5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�OHWWHU ��IRU� 5ROH�W\SHV

0DVWHU�WHQDQW�ZLWKFXVWRPHU�DFFRXQW

7HQDQW

EI�-��H��H��-��J��'C ��;D��.EI��K�1� ��L4-�& ��' �

�M� �H�NO -��P��EI��&�0��L�&�0��4/�#��5 �0' ��-�G��H�1��

�5ROH�FDWHJRU\�� 5ROH�W\SHV�IRU��UROH�FDWHJRU\

([DPSOH�RI�&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�5ROH�7\SH�8VDJH

n Correspondence activities can be defined for role categories or role types.

n We recommend creating role types if you want to send letters in a role category to certain partnersonly or if you want to send letters in certain specific cases only.

n If you have created role types, the partners are always directly maintained in the 3DUWQHU�dialog boxin the role type and not in the role category. However, the system recognizes the partner rolecategory internally.

n You can decide which partner (with role category or role type attributes) receives which letters byusing the correspondence activities.

n If no partner exists for the contract with the role in the correspondence activity (for instance socialwelfare office), no letter will be created.

© SAP AG AC290 3-10

SAP AG 2001

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�*URXS��&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�$FWLYLW\

Q!�-�H��<;D�+��0��"�1 ��34��&�K�H�-��&��4-�*��4/�� R&� �S.T��4 *��'+� 4-�� &�"�&P(UH��4/�QG��H��<;D��0��"�< ��V4-�&�K��&��4��T��4/�� R�� B.3��4� *��'�� 4�� &�V�&PWUH��4/�

1. Search for correspondence groupa) Correspondence group assigned directly to contract orb) Default correspondence group of contract type orc) Empty correspondence group

XG �� 4-�&��#��4��*��#�& �� ' ��H�:.�& F -��•QO� �H�H��GY-Z�[K[]\(^`_aZ�b&c�\/b&Y-\d�Y-e+fHgWfBeBfB\(^3��&�&�-��4� T4-�&��4��B.��J/��T�I��'+'W��

•QO� �H�H��GY-Z�[K[]\(^`_aZ�b&c�\/b&Y-\d�Y-e+fHgWfBeBfB\(^3��&�&�-��4� T�&P(U#��4��

�V ��.�& F��0��4-�&�K��&��4��@

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�JURXS��DQ�HOHPHQW�XVHG�WR�VWUXFWXUH�JURXSV�RI�DVVLJQPHQWV�EHWZHHQ�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�DSSOLFDWLRQV�DQG�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�DFWLYLWLHV

2. Determine correspondence activity a) Using correspondence group/application/activity assignment or b) Default correspondence activity of correspondence application

n Example of use of different correspondence group: you want to use a different correspondence groupfor commercial lease-out xyz instead of the normal correspondence activity that is determined forthis contract type by the default correspondence group. You have to specify the differentcorrespondence group in the master data of lease-out xyz.

n If you want to print a correspondence activity, the procedure is as follows:

é System searches for correspondence group directly assigned to the object (lease-out), and if oneexists the correspondence activity is derived from it. If no correspondence group exists, thedefault correspondence group of the contract type is used and the correspondence activity derivedfrom it. If there is also no default correspondence group of the contract type, the system tries touse the correspondence activity assigned to the empty correspondence group. (Correspondenceactivity always refers to respective correspondence application.)

é If no data exists for the cases described above, the last selection criterion used is the defaultcorrespondence activity of the correspondence application.

n The correspondence group facilitates mass print. In previous releases you had to make detailedselections to be able to use the required correspondence activities for the lease-outs.

© SAP AG AC290 3-11

SAP AG 2001

/HDVH�RXW

7HQDQW�GHWDLOV

5HQWDO�REMHFW�GHWDLOV

&RQGLWLRQV

6LJQDWXUH

h(ikjBj+i/l�m]ionqpor�sut�v twj�tqr(x'RFXPHQW�JURXS/HWWHU�QDPH

3ULQW�UHSRUW�WUDQVIHUV�WKHGDWD�FRQWDLQHG�LQ�WKH�UHWULHYDOUHSRUW�IURP�WKH�$%$3�PHPRU\�WRWKH�IRUP

)RUP�IRU�GHWHUPLQLQJ�OD\RXW

��$VVLJQPHQW�RI�WH[W�PRGXOHV

��'HWDLO��/HWWHU�DWWULEXWHV&&

/HWWHUV

n You create the letters and text modules in Customizing.

n The letter key comprises the document group and letter name. You have to use one of the standarddocument groups, but you can assign any letter name.

n The letters are made up of text modules that can be used in any letter. This makes it easier tomaintain data because frequently recurring phrases in the text modules can be capsuled.

n You should note, however, that changes to a text module will affect all the letters in which it is used.A tool is available in Customizing to find out where the text modules are used in letters.

n SAP provides sample letters and sample text modules. You have to copy the templates from thedelivery client to the Customizing client.

© SAP AG AC290 3-12

SAP AG 2001

l 7H[W�PRGXOH�QDPHFRQVLVWLQJ�RIy �1DPH�RI�WH[W�REMHFWy �7H[W�QDPH

l 3URJUDP�ZLWK�VXEURXWLQHWKDW�UHWULHYHV�GDWD�IRU�WDEOH�RXWSXW

&KHFNER[HVl 6HOHFWLRQ�LQGLFDWRUl 0DQGDWRU\

��'HWDLO��$WWULEXWHV�� (GLWRU��7H[W�PDLQWHQDQFH

5HQWDO�REMHFW)RU�UHQW��9,58$'56�675$6�&�LQ��*!9,58$'56�367/=�&�9,58$'56�257��&�

67</(��)250

&&7H[W�0RGXOHV

n The text modules for a letter are printed in the order of their sequence number. SAP suppliesstandard text objects, but customers can also create additional ones.

n If the "selection dialog box for text modules" indicator is set for a letter, when you start the printreport the system displays the permitted text modules and you choose the ones you require. Otherindicators can be set for each text module: "Print mandatory" and "Selection indicator". You have touse "Print mandatory" if you always want to print this text module; the indicator is set in theselection dialog box and you cannot enter any data. If the "Selection indicator" is set, selections forthis text module are preassigned in the selection dialog box, but they can be changed.

n If the text module is to output a table with several lines, such as a list of the apartment’s fixtures andfittings characteristics or a list of conditions, a special form routine is required. You have to definethe name of the form routine to be used and the report name in Customizing.

© SAP AG AC290 3-13

SAP AG 2001

([DPSOH��&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

�M ��{z`��&| �M ��3�1 ��"��0�-�#�� -�G' ��&}*'0�+}`��|

a) Select the text module for editing for the requested letter.

b) Specify the technical name of the fields that can be printed (see below).

c) Enter the technical names of the text moduleas follows:

Landlord

&VIBKADR-NAME1&&VIBKADR-STRAS&&VIBKADR-PSTLZ& &VIBKADR-ORT01&

Tenant

&MIETERADR-LINE0&&MIETERADR-LINE1&&MIETERADR-LINE2&&MIETERADR-LINE3&

The printout for a selected rental agreement:

/DQGORUGIDES Holding Inc.Washington Square 25New York, NY 10022

7HQDQWSystems IncPrimrose Avenue 25New York, NY 10025

� 6HOHFWLRQ�RI�ILHOGV�WKDW�FDQ�EH�SULQWHG��'',&�ILHOGV��(You may have to change the setting of theeditor to PC mode.)

1. In the text module editing mode, choose Include -> Symbols -> Program systems or (Ctrl + F3).The system displays the assigned print programs for the specified form.

2. Select the print program (report) you require and press the DDIC field pushbutton.The table structure of the report is displayed.

3. Double-click the table with the field you require. All the fields in the table are displayed.

4. Double-click the field you require to copy it to the text module.

n Note: Not all the fields offered can be printed. To find out which fields can be printed, refer to thedocumentation of the print program (you can display this in the selection screen of the print programby choosing Help -> Application help).

© SAP AG AC290 3-14

SAP AG 2001

8VHIXO�)XQFWLRQV

•�/(77(5�29(59,(:2YHUYLHZ�RI�DOO�OHWWHUV��IURP�ZKHUH�\RX�FDQ�EUDQFK�WR�WKHWH[W�PRGXOH�RYHUYLHZ

'RXEOH�FOLFN�LQ�WKH�WH[W�PRGXOH�RYHUYLHZ�WR�EUDQFK�WR�WKH6$3VFULSW�HGLWRU�WR�SURFHVV�WH[W�PRGXOHV

•�7(;7�02'8/(�:+(5(�86('�/,67'RXEOH�FOLFN�IRU�D�OLVW�RI�OHWWHUV�LQ�ZKLFK�WKH�WH[W�PRGXOHVDUH�XVHG

<RX�FDQ�HGLW��FRS\��GHOHWH��RU�WUDQVSRUW�ODUJH�QXPEHUV�RIWH[W�PRGXOHV�VLPXOWDQHRXVO\�

© SAP AG AC290 3-15

SAP AG 2001

:25'�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH

l :25'�VWDQGDUG�OHWWHU�LQWHUIDFH~ &UHDWH�FRQWUDFW�UHODWHG��LQGLYLGXDO�OHWWHUV~ &DOO�SULQW�IXQFWLRQ�IURP�WHQDQW�LQIRUPDWLRQ~ 'DWD�UHWULHYDO�IRU�OHDVH�RXW�DQGJHQHUDO�FRQWUDFW

~ 8VHG�IRU�RQH�WLPH�FRUUHVSRQGHQFHl $GYDQWDJHV

~ )DPLOLDU�:25'�WH[W�SURFHVVLQJ~ 3RVVLEOH�WR�PRGLI\�WKH�OHWWHU�EHIRUH�SULQWLQJ~ &DQ�VWRUH�DOO�GRFXPHQWV�LQ�WKH�5��6\VWHP�ZLWK�OLQN�WRUHVSHFWLYH�FRQWUDFW

n The WORD interface is in the tenant information:

5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW -> 5HQWDO�-> 0DQDJHPHQW�RI�,QWHUHVWHG�3DUWLHV�n If you display a lease-out in the tenant information, you have access to the WORD interface. You

can use this to go to a WORD standard letter function that is integrated in the R/3 System.

n You can create documents (one-time correspondence) using the usual WORD interface. Relevantdata from Real Estate Management is presented in a template. You can adjust and structure thistemplate.

n You can print the document directly.

n You save the document directly in the R/3 System to link it to the object to which it relates.

n You store the document using the document navigator, from where it can be displayed later.

n You do not need to store the document locally or on a file server.

n You must make settings in Customizing to set up letter templates and letter recipients (partners):

5HDO�(VWDWH -> &RUUHVSRQGHQFH -> 2IILFH�6WDQGDUG�/HWWHUV��6LQJOH�3ULQW�

© SAP AG AC290 3-16

SAP AG 2001

2YHUYLHZ�RI�7HUPV�8VHG�LQ�&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

'RFXPHQW7KH�VPDOOHVW�XQLW�RI�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH��,W�LV�JHQHUDWHG�E\H[HFXWLQJ�D�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�SURJUDP�LQ�ZKLFKD�OHWWHU�DQG�WKH�FRUUHVSRQGLQJ�OD\RXW�WHPSODWHDUH�OLQNHG�WR�DSSOLFDWLRQ�GDWD��d-�3_G�B\-�G�/�&\�_G��-^fBY`d�� LY/[�\`de?\-cV�B\�eHeS\�[ae?ZV�:[K��G�FfBeB�FZb2[]\/b&e+d-��d��[]\-\/�{\/b&e&�o�&�w��-��W�0��

)RUP'HILQHV�D�OD\RXW�WHPSODWH��LW�FDQ�EH�DVVLJQHG�WRDQ\�QXPEHU�RI�OHWWHUV��d-�3_G�B\-�G�/�&\*��^�Y/[Kf _�e��Z[��!�� O�3�L��"�&f ^"�-^�\-cVd�^TdT�0d��Z��e�eH\`�3_G�0d�eH\��#Z[G[]\`b�eBd��d/�&[]\-\`��\`b�e��S\-e?e�\/[

/HWWHU(OHPHQW�XVHG�WR�VWUXFWXUH�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH��FRQVLVWLQJ�RI�D�IRUP��D�SULQW�SURJUDPDQG�[�QXPEHU�RI�WH[W�PRGXOHV��d-�3_G�B\-�G�/�&\:�B\-eHe?\`[��<�� 7�!¡? :�/¡S �¢!��(£!�&�<Z�[GdT[]\`bGe�d��-d/�&[]\-\��D\`b�e��S\�eSe#\`[a¤qfBeB�"d-^-^�f ��b&\-c3�<Z�[��<�¥�!�� a�3�{�-�V��d�b&cI_G[Kf�b&e`_![]Z-��[Kd-��# 7�¥��<��I�-£��&d�^L¤%\/� ��d/^3^�\�g-\/[�d-�e?\u�Ge��{Z�c��S\W^

© SAP AG AC290 3-17

SAP AG 2001

2YHUYLHZ�RI�7HUPV�8VHG�LQ�&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�DFWLYLW\'HWHUPLQHV�RQ�WKH�EDVLV�RI�UROH�OHWWHU�DVVLJQPHQWVZKLFK�GRFXPHQWV�KDYH�WR�EH�FUHDWHG�IRU�ZKLFK�EXVLQHVV�SDUWQHUV��d-�3_G�B\-��eB�&\��<Z��0�?Z�¤7f�b�{c�Z�Y-��D\`bGe�^T��d�g�\Te?ZV¦&\*Y/[§\/d�eH\-c¤qfBeB�FY�Z[�[§\`^`_�Z�b�c�\`b&Y�\�dY�e+f?gWfBe+�¨�§Y-Z��L�D\�[]Y`f0d-��?\`d�^�\/¡�Z��e§�

��Z3�Fd/^�e?\`[Oe?\`b�d-b&eH� ¡�©G\-eHe?\`[7¤OfHe+�2�B\`d�^�\`¡<Z��e¡�©G\`d/^�\�¡<Z��e¡��GZ�[1�ª��Z�[OY-Z��0�H\-Y-e+fSZb"d��e?�&Z�[Kf «`deBfBZb

��Z*^�\/[�gWfBY-\�_G[�Z�gWfBc�\/[]�¬¡��Bb��Z�[1�FdeSfBZ�bDZ�b"b&\�¤¬eH\`b�d-b&e

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�JURXS$Q�HOHPHQW�XVHG�WR�VWUXFWXUH�JURXSV�RI�DVVLJQPHQWVEHWZHHQ�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�DSSOLFDWLRQV�DQGFRUUHVSRQGHQFH�DFWLYLWLHV•�2EMHFW�UHODWHG�VHOHFWLRQ�RI�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�DFWLYLWLHV•�'HIDXOW�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�JURXS�IRU�HDFK�FRQWUDFW�W\SH

© SAP AG AC290 3-18

SAP AG 2001

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH��8QLW�6XPPDU\

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�l ([SODLQ�WKH�WZR�SRVVLEOH�W\SHV�RI�FRUUHVSRQGHQFHl ([SODLQ�WKH�OD\RXW�RI�D�OHWWHUl ([SODLQ�D�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�DFWLYLW\l ([SODLQ�D�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�JURXS�DQG�KRZ�WR�XVH�LW

© SAP AG AC290 3-19

([HUFLVHV8QLW��&RUUHVSRQGHQFH


• Print the correspondence for a particular correspondence activity

Print a lease-out and a general letter. Create a spool request for the lease-out letter. Display the general letter in the print preview after executing theprint function.

3-1 Check the entries in your user profile. Enter the output device specified by yourinstructor. Do not flag the 2XWSXW�LPPHGLDWHO\ checkbox in the spool controlparameters. Save your changes.

3-2 Create and print a general letter for the lease-out to your tenant (for example for thelease-out that you created for rental unit 1).

3-3 Print the lease-out. The lease-out is printed as a spool request. Display the spoolrequest.

3-4 Use the "More correspondence" function to print the general letter to the tenant(correspondence activity 1001). The letter is displayed in the print preview.

3-5 (*) Check in Customizing why the system calls up the print preview function forthe general letter.

© SAP AG AC290 3-20

6ROXWLRQV8QLW��&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

3-1 6\VWHP�→�8VHU�SURILOH�→�2ZQ�GDWD�→�'HIDXOWV�WDEEnter your parameters in the 2XWSXW�&RQWUROOHU box. The instructor will tell youwhat values to enter in the 2XWSXW�GHYLFH field. Make sure that the 2XWSXWLPPHGLDWHO\ field is not flagged. Save your entries.

3-2 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�7HQDQW�LQIRUPDWLRQCall up one of your lease-outs (for example for rental unit 1).

Select the Word button &UHDWH�RIILFH�OHWWHU.

In the &UHDWH�6WDQGDUG�/HWWHU screen:�Choose the 6$3�*HQHUDO�OHWWHU�template inthe 'RFXPHQW area�Add anything you like to the text.

Print the text-

3-3 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→�'LVSOD\Enter your lease-out number and confirm.

&KRRVH�/HDVH�RXW�→�3ULQW&KRRVH�([HFXWH�LQ�WKH�QH[W�VFUHHQ�&KRRVH�6\VWHP�→�2ZQ�VSRRO�UHTXHVWV� 6HOHFW�WKH�VSRRO�UHTXHVW�\RX�UHTXLUH�DQGFOLFN�WKH�'LVSOD\�FRQWHQWV�LFRQ�

You can also use the menu path /HDVH�RXW�→�0RUH�FRUUHVSRQGHQFHin the 'LVSOD\�/HDVH�2XW screen.

For mass correspondence choose:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�→/HDVH�RXWVChoose the form you require there.

3-4 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→�'LVSOD\Enter your lease-out number and confirm.

&KRRVH�/HDVH�RXW�→�0RUH�FRUUHVSRQGHQFHSelect the line for correspondence activity "1001" and press the 3ULQW icon.

© SAP AG AC290 3-21

3-5 7RROV�→�$FFHOHUDWHG6$3�→�&XVWRPL]LQJ�→�(GLW�SURMHFW�

Click 6$3�5HIHUHQFH�,0*�,PSOHPHQWDWLRQ�*XLGH�IRU�5��&XVWRPL]LQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�→�&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�→&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�*URXSV�DQG�&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�$FWLYLWLHV�→�'HILQH&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�$FWLYLWLHV&KRRVH�WKH�DFWLYLW\�'HILQH�&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�$FWLYLWLHV�

Select correspondence activity 1001 and choose $VVLJQ�3DUWQHUV�DQG�/HWWHUV.

The 3ULQW�SUHYLHZ�checkbox is selected.

© SAP AG AC290 4-1

SAP AG 2001

&RQWHQWV�l 'HELW�SRVLWLRQ�IRU�WKLUG�SDUW\�DQG�RZQHU�XVDJHl 'HELW�SRVLWLRQ�IRU�YDFDQF\l $FFRXQW�GHWHUPLQDWLRQl 3D\PHQW��GXQQLQJ��DFFRXQW�RYHUYLHZl &2�REMHFWV��5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ

© SAP AG AC290 4-2

SAP AG 2001

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOHWR�l 'HVFULEH�WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�FRQGLWLRQV��IORZW\SHV��GHELW�SRVLWLRQ��WKLUG�SDUW\�XVDJH��RZQXVDJH��YDFDQF\��DQG�DXWRPDWLF�DFFRXQWGHWHUPLQDWLRQ

l ([SODLQ�WKH�GLIIHUHQFH�EHWZHHQ�WHQDQW�ZLWK�DFXVWRPHU�DFFRXQW��VXEVLGL]HU�DQG�DOWHUQDWLYHSD\HU

l /LVW�WKH�RSWLRQV�IRU�PDQXDO�DQG�DXWRPDWLFLQFRPLQJ�SD\PHQWV

l 'HVFULEH�WKH�SUHUHTXLVLWHV�IRU�GXQQLQJ�DQG�WKHGXQQLQJ�SURFHVV

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 4-3

SAP AG 2001

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW

6HWWOHPHQW

*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW�/HDVH�LQ�

,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP


&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUROOLQJ

0DVWHU�'DWD

5HQWDO

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ


© SAP AG AC290 4-4

SAP AG 2001

l <RX�SRVW�D�GHELW�SRVLWLRQ�IRU�\RXU�OHDVH�RXWVDQG�FOHDU�RSHQ�LWHPV�IURP�WHQDQWV�XVLQJPDQXDO�DV�ZHOO�DV�DXWRPDWLF�LQFRPLQJSD\PHQWV

l <RX�PDNH�D�GXQQLQJ�UXQ�IRU�WKH�GXH�LWHPVl <RX�DQDO\]H�WKH�UHYHQXHV�RQ�WKH�OHDVH�RXWV�LQWKH�LQIRUPDWLRQ�V\VWHP

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 4-5

SAP AG 2001

,QWHJUDWLRQ�RI�5(�LQ�),

l ��UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�WHQDQW�ZLWK�FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQW�DQG�FXVWRPHU

l 2SHQ�LWHP�DFFRXQWLQJl ,WHPV�DVVLJQHG�WR�D�FRQWUDFW

5( ),5��5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW� 5��)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ )LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ7HQDQW &XVWRPHU

n The rental accounting in R/3 Real Estate Management is fully integrated in R/3 FinancialAccounting.

n A tenant is defined as a customer. The relationship of a tenant with a customer account in thebusiness partner administration to a customer in FI is 1:1.

n The R/3 Accounts Receivable is managed on an open item (OI) basis. If a tenant has several lease-outs, all of them are kept on the same customer account.

n The items are assigned to a contract.

© SAP AG AC290 4-6

SAP AG 2001

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�3URFHVVHV

l 'HELW�SRVLWLRQ� 6DPH�IRU�WKLUG�SDUW\��DQG�RZQ�XVDJH

� $XWRPDWLF�IROORZ�XS�SRVWLQJV�IRU�EDFNGDWHG�FKDQJHV

� $XWRPDWLF�SRVWLQJ�WR�)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�DQG�&RVW�$FFRXQWLQJ

l 9DFDQF\�GHELW�SRVLWLRQ�LPSXWHG�FRVWV�� $XWRPDWLF�IROORZ�XS�SRVWLQJV�IRU�EDFNGDWHG�FKDQJHV

� $XWRPDWLF�SRVWLQJ�WR�)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�DQG�&RVW�$FFRXQWLQJ

l 2QH�WLPH�SRVWLQJV

l ,QFRPLQJ�SD\PHQW l $FFRXQWPDLQWHQDQFH

n You use the debit position, vacancy debit position and one-time posting processes to generate openitems. The debit position is also the basis for rental billing. You clear items with incoming paymentsor account maintenance processes.

© SAP AG AC290 4-7

SAP AG 2001

��

1RUPDO�FDVH�0DVWHU�WHQDQW�ZLWK7HQDQW

Master tenantcustomer account

��


�� $OWHUQDWLYH�SD\HULQ�WKH�GRFXPHQW


��

Master tenantSubsidizer

��

��

�� !� � �

�"� � � ��#� �� "� � � ��#� ��

�$ ��%�� #� &!� �

6SHFLDO�FDVH��$OWHUQDWLYH�SD\HUl $IIHFWV�DOO

FRQGLWLRQVl ��

6SHFLDO�FDVH��6XEVLGL]HUl 3HU�FRQGLWLRQl 3HUFHQWDJH�RU

DEVROXWH�VKDUH

3DUWQHU�ZLWK�&XVWRPHU�$FFRXQW

�'�� !��

�#��

n In addition to the master tenant with a customer account, you can use other debit roles in the lease-out:

• Alternative payer, if 100% of the rent is paid by another business partner (In that case, you canalso define a different account holder.)

• Subsidizer, if the conditions are transferred totally or partially from others (percentage orabsolute time-dependent setting for a condition).

n In the case of an alternative payer, you still post to the master tenant’s account. For technical reasons,you need to create a customer master record for the alternative payer. The address and bank data istransferred automatically from this customer master record to the document.

n If an alternative payer takes part in the bank collection procedure, the payment method you use forthe rental agreement must have the same Customizing settings as collection authorization.

n Subsidizers are always related to condition types. Always maintain the subsidizer’s share in the&RQGLWLRQV�screen. Unlike the alternative payer where no postings are made directly, postings aremade directly to the subsidizer’s customer account.

© SAP AG AC290 4-8

SAP AG 2001

'HELW�3RVLWLRQ�3RVWLQJV

%DVLF�UHQW��

(*)�+,).- /�0.1.2 )43

*HQHUDO�OHGJHU5*0�6.7

��580,3.- +:9;).6"<=9>)?/@)�6.A")

6XEOHGJHUB A434<>C DE).9

��

%DODQ

FH�VK

HHW�

DFFR

XQW

3�/�DF

FRXQ

WV

5HFR

QFLOLD

WLRQ

DFFR

XQW

n Example: Posting the basic rent

n Posting record 1:

• &XVWRPHU to EDVLF�UHQW�UHYHQXH• The customer is in the subledger. At the same time, the general ledger assigns receivables to the

reconciliation account specified in the customer master record.

n When you create a lease-out, the cash flow is generated from the conditions.

© SAP AG AC290 4-9

SAP AG 2001

,QFRPLQJ�3D\PHQW�3RVWLQJV

,QFRPLQJ�SD\PHQW��

(*)�+,).- /�0.1.2 )43 580�6.7

��

580,3.- +:9>)�6"<=9>),/�).6.A�)

B A434<>C DE).9

��

��

%DODQ

FH�VK

HHW�

DFFR

XQW

3�/�DF

FRXQ

WV

5HFR

QFLOLD

WLRQ

DFFR

XQW

*HQHUDO�OHGJHU6XEOHGJHU

%DVLF�UHQW��

n Example: Posting the basic rent

n Posting record 1: &XVWRPHU to %DVLF�UHQW�UHYHQXHn Posting record 2: %DQN (cash receipt) to FXVWRPHUn The same applies here: The customer is in the subledger. At the same time, the general ledger

automatically assigns receivables to the reconciliation account.

n Incoming payments clear the open item.

© SAP AG AC290 4-10

SAP AG 2001

&DVK�)ORZ

F4G�HJI"K�LMH N"O"PRQ PSG@T4TUQ!K V,K,W N"X Y"V'Z"[ \"H�PRQY�]4OM^_L�Z4[�Ha`�K?b�H c X4K"]�PRQed4T4OMb F@HSf g�Lh[.O.i?g�L?g"O?`kjlF

m4n Q m?o Q n@p4p?q r4p?m4m8s�m4m p?m"m*s�m4m t?u j n4m4m"m v K�i?g4PaT,H,` L j o�q Q m?o Q n�p4p?q m"m4m4m�m4m?o4w�n�p4p4p�x,y=zl{m4n Q m?o Q n@p4p?q w@|MwRs�m4m |Mw}s�m4m t?u j o�m4m"m ~ c�Ol[.H�T4K@L,g?`"��P4O@i"L4i j o�q Q m?o Q n�p4p?q m"m4m4m�m4m?o4w�n�p4p4p�x,y=zl{m4n Q m?o Q n@p4p?q �4�?wRs�m4m �?w}s�m4m t?u j o�n4m"m ~ c��,H�K�L?gM`��aH4WM[.H,` iSH.i j o�q Q m?o Q n�p4p?q m"m4m4m�m4m?o4w�n�p4p4p�x,y=zl{m4n Q m?o Q n@p4p?q n4n?wRs�m4m"� n?w}s�m4m"� t?u j w�m4m"n \�H4`.L�d"O"]4]4O?^ � G?[a[ O@i"L8Q� j o�q Q m?o Q n�p4p?q m"m4m4m�m4��p4r4n�p4p4p�x,y=zl{m4n Q m4� Q n@p4p?q r4p?m4m8s�m4m p?m"m*s�m4m t?u j n4m4m"m v K�i?g4PaT,H,` L c �4n Q m4� Q n�p4p?qm4n Q m4� Q n@p4p?q w@|MwRs�m4m |Mw}s�m4m t?u j o�m4m"m ~ c�Ol[.H�T4K@L,g?`"��P4O@i"L4i c �4n Q m4� Q n�p4p?q

3ODQ�DFWXDOLQGLFWRU

,I�LQG��I !�'HELW�SRVLWLRQ�,'

�"C�2�2 C@��>A.��C�34<!-�6��-�6��- +"0,<�C�9(*)"+")�- /�0�1�2 ) �B 9>)��- < �

$/9�•�&RQILJXUHV�FROXPQV��WR�VKRZ�KLGH��GHILQHOHQJWK�•�6RUWV•�)LOWHUV•�6XEWRWDOV•�DQG�VR�RQ

B 2�- +@7�C=6�<!�")��) 1.- <=��C�3.- <!- C�6��<>C�1 9>0�6@+��<�C�<��")�.C +@A@D:)�64<>3

n The cash flow forms the basis of the debit position and contains the planned records for the postings.If you have entered conditions in the contract, the system generates a cash flow (payment plan) thatgenerates periodic planned records for the debit position postings for each condition type for adefined number of years, depending on the settings made in Customizing. The planned records areidentified by a 3. The planned records due in active lease-outs are posted with the debit position, andare thus changed to actual records identified by an ,.

n Rental Accounting is integrated in Cash Management (since 4.6C). Expected cash flows can bedisplayed, dependent on contract conditions relating to the cash mangement levels that can becustomized.

n When conditions on lease-outs are changed, the cash flow is changed accordingly. A date for thenecessary follow-up postings must be entered for active lease-outs (the current date is the defaultvalue). When the next debit position, for which these items are due, is posted, these items are takeninto account.

n You CANNOT ascertain from the cash flow if the items have been cleared. To do so, you have torefer to the tenant’s open items or tenant account sheet.

n You can configure the list as you require. For instance, you can display only the flow type or also theaccounts.

n The cash flow is generated up to the following date: Number of years defined in Customizing plusthe number of months up to the end of the half/full year as of the system date.

n The cash flow has to be regenerated on a regular basis (at least every six months). The update isgenerally done as a batch job.

n The cash flow is also generated for rental units, the general contract and management contract.

© SAP AG AC290 4-11

SAP AG 2001

'HELW�3RVLWLRQ�5HYHUVDO

'HELW�SRVLWLRQ�UHYHUVDO��1RW�XVXDOO\�UHTXLUHG�EHFDXVH��EDFNGDWHG�FRQGLWLRQ�FKDQJHV�DUH�WDNHQ�LQWR�DFFRXQW�GXULQJ�WKH�QH[W�GHELW�SRVLWLRQ��GHELW�SRVLWLRQV�FDQ�EH�SRVWHG�DW�DQ\�WLPH��

l Entire debit position Reverse in rental accounting

l Individual documents from the debit position��Reverse in�)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ

5HYHUVH�FOHDULQJ�EHIRUHKDQGl (IIHFW��$GMXVWPHQW�RI�FDVK�IORZ�(actual positions

revert to planned positions)

© SAP AG AC290 4-12

SAP AG 2001

5HQWDO�8QLWV��8VDJH�DQG�'HELW�3RVLWLRQ

¢¡�£�¤�¥§¦§¥§¡�£

¨ �� ©#ª � �

«4¬4¬

�®¯� �°� �� ±�²!³�´�²�µ ¶�·�¸

¹4)4043")@�ºC�A4<��9;).6"<>)"�¼»�<>).9�6"0�2�2 ½

(8).64<º0 24A.6.- </�0"+,0�6�<

¾M¿lÀ�ÁMÂ;Ã'Ä?ÅÆ*Ç�È ÀºÉMÊËÁMÂ

¹4)�0,3")��>C�A4<��9>) 64<>)"��-�64<;)�9�6"0�2§2 ½

ÌÎÍ ¦�¥ºÏS¥§¦�Ð

�4Ñ�Ñ�© � ��Ò?´�´�Ó Ô�Õ Ö=²�Õ�¸�¶ ×ºØ;²�Ù�¸

'HELW�SRVLWLRQ 9DFDQF\�GHELW�SRVLWLRQ

«4¬4¬

Ú�Û;ÜÝÛ;Þ ßºà;á�â Ûºãä�å�å

�?Ñ�Ñ�© � � ��æ�ç��©�ª��è�� ?Ñ�Ñ�© � � �� °�é ç�ê ëÒS´�´�Ó Ô�Õ�Ö=²!Õ�¸�¶ ×ºØ;²!Ù�¸ ì

í Õ#¸ ²!î�Õ�³�ï°Ò"Ù�Ù!¶�· Õ�¸ Ó Õ�Ôð Ó ²�ñËò�ó?ô�õ ¨ © � � �

®?�� ó'¶ ´�¸�Ù!²!Õ�¸ ²!î

öS�°� �� ®?�.� �� !��±#²!³!´ ²!µ ¶�·�¸

«4¬4¬

¨ �� Ñ�÷ ¨ © � � �øS��Ñ!�� Ñ!�ùM²°´�ú'¶ Õ�´�û ó?ó'¸ îS¶�î'ù4ü«4¬4¬

¨ � � Ñ ÷�ö'�!��÷øl��Ñ!� � Ñ��ùM²!Õ�¸ ³�ï�ülÕ�Ó ¸

«4¬"¬

ý�Ã#À§Á?ÂºÃlÄlÅÆ É È À,þ�ÁMÃ'À�ÁMÂ

ÿ�Älþ�Ä?Ãlþ��@Á È�� þ'É È À,þ�ÁMÃ'À�ÁMÂ

«4¬4¬

Overview of debit position • External usage• Internal usage• Vacancy

3RVWL

QJ�UH

FRUG

n 2ZQ�XVDJH��Lease-outs can be made with cost centers belonging to your own company (companycode) but this does not apply to external partners. Lease-outs for own usage do not have a mastertenant with customer account. The tenant in this case is a cost center in the company with paymentdata defined in the lease-out.

n The same condition types (basic rent, advance payment operating costs and so on) are used. Thedebit position postings for own usage are transferred to different accounts.

n Posting is:

• 'HELW�"Costs own usage" with auxiliary account assignment to cost center that is renting therental unit

• &UHGLW "Revenue own usage" with auxialiary account assignment to the lease-out

n 9DFDQF\��It is possible to post a vacancy debit position for rental units that are not rented.

n Posting is: 'HELW�"Imputed costs vacancy”&UHGLW�“Imputed revenue vacancy”

n The auxiliary account assignment for the revenue posting is the rental unit. A vacancy cost centerthat must be defined by you in the rental unit is used as an auxiliary account assignment for theimputed costs. If you do not maintain a vacancy cost center in the rental units, the imputed costs areassigned directly to the rental unit.

© SAP AG AC290 4-13

SAP AG 2001

&RQWUROOLQJ��&2��9LHZ

3&

3&

3&

6HWWOHPHQW�XQLW

%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\�EXLOGLQJ�SURSHUW\5HQWDO�XQLW

3&

3&

/HDVH�RXW

&RVW�FHQWHU&RVW�FHQWHU

5(�DFFRXQWDVVLJQPHQW�REMHFW

$FFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQWREMHFW�LQ�&2�VWDQGDUG

$FWLYLW\� ([WHUQDOUHQWDO� 2QH�WLPHSRVWLQJV

� 9DFDQF\�GHELWSRVLWLRQ

� 6HUYLFH�FKDUJHVHWWOHPHQW

� 3XUFKDVHRUGHUV�� ,QYRLFHV� É�Â,Á�¿SÄ'Ê � Å Á � É"Â � Å Ä?Ã�ÀÊËÄ Ã#À§ÁMÃ'Ä?Ãlþ�Á�� Ã� MÉ� þ�Á È�� É4Â È ÁSÂ� � þ#Áþ�'Ä?Â��?Á È

Internal rental

Vacancy5HQWDO�XQLW

n In Financial Accounting, you have to create a cost element for a cost account in Controlling.

n If you post to cost accounts during a posting procedure, the corresponding cost elements are assignedat the same time. This results in documents in both FI and CO.

n The costs of internal rental are assigned to a cost center defined in the lease-out. The (imputed)vacancy costs are assigned to the rental unit; these may be assigned to a cost center if required; inthis case the cost center for vacancy has to be defined in the rental unit.

© SAP AG AC290 4-14

SAP AG 2001

$FFRXQW�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�'HELW�3RVLWLRQ

5HPHPEHU��B C�6@��- <�- C�6¼<Ý½ �") ��_��2 C��<�½��")��(*)��;)�9>)�6@+4)��!2 C��<Ý½ �")��Ë+4+"C�A.64<��),<>).9°D�-�6�04<�- C�6

With flow type and reference flow type &&l 6WDUWLQJ�SRLQW�

� The automatic postings of the debit positions are made using the condition types.� The condition types (basic rent, advance payment operating costs and so on) are

independent of usage (third-party usage, own usage, vacant).� Each usage type (third-party usage, own usage, vacancy) should have a different

account.

l 6ROXWLRQ�� Each condition type refers to a flow type (Customizing).� The flow type determines the account determination.� If there is no third-party usage, the postings can be transferred to other accounts. The

original flow type is allocated a further flow type (reference flow type) using arelationship key.

n The automatic postings of the debit positions are made using the condition types. Each conditiontype refers to a flow type (Customizing).

n Each flow type is assigned a posting scheme containing the document type, posting key and, ifnecessary, the special G/L indicator and symbolic accounts.

n The symbolic accounts are assigned a G/L account for each chart of accounts used.

n The account symbol * is used for customer postings. Customer postings are posted to a customeraccount (subsidiary ledger) with a customer posting key. At the same time, the receivablesreconciliation account, which is defined in the master data, is updated in the general ledger.

n If you set the special G/L indicator, the system makes the posting to the special G/L account that isassigned to this reconciliation account. (Specified in FI Customizing).

n The account determination is contingent on:

• flow type

• partner membership to the corporate group (corporate indicator)

• main usage type of the object and

• a fourth freely definable account assignment value (field in the rental unit/rental agreement).

n "+" can be used as a wildcard character.

n The main usage type is an attribute of the building or property to which the rental unit belongs and isderived from the asset class if Asset Accounting data has been maintained.

© SAP AG AC290 4-15

SAP AG 2001

¢¡�£�¤�¥§¦§¥§¡�£

¨ �� ©#ª � �

«4¬4¬

ö'�Ë��!�� ù,²!Õ#¸ ³�ï³�Ô#î�²!²!Ö=²�Õ�¸

¨ © � � �®?�� ó'¶ ´�¸�Ù!²!Õ�¸ ²!î«4¬4¬

öS�°� �� ®?�.� �� !��±lô

«4¬4¬

ê ª� � � �!��Ñ�© � � �øS��Ñ!�� Ñ!�ùM²°´�ú'¶ Õ�´�û ó?ó'¸ û�¶�î�ù?ü«4¬4¬

ê ª� � � �!�*� �°� �� øS��Ñ!� � Ñ��ùM²!Õ�¸ ³�ï ·�Õ�Ó ¸

«4¬"¬

¾M¿lÀ�ÁMÂ;Ã'Ä?ÅÆ�Ç�È À§É,ÊUÁMÂ

ý�Ã#À§Á?ÂºÃlÄlÅÆ É È À,þ�ÁMÃ'À�ÁMÂ

ÿ�Älþ�Ä?Ãlþ��@Á È�� É�Ã È� þ#É È À"þ�Á?Ã�À�Á?Â

ÌÎÍ ¦�¥ºÏS¥§¦�Ð

�! �"# $% £ Í� �"'& ¡)(¦�Ð+*

�4Ñ�Ñ�© � ��Ò?´�´�Ó Ô�Õ Ö=²�Õ�¸�¶ ×ºØ;²�Ù�¸

,}C�6") - ¬"¬+. 5 (eC��6EA43@0"��) - ¬4¬�/ 5¢(�/�0"+,0 6�+M½

'HELW�SRVLWLRQ 9DFDQF\�GHELW�SRVLWLRQ

«4¬4¬

Ú�Û;ÜÝÛ;Þ ßºà;á�â Ûºãä�å�å

�?Ñ�Ñ�© � � ��æ10�è�� Ñ!Ñ�© � � � � ��.�� °��é�ç�ê ëÒ,Ù�Ù�¶�· Õ#¸ ³!´�´ Ó Ô�Õ�Ö�²!Õ�¸¶�×ÝØº²�Ù!¸�ì í Õ�¸ ²°î�Õ�³�ï³�Ù!Ù�¶#· Õ#¸ Ó Õ�Ô ð Ó ²�ñUò�óMô�õ

2 <º0 9;<�-�6��E3.- <�A"04<°- C�6B A�34<>C D�- 3"-�6@�

Condition type 10 basic rent (BR)

assignCondition type 4 flow type 1000 basic rent, external 4 (reference flow type) 4 acct assgmt®4�� '� �65�� Ñ�� ©#�.��Ñ�Ñ�© � ��#� �!� � �#��ª.��æª�� @� �� 87°Ñ�©��©�� !� ��'� © � �ê 97;:�� Ñ�Ñ�© � ��#� �!� � �#��ª �� Maintain

� C.+@A@D:)�6"<.<Ý½ �")=<@��C@3"<�-�6�� 7M)?½and

0"+"+4C�A.64<.34½.D�1�C�2

$FFRXQW�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�'HELW�3RVLWLRQ��3URFHGXUH

With flow type and reference flow type

¹4)4043")@�ºC�A4<��9>)�64<;)��)?»"<�)�9�6"0 2�2 ½

(8).64<º0 24A.6.- <��/�0"+,0�6�<

¹4)�0,3")��>C�A4<�� 9>)�6"<>)"�-�6"<;)�9�6"0.2�2 ½

3RVWL

QJ�UH

FRUG

&&

Æ*Ç�È ÀÝÉ?ÊËÁSÂ�®¯� �°� �� ±lô

n 2ZQ�XVDJH� The account assignment is made with a UHIHUHQFH�IORZ�W\SH that is assigned to theoriginal flow type. The debit position is thus transferred to other accounts.

n 9DFDQF\� As is the case with the account assignment for own usage, the vacancy accountassignment is made with one of the UHIHUHQFH�IORZ�W\SHV�assigned to the original flow type.If no reference flow type is available for the vacancy, no posting is made.

n Austria/tenant service charge settlement: Reference flow types have to exist for the advance paymentconditions of the service charges.

© SAP AG AC290 4-16

SAP AG 2001

)ORZ�FDWHJRU\�8$1

&XVWRPHU��

��

([DPSOH�IRU�RYHUSD\PHQW

$FWLYLW\�UHODWHG�DFFRXQW�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ5HDOL]HG�E\�IORZ�FDWHJRULHV→�DXWRPDWLF�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�RI�WKH�IORZ�W\SH

5HFHLYDEOH ,QFRPLQJ�SD\PHQW

)ORZ�W\SH��

$FFRXQW�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ3RVWLQJ�UXOH

$FFRXQW�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�:LWKRXW�&RQGLWLRQ5HIHUHQFH

n You can find several flow types for specific purposes in so-called flow categories.

n Example: A tenant has an open receivable of $1,000, but makes a payment of $1,200. The open itemhas to be cleared and the overpayment registered as a payment on account. The posting rules for theoverpayment are determined as follows:

• A flow type is defined for flow category 3UAN, which has account determination rules.In the case of overpayment, account determination rules for credit postings are required.

n The flow type is determined via a flow category in the following cases:• unqualified down payments• underpayments• installment agreements• writing off bad debts• cash deposits• percentage surcharges for service charge settlements (as shown here)• service charge settlements for internal usage (see Service Charge Settlement)• tenant service charge settlement, Austria (Service Charge Settlement, see IMG)

© SAP AG AC290 4-17

SAP AG 2001

$FFRXQW�0DLQWHQDQFH

8QTXDOLILHG�GRZQ�SD\PHQW> � Å É@? þ'Ä#À�Á@�?É�Â �BAC+DFE�G

5HFHLYDEOH> � Å ÉH?eþ�Ä�À�Á@�?É�Â �IACJE=K�G

,QVWDOOPHQW�SD\PHQW> � Å É@?�þ�Ä�ÀÝÁ@�SÉ�Â �IA��DLK�G %DG�GHEWV> � Å É�?eþ�Ä#À�Á@�?É�Â �IACJENM�G

2SHQ�,WHPV

n The account maintenance enables you to:

• Group open items together in one open item

• Group several unqualified down payments in one down payment amount

• Write off open items that cannot be collected as bad debts on an expense account

• Calculate an installment payment (according to number of installments or amount perinstallment)

n The account determination is made with a flow category (activity-related account assignmentwithout condition reference).

© SAP AG AC290 4-18

SAP AG 2001

7UDQVDFWLRQ��2QH�WLPH�SRVWLQJV

(QWULHV�•�'RFXPHQW�KHDGHU•�$PRXQW�DQG�WD[•�)ORZ�W\SH•�3RVWLQJ�WH[W

)ORZ�W\SH�IRU�RQH�WLPH�SRVWLQJV$FFRXQW�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ

)LQDQFLDO�DFFRXQWLQJ�JHQHUDWHV�GRFXPHQW�RQ�PDVWHU�WHQDQWV�FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQW

&&

$

5(5(

),),

2QH�7LPH�3RVWLQJV�LQ�/HDVH�RXWV

n With the one-time postings function, you can make account assignments directly to lease-outs. Thesystem generates the posting records based on the flow type entered at the time of postings.

n You need to define the flow types as flow types for one-time postings; the flow type groups alsohave to be maintained (detail screen for flow types in Customizing).

© SAP AG AC290 4-19

SAP AG 2001

$FFRXQW�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ��$SSOLFDWLRQ�DQG�3URFHGXUH

2QH�WLPH�SRVWLQJ 'HULYHG�GLUHFWO\ )ORZ�W\SHÍ�3RVWLQJ�UXOHV

'HELW�SRVLWLRQ�7KLUG�SDUW\�XVDJH

'HULYHG�GLUHFWO\IURP�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH

2ZQ�XVDJH�9DFDQF\�)ROORZ�XS�SRVWLQJ��

'HULYHG�LQGLUHFWO\IURP�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH

)ORZ�W\SHÍ�3RVWLQJ�UXOHV

)ORZ�W\SH��SURFHVVÍ�5HI�IORZ�W\SHÍ�3RVWLQJ�UXOHV

$FWLYLW\�UHODWHGSRVWLQJV��LQVWDOOPHQW�SD\PHQW��RYHUSD\PHQW��

'HULYHG�IURP�IORZ�FDWHJRU\

)ORZ�FDWHJRU\Í�)ORZ�W\SHÍ�3RVWLQJ�UXOHV

n This graphic shows the various account determination procedures we have examined so far.

© SAP AG AC290 4-20

SAP AG 2001

$FWLYLW\• O ?UÃ Ç�È ÄH�MÁ P�AHQ• R É�Å Å ÉH?�S Ç��!� É È ÀT Ã�� È

• backdated condition increase PHPVU

• backdated condition reduction PVAHU

•ÿ.Ä�þ�ÄMÃSþ%� PVAHW

• X ÁSÂ� � þ#Á¢þ��Ä?Â��?Á È Á�À�À>Å ÁSÊ Á?Ã#À• posting of settlement results

P�P�Y• credit from settlement (only own usage)

P�PHA•D=þ�þSÂ Ç Ä,Å È

• deferred debits (rent paid in advance) P�P@Z

• deferred credits (rent paid in advance) P�P@[

• accrued debits (rent paid in arrears) PHP�\

• accrued credits (rent paid in arrears) PHP�W

•Æ=Ç#È ÀÝÉ4Ê Á?Â,Ä#þlþ�É Ç Ã'À � É È ÀT Ã�� È ÃUÊ Ä,Ã#Ä@�MÁSÊUÁ?Ã�À"þ�É�Ã#À>Â�Ä'þ�À PHA�A

&RQGLWLRQ�W\SH

&&

)ORZ�W\SH 5HIHUHQFH�IORZ�W\SH

5HODWLRQVKLS�NH\

5HIHUHQFH�)ORZ�7\SHV

n Reference flow types are used to determine alternative flow types that result from the original flowtypes.

n The reference flow types appear in the cash flow.

n This graphic shows the individual relationship keys.

© SAP AG AC290 4-21

SAP AG 2001

1HZ�&RQGLWLRQ�7\SH

5HTXLUHG�)ORZ�7\SHV�]�^ ¥ $ ¤`_ *ba $ ¦§Ð�c�dea+f gJ& ¡)( ¦�Ð�* h�! &�i�j= Ð �k �"'i�"l& ¡)( ¦�Ð* m`n oephq�r)setvuwoLxzy�{+|)} ~�x#tJ��qL�;��

�� m�oLn�n oep �w� s�seo=|�q6}��e��F��wx#t�~�t`} �e{`y)n t�� → �� → ��e�`�m�oLn�n oep �w� s�seo=|�q6}��e��F��~=x#t=�L} qw� � �� → �� → ��e��F{e~+{J�e~r

��{�|)} ~�x#t)��q`�e{e~+{J�=~r��w�B�L�� → �� → ��e��m�oLn�n oep �w� s�seo=|�q6}��e��F�b��#x#te~+tJ} �={`yJn t=� � �� → �� → ��e��m�oLn�n oep �w� s�seo=|�q6}��e��F�b��'~=xwt��L} qT� � �� → �� → ��e��(¢£�c�dea�f ��{�|)} ~�x#t)��qNoep�� |�{��`t��#��

�� → �� → ��e��m�oLn�n oep �w� s�seo=|�q6}��e��F��#xTt=~+t`} �`{`yJn te� � �� → �� → ��e��m�oLn�n oep �w� s�seo=|�q6}��e��F��'~=xwt��L} q#� � �� → �� → ��e��

([DPSOH([DPSOH•� qT{`xTq¡}��e�¢s=oL}��q8£

• ¤ t�p¥~�oL�=�L} q6} oL��qlrNset�y�{�|J} ~¦xwt`��q ��• § ~+q6} �)} q¨} t+|�q;o©y�tªqT{`«�t`�©}��q;o¦{�~�~eo � ��q1£

• ¬� }�x;� � s�{`x#q�r � |={��`t•�Ip�� |e{e�`t

•��{�~�{`�e~r

® ¯�°�±�²�³´�µ�²ª¶+·e´�¸`¹�´�¯=³�²Iº)´»�¼�²�¯e° µH½=´e¸�¸�¾�° ¾ ¶�¯=´+¿�· ¿ ¶eÀ�° »�ºL²�µv´�ÁT²�ÁT²�Â`Ã�¾ ÁT²�¸ÅÄ�Æ�²�²®�ÇÅÈÉ¸�¶�³Ã¼¦²�¯=°�´�°�¾ ¶+¯HÊ

&

n This example shows that a reference flow type can also be used as an original flow type.

n Create a flow type appropriate for each condition type, even if these are for the same accounts as theflow type determines the corresponding text in the cash flow and the debit position.

n Brief description of how to create new condition types (including flow types and accountdetermination):

é Determine which flow types are required for the condition type.

é Create flow type (including reference flow types for receivable and credit follow-up postings, ownusage and vacancy).

é Assign reference flow types to flow types.

é Specify account determination for flow types.

é Create condition type and specify flow type.

é Assign condition type from the appropriate condition group (for instance, lease-out).

é Assign condition type to a condition category.

© SAP AG AC290 4-22

SAP AG 2001

),), ),�VWDQGDUG�IXQFWLRQV

5(5( 5(�DGGLWLRQDO�IXQFWLRQV

0DQXDO0DQXDO�H�J��FDVK�SD\PHQWV��H�J��FDVK�SD\PHQWV�

6HOHFWLRQ�YLDUHQWDO�DJUHHPHQW�QR�

�,QGLYLGXDO�HQWU\�&ROOHFWLYH�HQWU\

3RVWLQJ

),), 5(5(5(5(

3D\PHQW�SURJUDP3D\PHQW�SURJUDP�FROOHFWLRQ��FROOHFWLRQ�

(OHFWURQLF(OHFWURQLFDFFRXQW�VWDWHPHQWDFFRXQW�VWDWHPHQW

WUDQVIHUWUDQVIHU

),),

0DVWHU�GDWD'RFXPHQWV3DUDPHWHUV

3D\PHQW�SURSRVDO3RVWSURFHVVLQJ3D\PHQW��SRVWLQJ

'0($FFRXQW�VWDWHPHQW�KDQGOLQJ�RI��UHWXUQV

(OHFWURQLFDFFRXQW��VWDWHPHQW

(YDOXDWLRQ�DFFRUGLQJ�WRUHQWDO�DJUHHPHQW�QRV�

3RVWLQJ

3RVWSURFHVVLQJ

,QFRPLQJ�3D\PHQWV�3URFHVVLQJ

n There are several ways of processing incoming payments, some of which belong to FI and some ofwhich are additional functions specific to RE.

n You have to differentiate between automatic and manual processing.

n The automatic processes are subdivided in the payment program (for collection authorization ->participation in debit memo procedure) and the electronic account statement entry ("bank transfers").The R/3 System supports all current international standards for account statement formats, such asMultiCash. It also supports the German bank procedure "BK01", which is a special form of realestate-specific account statement.

n The system assigns bank transfers to open items of customers with the electronic account statemententry using various criteria. You can also specify if the system is to create residual items forunderpayments or make payments on account. If there is not enough information for an assignment,such documents are collected on an account for rejected items and can be manually assigned later on.

n The Customizing settings made for determining the sequence for clearing open items and residualitems or making payments on account apply equally for electronic account statement entry and formanual incoming payments.

n The system generates the data carrier needed to transfer debit memo information to thecorresponding house banks.

© SAP AG AC290 4-23

SAP AG 2001

3D\PHQW�3URJUDP��&ROOHFWLRQ�$XWKRUL]DWLRQ3ULQFLSOH�RI�),�SD\PHQW�SURJUDP

Payment method for line itemPayment method for customer master data

5(�XVHV�WKH�),�IXQFWLRQV6FHQDULR�$� Collection authorization by customer

=> Do not define payment methods in lease-out=> Use payment methods in customer master recordBank details must allow collection

6FHQDULR�%� &ROOHFWLRQ�DXWKRUL]DWLRQ�E\�OHDVH�RXWMaintain payment method in LO (debit) �SHU�FRQGLWLRQ�Maintain payment method for credit memos (credit) in LO �SHU�FRQWUDFW�Payment method in lease-out is adopted in documentThe customer master record must not include "E".Bank details must allow collection

3D\PHQW�PHWKRGV�LQ�),Total paymentGrouping payments, for instance using the lease-out numberIndividual payment of open items (indicator in customer master record) => DO NOTUSE FOR CONDITIONS ETC.

Ë If a payment method has been defined in the lease-out or condition item, the debit position fills the

payment method in the line item.Ë

Note that you should not use payment option "Individual payment of open items" for RE becausewith this method not only a document but a bank posting is generated for each condition!

Ë Also note the following, which often leads to errors:

é You have to specify which items are payable for the special general ledger transactions. SpecialG/L transactions are used particularly for advance payments on service charges (see section onService Charge Settlement).

é Special G/L transactions have to be classified as A (down payment).

é If the payment method is maintained in the LO, receivables and credits cannot be cleared.Ë

Note also that if the payment method is maintained in the lease-out, receivables and credits cannot beoffset automatically.

Ë From 4.6C, you can enter payment data changes collectively on one screen (payment method, house

bank, partner bank and payment block), as well as the payment data for documents already posted:

é Real Estate Management -> Rental Accounting -> Incoming Payments/Account Maintenance ->Change Payment Method, Bank Details

© SAP AG AC290 4-24

SAP AG 2001

0DVWHU0DVWHUUHFRUGUHFRUG 'RFXPHQWV'RFXPHQWV

'XQQLQJ'XQQLQJSURSRVDOVSURSRVDOV

ÌzxwoJ~�t�|�|J}��=�Ìbx;oJ~+t+|�|)}��e�

ÍÍ Î � �J�)}��e�©n t��et`nÎ � �)�J}��e�¢n t��`t`nÍÍ Î � �J�)}��e�©y)n oJ~=«Î � �)�J}��e�¢yJn oJ~`«

{eÏÐsJn t¦s)x6}��eqTo � q {eÏ¢sJn t¦sJx6}��q#o � q

&XUUHQW&XUUHQWFRQWUROFRQWUROSDUDPHWHUVSDUDPHWHUV%DVLF%DVLF

SDUDPHWHUVSDUDPHWHUV

'XQQLQJ��6WDUWLQJ�WKH�),�3URJUDP

��([HFXWLRQ��

��3ULQW��

'XQQLQJOHWWHUV

'XQQLQJOLVW

n After the debit position run, the documents contain the following information relevant for thedunning program: payment method, dunning area, dunning block if required, and contract number.The treatment of documents is the same as in FI. Items subject to dunning are those that:

• Are due (or overdue)

• Do not have a dunning block

• Do not have an incoming payment method in the items or in the customer master record

• Have an incoming payment method but also have a payment block

n The system uses the dunning form that you defined in Customizing (standard form) for the dunningarea and assigned dunning procedure.

n Dunning letters are only sent to customers (standard FI procedure: does not apply for RE, see nextslide)

n You generally make your selections by customer accounts, but it is also possible to select customersby Real Estate object (lease-out, business entity, and so on). Alternatively, you can use the freeselection function and field name BSID-VERT to select only lease-outs. You can also use the freeselection function by lease-outs in the payment program. An additional log is created in the dunningprogram as well as the payment program , which is a useful feature.

© SAP AG AC290 4-25

SAP AG 2001

'XQQLQJ��6SHFLDO�5(�)HDWXUHV

l <RX�FDQ�GHILQH�SDUWQHU�UROHV�DV�EHLQJ�DGGLWLRQDOGXQQLQJ�UHFLSLHQWV��ZLWK�D�VSHFLILF�GXQQLQJ�OHYHO�

l 7KH�GXQQLQJ�OHYHO�DQG�GDWH�RI�ODVW�GXQQLQJ�LVXSGDWHG�LQ�WKH�OHDVH�RXW

l 'XQQDEOH�SD\PHQW�PHWKRGVl 'XQQLQJ�OLVW�DFFRUGLQJ�WR�%(�DQG�58

l 3UHUHTXLVLWH��'XQQLQJ�JURXSLQJV�E\�OHDVH�RXWQXPEHU

n Special handling is used if there is a GXQQLQJ�JURXSLQJ�DFFRUGLQJ�WR�FRQWUDFW�QXPEHUV�in thecustomer master record. This grouping must consist of the following fields in this order:

• Contract number VERTN length 13

• Contract type VERTT length 1

n Special handling is applied as follows: Apart from those items that are dunned as a routine in FI, allother items are dunned that:

• have a payment method in the item or in the customer master data that�FDQ�EH�GXQQHGn You must define in RE Customizing those payment methods that can be dunned.

n You can sort, filter or display the dunning list according to business entity or rental unit.

n If a tenant has several lease-outs with different levels, the dunning level of the customer is thehighest possible dunning level. The dunning levels are updated in the next dunning run.

n 3DUWQHUV�that are in the dunning program as well as customers can receive dunning letters.

© SAP AG AC290 4-26

SAP AG 2001

&XVWRPL]LQJ�5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ

l 3HULRG�IRU�FDVK�IORZl 'RFXPHQW�W\SHVl 1XPEHU�UDQJHVl 3D\DEOH�VSHFLDO�*�/�WUDQVDFWLRQVl ,QFRPLQJ�SD\PHQWV

Ñ ,QFRPLQJ�SD\PHQW�FRQWUROÑ $FFRXQW�VWDWHPHQW�HQWU\Ñ ,QFRPLQJ�SD\PHQW�SRVW�SURFHVVLQJ

l 'XQQLQJÑ 'XQQDEOH�SD\PHQW�PHWKRGVÑ &RUUHVSRQGHQFH�SDUWQHUV�IRU�GXQQLQJ

© SAP AG AC290 4-27

SAP AG 2001

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�5HSRUWV

l 5HQWDO�DFFRXQWLQJÑ 5HQW�DFFRXQWÑ 2SHQ�LWHPV�OLVWÑ %DODQFH�OLVWÑ ,QFRPLQJ�SD\PHQW�DFFRUGLQJ�WRGDWH

Ñ 2SHQ�LWHPV�IRU�HDFK�EXVLQHVVHQWLW\

Ñ 3RVWLQJ�ORJ


• 0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV -> &RQWUDFWV�-> 5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ -> 5HQWDO�$FFRXQW• 0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV�-> &RQWUDFWV�-> 5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ -> 2SHQ�,WHPV�E\�%XVLQHVV�(QWLW\

� With regard to the "Posting Log" report, you should note that it is possible to select by transactioncode (for instance, FOSA for rental accounting debit position) or by activity (for instance MVSOfor debit position).

© SAP AG AC290 4-28

SAP AG 2001

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�l &DUU\�RXW�WKH�GHELW�SRVLWLRQl /LVW�WKH�YDULRXV�RSWLRQV�IRU�PDNLQJ�SRVWLQJVl /LVW�WKH�RSWLRQV�IRU�LQFRPLQJ�SD\PHQWV�DQGDFFRXQW�PDLQWHQDQFH

l 'HVFULEH�WKH�SURFHGXUHV�XVHG�IRU�DFFRXQWGHWHUPLQDWLRQ

l 'HVFULEH�WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�FRQGLWLRQV�IORZ�W\SHV��UHIHUHQFH�IORZ�W\SHV��GHELWSRVLWLRQ�DQG�DXWRPDWLF�DFFRXQW�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ��8QLW�6XPPDU\

© SAP AG AC290 4-29

([HUFLVHV

8QLW��5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ7RSLF��'HELW�3RVLWLRQ��,QFRPLQJ�3D\PHQWV�9DFDQF\�'HELW�3RVLWLRQ��3D\PHQW��'XQQLQJ��5HQW5HGXFWLRQAt the conclusion of this exercise, you will be able to:

• Carry out a debit position

• Release Real Estate objects for account assignment

• Make a vacancy debit position

• Manually post an incoming payment

• Check the account information of your tenants

• Fix a rent reduction

• Make an automatic payment run and a dunning run

First create and activate lease-outs, then carry out the debit position,which generates open items on the tenant accounts. You can run a manualor an automatic incoming payment.

Unless stated otherwise, you should use the tenant (customer) created for your first lease-out in all exercises.

4-1 Simulate the debit position for January of the previous year.

If the simulation is successful, carry out the debit position for your business entityfor January of the previous year.

Display the following:

• Tenant account sheet

• Tenant customer account

• OI list

• Posting log

Test the posting log functions.

© SAP AG AC290 4-30

4-2 The tenant pays the rent in cash for January of the previous year.

4-2-1 Post the incoming payment (manual incoming payment),account number 100000.

4-2-2 Display the customer account or the tenant account sheet.

4-3 A rent reduction of UNI 100 has been fixed with the tenant for February of theprevious year. Fix the rent reduction.

Then carry out the debit position for February of the previous year.

4-4 Release your rental units for account assignment (this a prerequisite of the vacancydebit position).

Then carry out the debit position for your business entity for January of theprevious year. View the posted documents.

4-5 (*) Set up installment payments of three-month periods with your tenant coveringthe basic rent for February of the previous year.

4-6 (*) Make a dunning run and check that the dunning level and the last dunning datehave been updated in the lease-out and customer account. Issue a dunning notice forthe open items in 4-3. Use only your own customer.

4-7 (*) Enter an account using collection authorization for the tenant of the secondlease-out.

Carry out the debit position for February of the previous year.

Carry out an automatic debit with the payment program (payment method E).

Check BEFORE the payment run that the tenant has open items andAFTERWARDS that they have been cleared.

© SAP AG AC290 4-31

6ROXWLRQV8QLW��5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ7RSLF��'HELW�3RVLWLRQ��,QFRPLQJ�3D\PHQWV�9DFDQF\�'HELW�3RVLWLRQ��3D\PHQW��'XQQLQJ��5HQW5HGXFWLRQ

4-1 Simulation:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�DFFRXQWLQJ�→�3RVWLQJV�→�/2GHELW�SRVLWLRQ�→�6LPXODWHChoose:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVMonth of debit position 1

Year of debit position [Previous year]



The ,WHP�GXH�E\ field and the fields of the posting parameters have been filled bythe system.

Choose ([HFXWH.

Choose %DFN�

Update run:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�DFFRXQWLQJ�→�3RVWLQJV�→�/2GHELW�SRVLWLRQ�→�([HFXWHProceed as in the simulation.

Choose:






Choose ([HFXWH.

In the next screen, press the 3RVWHG�GRFXPHQWV pushbutton.

Choose %DFN�

© SAP AG AC290 4-32

Display tenant account sheet, customer account, open items list:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→�'LVSOD\Enter the lease-out number and confirm.

(QYLURQPHQW�→�7HQDQW�DFFRXQW�VKHHW�or 7HQDQW��RSHQ�LWHPV or 'LVSOD\�),FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQW

Posting log:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�DFFRXQWLQJ�→�3RVWLQJV�→3RVWLQJ�ORJ

4-2 Incoming payment

4-2-1 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�DFFRXQWLQJ�→,QFRPLQJ�SD\PHQWV�DFFRXQW�PDLQWHQDQFH�→�,QGLYLGXDO�GRFXPHQWPDQXDO�LQFRPLQJ�SD\PHQWEnter the document date (today’s date), the account number (100000) andaccount assignment amount.

Choose (GLW�DFFRXQW. Choose 2SHQ�LWHPV and select the required items inthe next screen or choose 2,�DXWRP��DOORF�5$.If the amount entered is either more or less than the open items, theremaining amount has to be allocated. In this case you have to make anDGYDQFH�SD\PHQW or a UHFHLYDEOH.

4-2-2 See solution 4-1.

4-3 Accounting → Real Estate Management → Rental → Lease-out → Change → Rentreduction

Enter the lease-out number and confirm.

Place your cursor on the condition type you want to reduce (basic rent) and pressthe icon &KRRVH�UHGXFWLRQ�FRQGLWLRQ. (You can also double-click the conditiontype itself). In the next screen, choose rent reduction condition type "0050 Rentreduction 1". Confirm and enter the following rent reduction data in the next screen:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVValid from 01.02. previous year

Valid to 28.02. previous year

Condition amount -100

Note 01 (Construction noise)


Save your entries.

Carry out the debit position as in 4-1.

© SAP AG AC290 4-33

4-4 Release the rental units for account assignment (mass release)$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�7RROV�→�$FFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQW�→$FFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQW�DSSURYDOChoose object class 5HQWDO�XQLWV. Enter the number of your business entity in the%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\ field.

Choose ([HFXWH. Press the 6HOHFW�DOO icon. Press the 5HOHDVH pushbutton. Save yourentries.

Alternative method: Release rental units for account assignment (single release)$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFWV�→�5HQWDOXQLW�→�&KDQJHEnter the rental unit number and confirm.Choose (GLW�→�5HOHDVH.Save your entries.

Vacancy debit position for January of previous year:$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�DFFRXQWLQJ�→�3RVWLQJV�→9DFDQF\�GHELW�SRVLWLRQ�→�([HFXWHChoose:






Choose ([HFXWH. In the next screen, press the 3RVWHG�GRFXPHQWV pushbutton.

4-5 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�DFFRXQWLQJ�→�,QFRPLQJSD\PHQWV�DFFRXQW�PDLQWHQDQFH�→�$FFRXQW�PDLQWHQDQFH�LQVWDOOPHQWV

Choose (GLW�DFFRXQW. Choose 2SHQ�LWHPV�and select the basic rent. Choose %DFN�Choose ,QVWDOOPHQW.

Enter 1 February of the previous year in the )LUVW�UXQ field and "3" in the,QVWDOOPHQW�QR� field. Press the &DOFXODWH�LQVWDOOPHQWV��,QVWO��pushbutton. Pressthe )LOO�LQVWDOOPHQW�WH[W �,QVW�WH[W� pushbutton. Choose &RS\. Save your entries.

© SAP AG AC290 4-34

4-6 Accounting → Financial Accounting → Accounts Receivable → Periodicprocessing → Dunning

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVRun on [Today]

Identification [Any, such as your groupnumber]


Choose the 3DUDPHWHU�tab.

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVDunning date 28.02. previous year

Documents posted up to [Today]

Company code 1000

Customer [Your customer - this isdisplayed in the partner screenof the lease-out]

Ignore the warnings.

Choose the $GGLWLRQDO�ORJ tab and enter your customer.

Save your entries and choose the 6WDWXV�tab.

Schedule the dunning run (6FKHGXOH�GXQQLQJ�UXQ��Start immediately, no printer).

Press ENTER to update the status until you reach the status “Dun. selection iscomplete” .

Choose 'LVSOD\�GXQQLQJ�OLVW. Confirm the data in the following screen. Check theitems in the dunning list.

Start the 6DPSOH�SULQWRXW. Enter the output device named by your instructor.Update the status by pressing the ENTER button.

When the sample printout is complete, start the 'XQQLQJ�SULQW�Then check that the dunning level has been updated in the lease-out: Display lease-out: 3D\PHQW�GDWD tab, 'XQQLQJ�OHYHO and /DVW�GXQQLQJ fields.

To display the dunning level of the customer:

Choose 'LVSOD\�OHDVH�RXW in the screen and press the 3DUWQHUV pushbutton. Placeyour cursor on the tenant and press the &KRRVH�SDUWQHU icon.

Choose *RWR�→�&RPSDQ\�FRGH�→�'XQQLQJ�GDWD.

You can also use the customer menu:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�→�$FFRXQWV�5HFHLYDEOH�→0DVWHU�5HFRUGV�→�'LVSOD\&RPSDQ\�FRGH�GDWD pushbutton, &RUUHVSRQGHQFH�tab

© SAP AG AC290 4-35

4-7 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→�&KDQJH�→/HDVH�RXW�PDVWHU�GDWDEnter the number of the second lease-out and confirm.In the &KDQJH�/HDVH�2XW��0DVWHU�'DWD screen choose the 3DUWQHUV pushbutton.Place your cursor on the tenant and press the &KRRVH�SDUWQHU icon.

Choose Goto → Central data → Bank details.

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVCountry DE

Bank key 10010010

Bank account [Any]

Collection authorization !

Choose *RWR�→�&RPSDQ\�FRGH�GDWD�→�$XWRPDWLF�SD\PHQW�WUDQVDFWLRQV�Enter "E" in the 3D\PHQW�PHWKRGV field. Save your data.

Carry out the debit position for the second lease-out for the period of February ofthe previous year.

Check the items that have been generated for the tenant.$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→�'LVSOD\Choose 2SHQ�LWHPV.

Execute the bank collection as follows:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�→�$FFRXQWV�UHFHLYDEOH�→�3HULRGLFSURFHVVLQJ�→�3D\PHQWV)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVRun date [Today]

Identification [Any, such as your groupnumber]


Choose the 3DUDPHWHU�tab.

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVPosting date 28.02. previous year

Documents entered up to [Today]

Customer items due by 28.02. previous year

Company codes [See "Exercise Data"]

Payment methods E

Next p/date [Any]

Customers [Your customer]

© SAP AG AC290 4-36

Choose the $GGLWLRQDO�ORJ�tab.

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVDue date check !

Payment method selection in allcases

!

Line items of the paymentdocuments

!

Customers [Your customer]

Save your entries and choose the 6WDWXV�tab.

Choose 6FKHGXOH�SURSRVDO. Select 6WDUW�LPPHGLDWHO\.Choose 6WDWXV to update the status until the status displayed is "Payment proposalhas been created".

Choose 'LVSOD\�SURSRVDO and 'LVSOD\�SURSRVDO�ORJ.

Choose 6FKHGXOH�SD\PHQW�UXQ. Select 6WDUW�LPPHGLDWHO\.

Choose 6WDWXV to update the status until the status displayed is "Payment proposalhas been created".

Check that the items resulting from the debit position are no longer open.

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→�'LVSOD\Choose 2SHQ�LWHPV.

© SAP AG AC290 5-1

SAP AG 2001

&RQWHQWV�l 3URFHGXUHl $GMXVWPHQW�PHWKRGV

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQWV

© SAP AG AC290 5-2

SAP AG 2001

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOHWR�l ([SODLQ�WKH�SURFHGXUHV�XVHG�IRU�UHQWDGMXVWPHQW

l 'HVFULEH�WKH�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�PHWKRGV

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 5-3

SAP AG 2001

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ

6HWWOHPHQW

*HQHUDO&RQWUDFW�/HDVH�LQ�

,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP


&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUROOLQJ

0DVWHU�'DWD

5HQWDO

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ)XQFWLRQV

© SAP AG AC290 5-4

SAP AG 2001

l <RX�ZDQW�WR�FKDQJH�WKH�UHQW�RQ�\RXU�OHDVH�RXWVl 6HOHFW�WKH�PHWKRG�QHHGHG�IRU�WKH�OHDVH�RXW�DQGWKH�VLWXDWLRQ

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 5-5

SAP AG 2001

0HWKRG�8VLQJ�$GMXVWPHQW�5XQ

0HWKRG�:LWKRXW�$GMXVWPHQW�5XQ

l )UHH�DGMXVWPHQWl ,QGH[l ([SHUW�RSLQLRQl &RQVWUXFWLRQ�PHDVXUHVl $Q\�FRQGLWLRQVl $UHD�FKDQJHl $PRXQW�WUDQVIHU�IURP�UHQWDO�XQLW�WR�/2l $GMXVWPHQW�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV��IODW�UDWHVl 5HSUHVHQWDWLYH�OLVW�RI�UHQWVl &RPSDUDWLYH�DSDUWPHQWVl &RPSDUDWLYH�PHWKRGl &RXQWU\�VSHFLILFV

� �� !�� "

l &XVWRPHU�VSHFLILF�PHWKRGV

l *UDGXDWHG�UHQW��WKH�LQFUHDVH�LV�DOUHDG\HQWHUHG�LQ�WKH�FRQWUDFW��WKHUHIRUH�DQDGMXVWPHQW�UXQ�LV�QRW�QHFHVVDU\�

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW�0HWKRGV

n You must define at least one adjustment type for a lease-out.

n The adjustment type determines the adjustment methods that are permitted (settings in Customizing).You can also restrict the condition types that can be used with certain adjustment methods.

n Combinations of adjustments are possible (for example, an indexed sales-based rent).

n In the rent adjustment run, you can choose to take account of the increase percentage rate defined forthe rental object.

n Certain adjustment methods used for residential lease-outs take into account the rent cap (methods:Representative list of rents, comparative apartments, free adjustment - residential).

n You generally use the amount transfer method when different conditions exist in the lease-outs andrental units and you want to adjust these uniformly in the future. The amount transfer creates therequired basis.

n Country-specific rent adjustment: note in particular the Swiss rent adjustment (takes into account therent reserve based on absolute factors (rent in accordance with locality, marginal gross yield) andrelative factors (standard of living index, mortgage loan rate, maintenance and operating costs).

© SAP AG AC290 5-6

SAP AG 2001

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW�3URFHVV

• Header (ID)• Adjustment records• Log

6LPXODWHDGMXVWPHQW

/LVW�RI/LVW�RIFDOFXODWHGFDOFXODWHGDGMXVWPHQWVDGMXVWPHQWV

(QWHUDSSURYDO

&RUUHVSRQGHQFHQRWLILFDWLRQ

$FWLYDWH�QHZ

FRQGLWLRQV

)L[�DGMXVWPHQW

&KHFN�DQGFKDQJH��LI�QHFHVVDU\

/HDVH�RXW5HQWDO�XQLW

# " $&%'��&()��'�!�%��)"��'��

&KHFN�DQGFKDQJH��LI�QHFHVVDU\

5HPLQG�WKDWDSSURYDO�UHTXLUHG�

LI�QHFHVVDU\

# " $&%'��*(+��'�!�%��,"��

n If you want to make a rent adjustment, you can first simulate the adjustment. The simulationgenerates a list of the possible rent adjustments. You can change the values in the list and if theresults of the simulation fulfill the requirements, you can save the simulation.

n ³6LPXODWH�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW´��6DYH� �³&DOFXODWH�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW´�The procedure “Calculate rent adjustment” is useful for planning a rent adjustment run (as abackground job). You may still change the data saved (before activation and approval, by choosingthe “Activate” menu path in the detailed screen).

n The system creates a log listing the reasons as to why a particular adjustment does not work forevery adjustment run.

n The system takes into account any periods and limitations that are set by law.

n Rent adjustments that are subject to approval can only be activated after the approval has beenentered. Methods that are subject to approval are defined in a system table that cannot be edited. Theapproval is maintained in the application using the “Activate” menu option.

n Calculated rent increases can be partially passed on to the tenant. The reasons for reducing the rentincrease and the percentage rate of the amount that is passed on to the tenant are maintained in therental unit.

n Rent adjustments that have been made and those that are planned can be viewed in the master datadialog of the lease-out.

© SAP AG AC290 5-7

SAP AG 2001

2EMHFWBusiness entity

Building

Rental Unit

)LHOGVTenancy law

�

Construction year/location

AreasFixtures and fittings categorySurcharges/reductionsModernization date

Usage type

Percentage rate of increase

Effect

Rent cap

Time between two rent adjustments

Rep. rent list / rent cap

Representative list of rents

Permittedadjustment methods

Adjustment amount

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW�'DWD�5HOHYDQW�)RU�0DVWHU�'DWD2EMHFWV

n Some master data fields have an effect on the rent adjustment for residential apartments.

n The tenancy law that is maintained for the business entity determines the legal requirements thataffect the rent adjustment for residential apartments.

n The construction year that is maintained for the building determines the building age class relevantfor the representative list of rents. The year of construction is taken into account when determiningthe rent cap.

n The location class used in the representative list of rents is the one belonging to the building. Arepresentative list of rents that uses location classes must be maintained for the business entity for"location class" field to be displayed and maintained.

n Data relevant to the representative list of rents is maintained for the rental unit:

é Area

é Fixtures and fittings categories

n If necessary, you can also enter surcharges and reductions.

n If a date for modernization has been entered in the rental unit, this overrides the construction yearentered for the building.

© SAP AG AC290 5-8

SAP AG 2001

)UHH�$GMXVWPHQW��$GMXVWPHQW�RI�$Q\�&RQGLWLRQV�*DUDJH�5HQW

5HVLGHQWLDO

&RPPHUFLDO

*DUDJH

(QWHU�DGMXVWPHQW�YDOXHV�DW�SURJUDPVWDUW- ,QFUHDVH�SHU�DUHD�XQLW- 5HODWLYH�LQFUHDVH�LQ�SHUFHQWDJH- 7RWDO�LQFUHDVH- 1HZ�DPRXQW�SHU�DUHD�XQLW- 7RWDO�QHZ�DPRXQW

n The "Free adjustment", "Adjustment of any conditions" and "Garage rent adjustment" methodsadjust rent based on the values defined at the start of the program.Possible values:

• Absolute

• Relative

n Use "Free adjustment" when there is no other suitable method. The "Free adjustment residential"applies a rent cap.

n No rent cap is applied for "Any condition". Note the exceptional case for this type of adjustment thatthe condition types to be adjusted have to be determined in the "Adjustable conditions" Customizingtable.

© SAP AG AC290 5-9

SAP AG 2001

*HQHUDWH�1HZ�&RQGLWLRQV��([DPSOH�RI�8VDJH

6WDUWLQJ�SRLQW�•�5HQW�UHGXFWLRQ�DIIHFWV�D�JURXS�RI�OHDVH�RXWV��IRU�H[DPSOH��QRLVH�IURP�FRQVWUXFWLRQ�VLWHV�•�7KHUH�LV�QR��5HQW�UHGXFWLRQ��FRQGLWLRQ�RQ��WKH�OHDVH�RXW3URFHGXUH�•�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�PHWKRG��$Q\�FRQGLWLRQV�•�6HOHFW�WKH�UHQWDO�XQLWV•�6HOHFW��5HQW�UHGXFWLRQ��FRQGLWLRQ•�6HOHFW�WKH�SDUDPHWHU��*HQHUDWH�QHZ�FRQGLWLRQV�

n New condition types can be generated for each object with "Any conditions" and "Amount transfer".

n The "Amount transfer" method can only be used when the corresponding conditions are alreadydefined for the original object. When "Any conditions" is used, the conditions for the lease-outs andrental units can be generated from scratch.

© SAP AG AC290 5-10

SAP AG 2001

,QGH[��

,QFUHDVH. �!/�'��'��0�. �1�2�'��. � �'��3�1�54��!/�'��'�

,QGH[�/LQNHG�/HDVH�RXW

%DVH�\HDU��,QGH[�VHULHV�� Ï,QGH[LQJ�GDWH

%DVH�\HDU ��,QGH[�VHULHV ��&RVW�RI�OLYLQJ�LQGH[�RI�DOO,QGH[�OHYHOV��SULYDWH�KRXVHKROGV,QGH[�GDWH��,QGH[�QXPEHU��

n An index-linked adjustment type must be maintained for index-based lease-outs. The adjustment ismade using the specified index series and index points maintained in Customizing.

n When individual indexes increase or decrease, the possible rent adjustments are determined. Theadjustment dates and increase quotas that are fixed in each lease-out are taken into consideration.

n The basic rent increases in proportion to the index points, and this increase can be further weightedby the pass-on percentage rate. The index must have increased by a minimum amount of points or aminimum percentage rate.

n The year and month of the index value used is determined by the following details in the lease-out:• Date of first adjustment• Adjustment delay• Adjustment frequency

n If an index clause has been fixed for the lease-out, no approval is necessary for rent adjustments.However, payment provisions do need approval.

© SAP AG AC290 5-11

SAP AG 2001

)UHTXHQF\�DQG�'HOD\)UHTXHQF\��IRU�LQVWDQFH��RI�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW��5$�

$GMXVWPHQW�GHOD\�LQ�PRQWKV��IRU�LQVWDQFH��

6

6

7�8:9<;�=>8@?3ACB

7�8:9<;�=>8@?3ACB

áDFE GCEHJI:A KML�A 8 6 8

N 8FBCKODQP R�K I 6 8:AFS�T:B 63U K<I 6 ?T<IWVXDZYCE DFE

DME2DZYCE[�8 6 K 6/\ 8 6 8:AFS�T:B 63U K<I 6�] B>^C8 _ ] A�`?Ja UVX[�8 6 KbaC`�?JK I 6 8:AFS�T:B 6�U K<I 6 ?T@I

c �+d��e�� '�� f ��e�5�J��"� g)"�� /�X�/�1! # %�01%'�'�h� �� i��2� ��d�� ",��e�+�� j"�� /X�/�k!��e�,�'�1��"k� �&� �1��5� �ml@n�opl'o@qke�"1� �3��!��')� �r�se��"��'�r�'�'�� 0k��",�*�,��e�)!��" $t%'�'�/(+��'��!�%��o

6 u _ KFL ] v _ K

á

DFE DFE DME w@E DFE xCER�KCI 6 8<_yB 6 8<? 6 R z R�z

N 8FBCKb{@P R�K I 6 8:AFS�T:B 63U K<I 6 ?T<IWV|G:E2DZE

DFE GCEHJI:A KML�A 8 6 8

[�8 6 Kba<`�?pK<I 6 8CAMS/TFB 63U K I 6 ?�T IDME2DZYCE

[�8 6 K 6/\ 8 6 8:AFS�T:B 63U K<I 6�] B>^C8 _ ] A�`?Ja U

6 u _ KFL ] v _ KDFE DFE DME w@E DME }QE DME ~QE DZE xFE DZE G:ER�KCI 6 8<_yB 6 8<? 6 R z R�z R z R z R'z�EWE�E

� You enter the adjustment frequency and delay for index adjustment data in the lease-out.

� Adjustment frequency: If the "Flexible" field is flagged, the frequency is taken to mean the minimum

duration. Otherwise adjustments can only be made with the specified frequency.�

Example of frequency: If the frequency is 1, adjustments can be made at any time. If the frequency is3, adjustments can only be made every three months. If the "Flexible" field is flagged, adjustmentscan be made any time after three months (as long as this is after the date of first adjustment). In ourexample, the next possible adjustment is not possible until three months after an adjustment.

� Adjustment delay: As index data is always issued with a delay and the rent adjustment normally

applies to a date in the future, the adjustment is subject to a delay. You have the following option:

é Case 1: The date of the rent adjustment run is the same as the new valid-from date for conditionitems. Here, the "Backwards" flag also has to be flagged for the number of months delay. (Theindex data must exist on the "Rent adjustment date - adjustment delay in months".)

é Case 2: Index data is available for the date entered for the rent adjustment run. The delay inmonths is added to this date to calculate the new date for the conditions.

The difference is the date assigned to the rent adjustment run!

© SAP AG AC290 5-12

SAP AG 2001

��%DVLF�IL[WXUHV�DQG�ILWWLQJV��0HGLXP�UDQJH�IL[W��ILWWLQJV��

%XLOGLQJ�DJH�FODVVHV)URP�GDWH �9DOLG�XQWLO

��

$UHD�IURP ��7R��

'HVFULSWLRQ%DVLF�UHVLG��ORFDWLRQ$YUJH�UHVG��ORFDWLRQ��

&&

9DOXH�WDEOH

)L[WXUHV�DQG�ILWWLQJV�FODVVHV

/RFDWLRQ�FODVVHV

6L]H�FODVVHV

��6XUFKDUJH��5HGXFWLRQ��

6XUFKDUJH�UHGXFWLRQ�FODVVHV

5HSUHVHQWDWLYH�OLVW�RI�UHQWV

Building age from 01.01.1995 to 31.12.1995Fix./Fittings Basic fixture and fittingsLocation Basic residential locationArea From: to: Amount from To amount Mean

20.00 50.0050.00 70.0070.00 . . .

n You have to select a representative list of rents for a business entity to make an adjustment based ona representative list of rents. The representative list of rents is defined in Customizing according tostructure: parameters relevant for the adjustment (building age class, location class, fixture andfittings class, size class) are specified. The surcharge/reduction classes must be assignedcharacteristics. So-called characteristics categories are derived from these classes.

n The system uses these structure parameters to generate a value table that you fill with the currentdata from the representative list of rents.

n The system determines the permitted rent as stipulated by the representative list of rents by using thecharacteristics of the rental unit (building age, building location, fixtures and fittings as a basis).

n Only the fixtures and fitting characteristics assigned to the rental unit and the representative list ofrents are taken into account for a rent adjustment made using the representative list of rents.

n In Customizing, you maintain legal requirements about rent such as rent capping and adjustmentfrequency. The adjustment takes these requirements into account. You can also adjust lease-outs thathave not yet been activated. These lease-outs are not capped.

n You can choose the value (from, to, mean value) to be used in the adjustment.

n You can map rent tables that cannot be mapped with the existing classes with a control table thatuses conditions and activity rules to define the calculation base.

© SAP AG AC290 5-13

SAP AG 2001

&RPSDUDWLYH�DSDUWPHQW��/LYLQJ�DUHD��P �%DVLF�UHQW��P ��5RRPV&RPSDUDWLYH�DSDUWPHQW��/LYLQJ�DUHD��P �%DVLF�UHQW��P ��5RRPV&RPSDUDWLYH�DSDUWPHQW��/LYLQJ�DUHD��P �%DVLF�UHQW��P ��5RRPV&RPSDUDWLYH�DSDUWPHQW��/LYLQJ�DUHD��P �%DVLF�UHQW��P ��5RRPV&RPSDUDWLYH�DSDUWPHQW��/LYLQJ�DUHD��P �%DVLF�UHQW��P ��5RRPV

�J� �J� � �� J�� J�� J��3� �J�� J�

�p� � � �*� � � �

Minimum number 3:Í Í Adjustment to $14.10

&RPSDUDWLYH�$SDUWPHQWV�DQG�*URXSV��

&RPSDUDWLYH�� !� 5HQWDO�XQLW��JURXS�� $VVLJQ�� /LYLQJ�DUHD��P�ZLWK�OLYLQJ %DVLF�UHQW�DUHD��P� ��$GMXVW ��URRPV ��!� ��P �

n Only rental units that are assigned to a comparative group of apartments can be subject to a rentadjustment using comparative rent. The apartments in the comparative group can be used to calculatethe new rent.

n Apartments from internal stock (rental units) as well as external apartments can belong to acomparative group of apartments.

n A minimum number of comparative apartments is necessary for the adjustment. The minimumnumber of comparative apartments is specified in Customizing.

n This minimum number also determines which comparative apartments are used for determining theadjustment. If the minimum number "5" is entered, the rent adjustment is based on the fifth mostexpensive apartment in the comparative group.

© SAP AG AC290 5-14

SAP AG 2001

&RPSDUDWLYH�$SDUWPHQWV�DQG�*URXSV��

$VVLJQPHQW5HQWDO�XQLW�⇔�&RPSDUDWLYH�JURXS

0DLQWDLQ�FRPSDUDWLYH�JURXS�RIDSDUWPHQWV

$SDUWPHQW�;

lThe rent adjustment forapartment X uses the valuesof the comparative group

&RPSDUDWLYH�JURXS

$SDUWPHQW�;

lApartment X is part of thecomparative group

lNo statement about theassignment

&RPSDUDWLYH�JURXS&RPSDU��DSDUWPHQW $SDUWPHQW�;

n Your own comparative apartments and external comparative apartments can be used for thecomparative group.

n You must enter the external comparative apartments with the relevant data.

n A rental unit can be a part of a comparative group of apartments and assigned to the samecomparative group of apartments.CAUTION. When the rent of an apartment is adjusted, the rent of this apartment is not included inthe calculation.

© SAP AG AC290 5-15

SAP AG 2001

�J� �J� � �� J��3� �J�� J�� J�� J�

�J� �2� ��

([SHUW�RSLQLRQ� ��&RPSDQ\�FRGH� ��6$3�$*�FDVH�FRPSDQ\'DWH�RI�H[SHUW�RSLQLRQ� ��6UFKUJHV�UHGXFWLRQV1HZ�$PRXQW� ��'0��P�

5HDVRQV�IRU�VXUFKDUJH�UHGXFWLRQ� 3DUWLFLSDWLQJ�UHQWDO�XQLWV0LOGHZ�LQ�EDWKURRP��VKRZHU �%( IURP�58 WR�58:LQGRZV�LQ�QHHG�RI�UHSDLU ��

��

([SHUW�RSLQLRQ

n If you are going to make a rent adjustment using an expert opinion, then you first have to enter thedata for the expert opinion in the system:

é Specify surcharges, reductions or new amounts.

é In the expert opinion, you can also enter the reasons for a surcharge/reduction as defined inCustomizing.

n You assign rental units that are subject to adjustment to the expert opinion. An expert opinion can bemade for any number of rental units from one upwards.

n The amount of increase is added to the basic rent. You define a reference to the expert opinion in thelease-outs.

n This type of rent adjustment is subject to approval.

© SAP AG AC290 5-16

SAP AG 2001

$SSRUWLRQPHQW5HQWDO�XQLWV

1RWLILFDWLRQ1RWLILFDWLRQ

3ODQQHG�FRVWV � ��$FWXDO�FRVWV

&KDQJH�OHDVH�RXW&RQGLWLRQV

&RQVWUXFWLRQPHDVXUHV

&RQVWUXFWLRQ�0HDVXUHV��0RGHUQL]DWLRQV

$GMXVWPHQW$GMXVWPHQW

n If you are planning modernization measures, you have to create "Construction measures". Thisdescribes the modernization measures, the rental units being modernized and the planned costs.

n The apportionment of modernization costs can be entered directly or made using the apportionmentunits to be maintained on the participating rental units.

n The increase amount is usually calculated directly into the basic rent or passed on using a separatecondition (such as "Surcharge for improvements").

n After you have simulated the rent adjustment using the planned costs, you can inform the tenant ofhis/her share of the costs in a notification letter. This type of rent adjustment is NOT subject toapproval. The percentage increase of the costs to be passed on yearly is defined in Customizing.

n You enter the actual costs once the modernization is completed in "Construction measures". Theactual costs are used to update the data of an adjustment run that has already been made. The actualcosts are needed for activating the rent adjustment.

© SAP AG AC290 5-17

SAP AG 2001

$UHD�&KDQJH

)URP�GDWH

3UHUHTXLVLWH�7KH�DUHD�RI�WKH�UHQWDO�XQLW�KDV�FKDQJHG�RQ�WKH�NH\�GDWHDQG�FRQGLWLRQV�RI�UHQWDO�XQLW�RU�OHDVH�RXW�DUH�QRZ�EDVHG�RQ�DUHD

n If you have agreed on conditions for the rental unit or lease-out that are based on area and thereference area of the rental unit has changed, the systems prompts you to say whether adjustmentrecords are to be generated. If you confirm this with "Yes", the dialog of the adjustment simulationhas default entries (for example, if you have defined area-based conditions for the lease-out only andnot for the rental unit, there will be a default entry for adjustment objects reading "Only lease-outs").You finally have to activate the adjustment records.

n If you answer the "’Generate adjustment records" dialog with "No", you can initiate the adjustment ata later date using the rent adjustment menu option.

© SAP AG AC290 5-18

SAP AG 2001

3DUDPHWHU�2YHUYLHZ

$ &&l %DVLF�REMHFW��UHOHYDQW�IRU�DGMXVWPHQW

RI�58�DQG�/2�� Separate calculation� Rental unit� Lease-out

l 58�/2�SDUDPHWHUV� Only adjustment increases� Takes account of RU percentage rate� Includes surcharge for increase in value� Adjusts subsequent conditions (for example,

graduations)

l /2�SDUDPHWHUV� Also adjusts inactive LO� Generates new conditions

l 58�SDUDPHWHUV� Also caps RU amount� Only adjusts RU when vacant� Generates new conditions

l *HQHUDO�SDUDPHWHUV� z�AZS*TQB 6�U K I 6�� 8 ?J8 U K 6 KC? `�a�? 6 K<IC8@I@9Z�|_ 8Z=

� z�AZS*TQB 6�U K I 6�� 8 ?J8 U K 6 KC? `�a�?'9Fa U|� 8<IQ��9Qa A@K

� N a UXv@] IQ8 6] a�Iba@`'8QAFSTQB 63U K@I 6<6 � � K>8 I:A8CAMS/TFB 63U K I 6�U K 6/\ a A

� N a UXv@] IQ8 6] a�Iba@`'8QAFSTQB 63U K@I 6<6 � � K>8 I:ArR��T:B:8C�@K 6 � � K� z�AZS*TQB 6 8 v _ Kb9:a'I@A ] 6] a�I 6 � � KFB� [�KM`38 T@_ 6 9:a�I@A ] 6�] a�I 6 � � K

� R�a'T ICA ] I@�X?3T _ KQB

� R�KF8QBCa�IFBb`�a�?<8:AFST:B 63U K<I 6�v _ a 9:;

� � 8 ?J8 U K 6 K@?pBb8@I@A�^:8 _ T:KFB>`�a�?�?JK U|] I:A K<?JB>`�a ?8 � � ?paC^C8 _� � KML 6 `�a�? 8:AFS�T:B 6�U K<I 6 _ K 6p6 K ?

n In some cases, not all application parameters are available for one particular adjustment method.

© SAP AG AC290 5-19

SAP AG 2001

&XVWRPL]LQJ�5HQW�$GMXVWPHQWV

l *HQHUDO�SDUDPHWHUV� zkAMS*TFB 6�U K<I 6�� 8 ?J8 U K 6 K@?<`�a�? 6 K<IC8@I@9Z��_ 8Z=� zkAMS*TFB 6�U K<I 6�� 8 ?J8 U K 6 K@?<`�a�?'9Fa U|� 8<IQ� 9Ma A<K� N a U¡v<] IQ8 6�] a�Iba@` 8:AFS�T:B 63U K<I 6 6 � � KW8 IQAO8CAMS/TFB 6�U K I 6�U K 6�\ a A� N a U¡v<] IQ8 6�] a�Iba@` 8:AFS�T:B 63U K<I 6 6 � � KW8 IQAXR¢�)TQBC8Q� K 6 � � K� zkAMS*TFB 6 8 v _ K�9:a'I@A ] 6/] a�I 6 � � KFB� [�KF`�8 T _ 6 9:a�I@A ] 6] a�I 6 � � K� R�a�T ICA ] I@�X?�T _ KQB� R�KQ8:BCa�IMBW`3a�? 8:AFS�T:B 63U K<I 6�v _ a 9C;� � 8<?J8 U K 6 KC?JB�8@I@Ab^C8 _ TCKFBW`�a�?�?JK U�] ICA K<?JBW`�a�? 8 �<� ?pa@^C8 _� � KZL 6 `�a�? 8QAFST:B 6�U K@I 6 _ K 6J6 K ?

l $GMXVWPHQW�PHWKRGV£ R�K � ?JKQB:K I 6 8 6] ^<K _ ] B 6 aC`�?JK I 6 B�¤ v 8FB ] 9bA 8 6 8C¥F^C8 _ TCK 6 8 v _ K:¥:9Qa�I 6 ?�a�_ 6 8 v _ KQ¦£ N a U¡� 8 ?28 6�] ^@Kb8 � 8<? 63U K I 6 Bb§�I T U|v K@?�?p8<I@�CK£ ¨ L � K ? 6 a � ] I ] a�I�§'?pKQ8:BQa�IQB£ HJI:A KML£ N a@B 6 KQ`p` ] 9 ] K I:9M��8<IC8<_ �:B ] Bb¤JB � KC9 ] ` ] 9 6 a|©�K<? U 8 IF�@¦£ R�K<I 6 8CAZS*TMB 6�U K I 6 `�a�? ª = ] 6J« K ?�_ 8@I@A

© SAP AG AC290 5-20

SAP AG 2001

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�l /LVW�WKH�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�PHWKRGVl 'HVFULEH�WKH�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�SURFHVV

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW��8QLW�6XPPDU\

© SAP AG AC290 5-21

([HUFLVHV

8QLW��5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW7RSLF��5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW�±�'LIIHUHQW�0HWKRGVAt the conclusion of this exercise, you will be able to:

• Use different rent adjustment methods

You will take the following steps:

• Prepare, simulate, save, and enter approval for a rent adjustment, thenfinally activate it

There are many methods available to adjust lease-outs.

Do the exercises in the order that suits you best. Use a rental unit and its lease-out as youradjustment object.

5-1 Carry out a "free commercial adjustment" for your rental unit 2 (commercial usage).

5-1-1 Simulate the adjustment.

5-1-2 Save the adjustment.

5-1-3 Print the letter (print preview).

5-1-4 Enter the tenant’s approval and activate the rent adjustment.

5-1-5 Display the rent adjustment in the lease-out.

5-2 (*) Simulate a "rent adjustment using any conditions" for rental unit 1. Adjust the "airconditioning" condition.

5-3 (*) Simulate a rent adjustment of the type "Expert opinion" for rental unit 1.

5-3-1 Create an expert opinion.

5-3-2 Simulate the adjustment. Make sure you use the correct condition type.

© SAP AG AC290 5-22

5-4 (*) Simulate a rent adjustment of the type "Comparative apartments" for rental unit1.

5-4-1 Create five comparative apartments.

5-4-2 Make a comparative group for the apartments.

5-4-3 Assign your rental unit to the comparative group.

5-4-4 Enter the construction year of the building.

5-4-5 Simulate the rent adjustment for the comparative apartment.

5-5 (*) Simulate an index-linked rent adjustment.

5-5-1 Create a new rental unit.

5-5-2 Create a lease-out for this rental unit starting 1 January of the previouscalendar year with adjustment type "index-linked rent"; activate the lease-out.

5-5-3 Simulate the adjustment.

© SAP AG AC290 5-23

6ROXWLRQV8QLW��5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW7RSLF��5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW�±�'LIIHUHQW�0HWKRGV

These exercises are easier if you assign \RXU�RZQ�LGHQWLILFDWLRQ to the simulation run in therent adjustment selection screen (such as your group number).

Note that the adjustments in all the exercises apart from 5-1 are only VLPXODWHG. This allowsyou to simulate several adjustments on the same date for the same condition type.

5-1 Steps: Simulate, save, print and activate the rent adjustment "Free CommercialAdjustment" - Rental unit 2 (commercial usage type)

5-1-1 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�→�5HQWVSHFLILFDWLRQV�→�)UHH�FRPPHUFLDO�DGMXVWPHQW�→�6LPXODWHEnter your 8VHU�LGHQWLILFDWLRQ and 9DOLG�IURP�GDWH.Enter the following data under the 6HOHFWLRQ tab:



Rental unit 2

Enter "Adjust both" for the value of the adjustment object.

Check the condition type under the 3DUDPHWHUV tab. This condition type hasto be permitted for the lease-out or rental unit.

Under the $PRXQWV tab, enter "10" in the 5HODWLYH�LQFUHDVH��LQ�SHUFHQW)field. Press the 3UHDVVLJQ pushbutton�Choose ([HFXWH.Press /RJ to view information on the simulation. You can H[SDQG the log todisplay additional levels of detail.

5-1-2 6DYH the result.

5-1-3 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�→�5HQWVSHFLILFDWLRQV�→�)UHH�FRPPHUFLDO�DGMXVWPHQW�→�3ULQW�→�$GMXVWPHQWOHWWHUChoose ([HFXWH. A log is generated.Choose 6\VWHP�→�2ZQ�VSRRO�UHTXHVWV��Flag the spool number and choose'LVSOD\�FRQWHQWV.

© SAP AG AC290 5-24

5-1-4 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�→�5HQWVSHFLILFDWLRQV�→�)UHH�FRPPHUFLDO�DGMXVWPHQW�→�$FWLYDWHEnter your user identification and press�([HFXWH�Select the lease-out number and choose 'HWDLOV. Enter the approval date.Save your entries. Select the rental unit. Choose $FWLYDWH�

You can enter an approval date in the initial screen. This saves youhaving to branch to the detail screen to create the approval; you justselect the lease-outs and activate them.

5-1-5 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW��'LVSOD\&RQGLWLRQV tab. A new condition item exists.

Also view ([WUDV�→�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQWV�→�$GMXVWPHQWV�FDUULHG�RXW.

5-2 Rent adjustment simulation "Any conditions" – Rental unit 1

Accounting → Real Estate Management → Rent adjustment → Rentspecifications → Any conditions → Simulate

Enter your 8VHU�LGHQWLILFDWLRQ and 9DOLG�IURP�GDWH.Enter the following data under the 6HOHFWLRQ tab:



Rental unit 1


Under the $PRXQWV tab, enter the value "10" in the 5HO��field for the airconditioning.

Choose ([HFXWH.Press /RJ to view information on the simulation. You can H[SDQG the log todisplay additional levels of detail.

5-3 Rent adjustment "Expert opinion" - Rental unit 1

5-3-1 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�→�5HQWFDOFXODWLRQ�→�([SHUW�RSLQLRQ�→�([SHUW�RSLQLRQ�→�&UHDWHEnter a name for your expert opinion.


Choose a short text.

Choose a surcharge or a reduction or a new amount.

Assign your rental unit 1 to the expert opinion using 5HQWDO�XQLWV.Save your entries.

© SAP AG AC290 5-25

5-3-2 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�→�5HQWFDOFXODWLRQ�→�([SHUW�RSLQLRQ�→�6LPXODWHEnter your 8VHU�LGHQWLILFDWLRQ and 9DOLG�IURP�GDWH.Choose your expert opinion.



5-4 (*) Rent adjustment "Comparative apartments" - Rental unit 3

5-4-1 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�→�5HQWFDOFXODWLRQ�→�([WHUQDO�&RPSDUDWLYH�DSDUWPHQW�→�&UHDWHConfirm your entries. Enter the living area and basic rent. Make sure thatthe area price of the comparative apartments is higher than the area price ofthe basic rent in the lease-outs to be adjusted.

Save your entries.

Use the "Copy from" function for the other comparative apartments.

Make a note of the external comparative apartments that you create.

5-4-2 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�→�5HQWFDOFXODWLRQ�→�&RPSDUDWLYH�JURXS�→�&RPSDUDWLYH�JURXS�→�0DLQWDLQ


Comparative group 1##

Condition type 10


Enter a text.

Enter:


Comparative apartment [Your external comparativecompartment]

Save your entries.

© SAP AG AC290 5-26

5-4-3 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�→�5HQWFDOFXODWLRQ�→�&RPSDUDWLYH�JURXS�→�$VVLJQ�UHQWDO�XQLWEnter the selection criteria for your business entity and rental unit 1 andchoose ([HFXWH.Place your cursor on rental unit 1 and choose $VVLJQ�FRPSDUDWLYH�JURXS.

Choose your comparative group.

Save your entries.

The assignment determines the comparative group to be used as a basis.However the apartment DOES NOT BECOME part of the comparativegroup. You have to choose &RPSDUDWLYH�JURXS�→�0DLQWDLQ�to do this. If arental unit is not assigned to a comparative group, the rent cannot beadjusted.You can also assign rental units to the comparative group by choosing0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFWV�→�5HQWDO�XQLW�→�&KDQJHand then →�(GLW�→�$VVLJQ��FRPS�JURXS.

5-4-4 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFWV�→%XLOGLQJV�SDUWV�RI�→�&KDQJH)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVCompany code [See "Exercise Data"]


Buildings 1


Choose the 'DWHV tab.

Fill the &RQVWUXFWLRQ�\HDU��&RQVW<U��field.

Save your entries.

5-4-5 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�→�5HQWFDOFXODWLRQ�→�&RPSDUDWLYH�JURXS�→�6LPXODWHEnter your 8VHU�LGHQWLILFDWLRQ and 9DOLG�IURP�GDWH.Enter the following data under the 6HOHFWLRQ tab:



Rental unit 1



© SAP AG AC290 5-27

5-5 Rent adjustment "Index" - New rental unit (any usage type)

5-5-1 See the solutions to the "Master Data" unit.

5-5-2 Specify the rental to start on 1 January of the previous calendar year.

Choose a contract type that matches the usage type and a period regulation.

Choose the "index-linked" DGMXVWPHQW�W\SH. Press the 0XOWLSOH�VHOHFWLRQicon.

Choose $GMXVWPHQW�GDWD. Choose FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH��:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVIndex series 1

Base year 1991

Index start Same as rental start

Adjustment frequency 1

Adjustment delay 1

1. adjustment from 01.01.2000

Backwards X

Enter a tenant with customer account.

Save your entries.

Choose &KDQJH�OHDVH�RXW. Confirm your entries.

$FWLYDWH�and�VDYH the lease-out.

5-5-3 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW�→�5HQWFDOFXODWLRQ�→�,QGH[�→�6LPXODWHEnter your 8VHU�LGHQWLILFDWLRQ and 9DOLG�IURP�GDWH.Enter the following data under the 6HOHFWLRQ tab:



Rental unit [Your rental unit]



© SAP AG AC290 6-1

SAP AG 2001

&RQWHQWVl 2SHUDWLQJ�FRVW�VHWWOHPHQWl +HDWLQJ�H[SHQVH�VHWWOHPHQW

6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQW

© SAP AG AC290 6-2

SAP AG 2001

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOHWR�l 'HVFULEH�WKH�VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQWSURFHVV��,QGLYLGXDO�VWHSV�LQ�WKLV�SURFHVV�DUH�

l &UHDWLQJ�WKH�LQIUDVWUXFWXUHl 3RVWLQJ�YHQGRU�LQYRLFHVl ,PSOHPHQWLQJ�WKH�VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQWl $GMXVWLQJ�WKH�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV

l /LVW�WKH�IDFWRUV�LQIOXHQFLQJ�WKH�VHUYLFHFKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW

l 'HVFULEH�WKH�UHOHYDQW�SRVWLQJV

6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQW��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 6-3

SAP AG 2001

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW


,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP


&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUROOLQJ

5HQWDO


0DVWHU�'DWD


© SAP AG AC290 6-4

SAP AG 2001

l &DUU\�RXW�WKH�SURFHVV�UHTXLUHG�IRU�WKH�VHUYLFHFKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW��7KLV�LQYROYHV�WKH�IROORZLQJVWHSV�

l &UHDWLQJ�WKH�LQIUDVWUXFWXUH�IRU�WKH�VHUYLFHFKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW

l 3RVWLQJ�DSSRUWLRQDEOH�FRVWVl 0DNLQJ�WKH�DFWXDO�VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQWl $GMXVWLQJ�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV

6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQW��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 6-5

SAP AG 2001

3XUFKDVH�RUGHUV�FRQWUDFWV�DJUHHPHQWV,QYRLFH

'DWD�HQWU\

6HWWOHPHQW�XQLW

*DUGHQLQJ��(OHYDWRU :DWHU

/HDVH�RXW�/2� ��/HDVH�RXW�/2��5HQWDO�XQLW��5HQWDO�XQLW��6HWWOHPHQW

2YHUYLHZ��6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQW

n Expenses that arise in a period are entered in the form of invoices in FI. The invoices are assigned tothe relevant settlement units during the posting.

n You have to have the correct time assignment and contents assignment to post the costs (timeassignment: reference date, contents assignment: settlement unit).

n The function "Complete settlement" is used to settle costs to the relevant objects - rental units, lease-outs. The settlement apportions costs to the tenants or, if the costs cannot be apportioned to the lease-outs, to the rental units (for the purpose of cost controlling).

© SAP AG AC290 6-6

SAP AG 2001

6HWWOHPHQW�7\SHV

l $GYDQFH�SD\PHQWVl $GYDQFH�SD\PHQWV�DQG�WKH�SURSRUWLRQDWH�VKDUH

RI�FRVWV�LQFXUUHG�DUH�RIIVHW�DJDLQVW�HDFK�RWKHUl )ODW�UDWHV

l $GYDQFH�SD\PHQWV�DUH�QRW�FOHDUHG�LQ�WKHVHUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW

l )LQDO�VHWWOHPHQWl 7KH�SURSRUWLRQDWH�VKDUH�RI�FRVWV�DUH�FKDUJHG

��WR�WKH�WHQDQWV�DW�WKH�HQG�RI�WKH�VHWWOHPHQWSHULRG�DFFRUGLQJ�WR�WKH�VHWWOHPHQW�UHVXOW

l 1R�SDUWLFLSDWLRQl 7KH�SURSRUWLRQDWH�VKDUHV�DUH�QRW�SDVVHG�RQ�WR

WKH�WHQDQWV��WKH�RZQHU�FDUULHV�WKH�FRVWV

n Advance payment: the customer pays in advance the service charges incurred; the payments areoffset against the costs share in the service charge settlement.

n Flat rate: a fixed amount for a specified period is agreed upon in the contract to cover the servicecharges. Lease-outs with flat rates participate in the service charge settlement, however the portion ofcosts incurred in the contract is not passed on to the tenants.

n Final settlement: the tenant does not pay in advance but receives a full settlement at the end of thesettlement period for the actual service charges incurred.

n No participation: The share of costs for the contract is not passed on to the tenant. The owner carriesthe costs.

© SAP AG AC290 6-7

SAP AG 2001

3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'�RI�6&6

3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'�IRU�SURSHUW\�WD[��ZDWHU��DOO�

3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'�IRU�JDUGHQ��

�3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'��3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'��IRU�HOHYDWRU��IRU�HOHYDWRU��

� � �

� � �

n You use the participation ID to group together rental units participating in a service chargesettlement. You can use the participation ID as a reference for the service charge settlement andaddress each group of rental units individually.

n Example: The garden costs only apply to the rental units 4, 5 and 6. You create a participation IDwith exactly these rental units.

© SAP AG AC290 6-8

SAP AG 2001

6WUXFWXUH�RI�6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQW

�

�

�

�

�

�

$OO

8SSHU�IORRU

5HQWDO�XQLW 3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,' ��6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�NH\

*URXQG�IORRU *DUGHQ

:DWHU

(OHYDWRU

� � ��

n Rental units are assigned to service charges by means of participation IDs and service charge keys.

© SAP AG AC290 6-9

SAP AG 2001

��

! �#"$&%'%)(+*-,/.&0�120�3

��546 7 ��98:� ��<;��#8=� >�?)@<A

BDCFEHGHIKJ�EHGDL

��NM�OP �+��8Q8:R �&S)��?'8��:� ��?'8

TU7 ��V� >�W T.�0�0YX&.'*<* Z

[Q\^]�_ % IV` % Ia` $'b

Service charges

�P4c�d ;�;&>Y�98:� >Y?�Se��?'8fQ��g8 >Y�

• h .gi�1kjl. \ ,#.• m , \ i ] 0�i

nN>�o'8��>YR2R ��g89>Y�PpI $�$'b

nN>�o'8��>YR2R ��g89>Y�qI $�$'$

nN>�o'8��>YR2R ��g89>Y�rL %�%'%

��

nN>�o�8��'>YR2R ��g89>Y�Pp3+,/0Y, \ .�s�,�t

nN>�o�8��'>YR2R ��g89>Y�q0 ] s'3+,/0Y, \ .�s�,'tnN>�o�8��'>YR2R ��g89>Y�r0 ] s'3+,/0Y, \ .�s�,'t

��

,QYRLFH

ugvxwyv/z<{}|<v~Y� �^� �:�:�V�=�Y� �}��:�=�V�K�^�a��=�V�^� �U�^��V�V�

6HWWOHPHQW�8QLW

n The settlement unit is used to collect the costs for a specific service charge key, a specificparticipation ID and a specific settlement period. An apportionment factor defines how the costs areto be divided up for each settlement period.

n A participation ID can contain rental units from different business entities.

n A cost collector is generated for each settlement period in the settlement unit. This cost collector is aCO object.

n The costs collected for a settlement unit during the settlement period are settled between the rentalunits belonging to a participation ID for the service charges. You have to specify the date fromwhich a settlement unit is valid. This date and the settlement variant comprise the settlement period.

n The "Settlement participation" function in the lease-out can be used to specify which service chargescan be apportioned to the tenant and how much, if any, can be apportioned to the landlord. Thesettlement participation is a relationship between the conditions for the lease-out (advance payments,flat rates) and the service charge keys (and, hence, the settlement units). When settlement units arecreated after the settlement participation, you have to regenerate the settlement participation in thelease-out.

© SAP AG AC290 6-10

SAP AG 2001

0DVWHU�68

'LVWULEXWLRQ�E\�l $SSRUWLRQPHQW�XQLWl (TXLYDOHQFH�ILJXUHVl )RUPXOD�IRU�FDOFXODWLQJ�WKH�

KRW�ZDWHU�VKDUH

0DVWHU�68�VWUHHW�FOHDQLQJ�DQG�JDUEDJH�

6HWWOHPHQW�XQLW�JDUEDJH�

6HWWOHPHQW�XQLW�VWUHHW�FOHDQLQJ�

n The vendors lump together various service charges affecting different settlement units and bill themin one invoice, for instance heating expenses and hot water costs. The costs then have to bedistributed to the correct settlement units according to a certain key. You have to define specialsettlement units for this pre-distribution of costs, and these are called "master settlement units". Youcan collect (post) costs on a master settlement unit and define the calculation base for distributingthese costs to the correct participating settlement units.

n Examples of calculation bases:

é Apportionment unit

é Equivalence figures

é A country-specific formula for calculating the hot water share

n The service charge settlement uses the corresponding calculation basis to post the costs to theparticipating settlement units and allocate them proportionately. This creates a transparent costsituation down to the level of the individual settlement units. To distribute costs from the master SUto the participating SUs, you have to specify in Customizing for Real Estate a "Master SU creditaccount" and a "Master SU receiving account" for the cost element that was originally posted.

n From Release 4.6B, you can set an indicator on the initial screen for SCS that master SUs can besettled separately. This enables two-level settlement. In the first step, only the credit postings fromthe master SUs are executed on the participating settlement units. This blocks the cost collectors ofthe master Sus. The participating SUs can be settled in a subsequent settlement. This passes costs onto the tenant.

© SAP AG AC290 6-11

SAP AG 2001

$FFRXQW�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�.H\V�6HWWOHPHQW�8QLW�DQG�3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'

.H\•�&RPSDQ\�FRGH•�%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\•�6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�NH\•�1DPH�RI�VHWWOHPHQW�XQLW2WKHU�NH\V•�9DOLG�IURP�GDWH�RI�68� � �V� �g�=�Q� � � � �&� ��:�=�� •�9DOLG�WR�GDWH�RI�68•�3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'�DVVLJQPHQW�ZLWK��YDOLG�IURP�GDWH•�$SSRUWLRQPHQW�XQLW•�6HWWOHPHQW�YDULDQW

.H\•�&RPSDQ\�FRGH•�%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\•�1DPH�RI�SDUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'

2WKHU�NH\V•�9DOLG�IURP�GDWH�RI�SDUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'•�9DOLG�WR�GDWH�RI�SDUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'•�$VVLJQHG�UHQWDO�XQLWV�ZLWK��YDOLG�IURP�WR�GDWH

6HWWOHPHQW�XQLW��3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'

n Note that for invoice account assignments to a cost collector, you have to specify ALL elements ofthe account assignment key apart from the reference date. If, for instance, you do not specify thebusiness entity, the settlement unit is valid for all business entities.

© SAP AG AC290 6-12

SAP AG 2001

$FFRXQW�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�NH\VIRU�VHWWOHPHQW�XQLW

�6HWWOHPHQW�W\SH• �$GYDQFH�SD\PHQW• �)ODW�UDWHV• �)LQDO�VHWWOHPHQW• �1R�SDUWLFLSDWLRQ

3HUFHQWDJH�VKDUH�RIWHQDQW0D[LPXP�FRVWV�SHU�6&.DQG�SHU�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH

$SSRUWLRQPHQW�IDFWRU�YDOXH�RI�DSSRUWLRQPHQWXQLW�9DOLGLW\�SHULRG�RIOHDVH�RXW

9DOLGLW\�SHULRG3DUWLFLSDQW

•�3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'•�3HULRG�RI�DVVLJQPHQW

$SSRUWLRQPHQW�XQLW•�3HU�VHWWOHPHQW�SHULRG•�6HYHUDO�DSSRUWLRQPHQW��XQLWV�ZLWK�SHUFHQWDJH��VKDUH

�5�#8Q8VR ��S��?'8;&��8V� ��;��8=� >Y?)� o��'8 >�S)�'8��2�#��R2R "��?�� #89��W

� ¡¡ ¢ £ ¤¡¥ ¦§¡ ¨© ¨¥ ¦¡ ¨ª ¤

� ¡¡ ¢ £ ¤¡¥ ¦§¡ ¨© ¨¥ ¦¡ ¨ª ¤

$GGLWLRQDO�NH\VOHDVH�RXW��UHQWDO�XQLW«2¬®°¯ ±'² U¯ ±�³K´N¬®K±�µ}U¶ ¶ ·:¸

$FFRXQW�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�.H\V�IRU�WKH�6HWWOHPHQW

n Settlement participation in the lease-out is automatically generated by the settlement participationinfrastructure. You can use the function "Settlement Participation" to view, manually change orspecify more precisely the data concerning the apportionment of service charges to any particulartenant (for instance, the landlord’s share of costs, maximum costs per condition type or maximumcosts per service charge key).

n Settlement participation is a relationship between the conditions (advance payment, flat rates) on thelease-out and the settlement units (and, hence, service charge keys).

n If the infrastructure of the existing lease-outs is changed at a later date (for example, a settlement unitis created), the settlement participation of the agreements affected by this change have to beregenerated.

n The landlord bears a share of the costs if the pass-on percentage rate (tenant share) that can be fixedfor the service charge key is less than 100%. The landlord also bears any costs that exceed themaximum costs as stipulated in the contract.

© SAP AG AC290 6-13

SAP AG 2001

'LUHFWO\�$VVLJQHG�&RVWV��IURP��&�

6HWW��SDUW��/26&.��!�&RQG��W\SH )ORZ�W\SH $FFRXQW�IRU�GLUHFWO\�

DVVLJQHG�FRVWV

3RVWLQJ�RI�FRVWVZLWK�GLUHFW�DVVLJQPHQWWR�/2�XQGHU�UHIHUHQFHGDWH�GHWDLOV

6HWWOHPHQW�XQLW�¹5ºgºx» z�|9¼ » wx½Nv/wU|&¾#wg¼ | á� ¿ ¼ vyÀ°|�Á Âc{}ÃyÃx¼ u'wyvUÄHÀ » ÃU|<ÃÅ�ÆÈÇ {}ÃcÉ}w » |�Ä�¼ z�vUÀ°|�Á Â ºy» Ã}|k{gÊ/Á vKÉÃ°|-{K|�¾}Ã¹ ÃKÃ#¼ u&wx½�v/wU| »/Ë�Ì Æ ÃDÍN¼ | Ç Ä&¼ z<vKÀ}|9Á Âc{KÃKÃ'¼ u&wUvyÄHÀ » ÃK|�Ã¿ ¾gz�¼ wxu�Ã}vU|<|�Á vx½cvgwK|kÎ}| Ç vPÃ}ÂyÃK|kvx½Ïz2vy{UÄ/ÃD| Ç vcÀ » ÃU|�Ã Ë z » ½| Ç vD{UÀyÀ » ¾gwU|�Ãc| Ç {K|#{gz�vÐ{KÃKÃ#¼ u&wUvUÄH| » | Ç v Ë Á » ÍÑ|�Â º vxÒ

n Costs directly assigned to the lease-out can be reported in service charge settlement and passed on tothe tenant.

n Prerequisite: In Customizing, you must create an apportionment unit with the "directly assignedcosts" indicator. You must assign all rental units whose lease-outs have directly assigned costs to asettlement unit with this apportionment unit. It enables you to identify the lease-outs that are to besettled together. The costs are assigned directly to the lease-out.

n Posting costs to the lease-out: When you enter an incoming invoice, the costs are assigned to thelease-out using a special cost element. During posting, a date within the settlement period is enteredin the account assignment dialog box in the lease-out and as the settlement reference date. The costscan be presented to the tenant in an invoice. Costs posted to a lease-out without a reference date arenot taken into account.

n Posting of costs Service charge settlement posts costs, determined from CO and directly assigned tothe lease-out for the period to be settled, to the debitor as a receivable.

© SAP AG AC290 6-14

SAP AG 2001

5(

'RFXPHQW�W\SH��&5&�9HQGRU�DFFRXQW�� '�6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�FRVWV� ��

9HQGRU��

,QYRLFH&RPSDQ\(DVLFOHDQ&OHDQLQJ+DOOZD\��)RUHVW�$Y�� 6HUYLFH

FKDUJHV��

á

3RVWLQJ�6HUYLFH�&KDUJHV

Ó $X[LOLDU\�DFFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQWWR�&2�REMHFW�Ó %(��)RUHVW�$Y�Ó 6&.��&OHDQLQJÓ 6HWWOHPHQW�XQLW��$OOÓ 5HIHUHQFH�GDWH��

n Service charges are recorded as invoices in )LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�(Accounts Payable).

n Posting record: Service charges account to vendor.

n You enter the VHWWOHPHQW�XQLW�in the posting line of the service charges account as the DX[LOLDU\DFFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQW. When the posting is made, the reference date serves as a link to a particularsettlement period.

n For entering Real Estate account assignments, we recommend that you set up appropriate HQWU\VFUHHQV in &XVWRPL]LQJ�IRU�)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ. See the Implementation Guide for furtherinformation.

n Costs accumulated in a settlement unit for a settlement period can be evaluated using the InformationSystem.

© SAP AG AC290 6-15

SAP AG 2001

/HWWHU/HWWHU

(QWU\�(QWU\�&R&G� ��%(� ��6&�NH\� ��6HWWOHPHQW�XQLW� �%HJLQ�VHWWO��SHULRG��(QG�VHWWO��SHULRG��

(UURUV(UURU�DQDO\VLV&RUUHFW5HSHDW�UXQ

&KHFNWKH�UHVXOWV�!�8SGDWH�UXQ

6LPXODWLRQ

8SGDWH�UXQ 3RVW�VHWWOHPHQW

GRFXPHQWV7UDQVIHU�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV

$GMXVW�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV

$FWLYDWH

)XOO�6HWWOHPHQW

1R�HUURUV

n The following activities are carried out in service charge settlement:

é Determining the total costs for the settlement period for each settlement unit

é Distributing the costs to the lease-outs and rental units

é Determining the surcharges (management costs surcharge or apportionment loss risk)

é Posting the costs share to the tenant accounts (customer receivables)

é Determining advance payments (actual payments) made by the tenant and making a credit transfer(batch input)

é Determining the new advance payments/flat rates based on actual costs and taking into accountany percentage surcharges and minimum amounts for an increase or decrease of the advancepayments.

n Subsequent steps:

é Activating the advance payment/flat rate adjustment

é Printing the correspondence

n For the simulation of service charge settlement, a simulated posting log is displayed (from 4.6C).

© SAP AG AC290 6-16

SAP AG 2001

6HWWOHPHQW�SHULRG��-8/ $8* 6(3 2&7 129 '(& -$1 )(% 0&+ $35 0$< -81��'D\V ��

5HQWDO�XQLW��0U�-RQHV�WR��$3�(OHYDWRU $3�2S��FRVWV��IODW�UDWH�KHDWLQJ�H[S�$3�RS��FRVWV �� IURP��GD\V ��GD\V��GD\V

5HQWDO�XQLW��0U�0LOOHU $3�RSHUDWLQJ�FRVWV $3�KHDWLQJ�FRVWV

5HQWDO�XQLW��)U��%URZQ )ODW�UDWH 2SHU��FRVWV XQWLO��GD\V�� 9DFDQF\��GD\V

([DPSOH��2FFXSDQF\�RI�D�5HQWHG�2EMHFW

n Service charges are apportioned to lease-outs on the basis of settlement factors (such as by area or bythe number of antenna sockets) and on the length of occupancy . The length of occupancy isautomatically determined by data on the lease-out (rental end, notice); varying lengths of months andleap years are also taken into account.

© SAP AG AC290 6-17

SAP AG 2001

Ô ÕÖÖ× ÕØÕÙÖ ÚÕÛÜ ÝÞ

ßàaáßâaáßß<ãäß áßåaáßà

&RVWV�IRU�WKH�VHWWOHPHQW�SHULRG� 86'��WR��

&RVW�FROOHFWRUXQWLO��

&RVW�FROOHFWRU��

&RVW�FROOHFWRUIURP��

5HIHUHQFH�GDWH

3RVWLQJ�GDWH

,QYRLFH

5HIHUHQFH�GDWHp#æ ç�æ è'è p/è�è'èêé��A 7 ��o'8��gë&8��Sì��?��'8=� >Y?7.7.00 520 USD Thorough cleaning of stairs

12.9.00 120 USD Hall cleaning

3.4.00 455 USD Staircase cleaningí æ2î�æ è�p q í èêé��A � ��R2Rg��R ��?��2?��

([DPSOH��&RVWV

n Costs accumulated for a particular settlement period can be evaluated using the Information System(settlement unit postings).

© SAP AG AC290 6-18

SAP AG 2001

[��

$SSRUWLRQPHQWXQLWV

/HQJWK�RI�RFFXSDQF\

5HIHUHQFH�IDFWRU��5)�

&RVWV�SHU5$�58

/LYLQJ�DUHD 1R��RI�GD\V �5)�[��58� Mr Jones 100 100 10.000 100,00

Miss Smith 100 257 25.700 257,0058� Mr Jones 50 365 18.250 182,50

58� Miss Taylor 150 243 36.450 364,50

9DFDQF\ RU1 100 8 800 8,00RU3 150 122 18.300 183,00

��

[[[[[[

7RWDO

([DPSOH��&DOFXODWLRQ

Total costs: $ 1095.00

Costs per reference unit: 1095,00 : 109.500 = 0,010

n The costs per rental unit/lease-out are calculated from the following factors:

é Apportionment factor

é Length of occupancy

é Accrued costs

n The reference factor is made up of apportionment units and length of occupancy in the postingperiod of the settlement period. The total of all reference factors is set in relation to the costs andresults in the cost factor per reference factor unit.

n The specification whether, and to what extent, the costs determined can be passed on to the tenant isin the "Settlement participation"�in the lease-out.

n If reference is made to consumption factors, the apportionment is made using the calculatedconsumption.

n If consumption for the heating expense settlement is not known (if, say, there has been a tenantchangeover and the meter has not been read), the regional location key can be used. This is alsoreferred to as degree day coefficient, heating value days, heating value percentage rates, heatingvalue days, ETH key (Switzerland).

© SAP AG AC290 6-19

SAP AG 2001

3RVWLQJ�3URFHGXUHV��6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQW

*HQHUDO�OHGJHU

ï �g��?��'o

6XEVLGLDU\�OHGJHUð ��?�W�>Y� 7 �g"��ñ�R �#o

ò >Y?��'o

�PSì� 8:�

ó �2R�R ��

� �g"�R >Y�

ï �&�#�� ñ�R ��o

M ë�;&��?'o&�

ïY ��R �'��:��?&�)�&�'�'>��?'8 Ì Æ ÀxÁ vK{gzQ¼ wyu�{yÀKÀ » ¾#wK|» z º {UÃKÃyvKÄ » w�À » ÃK|<Ãï éô��R �'��V��?&��&�'��>Y��?'8

n®�9��W� 8��'�&>Y��?�8

pgè'õ í æ�ö�÷ pxø p/è'õ í æ2ö�÷ pxø

÷�p/øpgù è'õ í ú G%D

O��VKH

HW�DFFRXQ

WV

5HFRQFLOLDWLRQ�DFFWV9HQG

RUV&X

VWRPH

UV

3�/�DF

FRXQ

WV

n 1. Posting of service charges incurredWhen the service charge settlement is being made, the first costs to be determined are those posted tothe settlement unit.

n The text in italics represents account assignment of the particular account assignment object. COaccount assignment is the same as for the FI postings (a debit posting always triggers a debit accountassignment). This is not clearly indicated in subsequent slides due to lack of space.

© SAP AG AC290 6-20

SAP AG 2001


*HQHUDO�OHGJHU

ï �g��?��'o

6XEVLGLDU\�OHGJHUð ��?�W�>Y� 7 �g"��ñ�R �#o ï �&�#�� ñ�R ��o

M ë�;&��?'o&�

ïY ��R �'��:��?&�)�&�'�'>��?'8 Ì�¹ ÀyÁ vK{/z-¼ wyu�{xÀ°ÀK| » zº {�ÃyÃUvyÄxû » wcÀ » Ã}|�Ã

n®�9��W� 8��'�&>Y��?�8

pxè&õ í æ ö�÷9p/ø pxè�õ í æ ö�÷ pxø

÷�pxøpgù è'õ íÈú G

Ì Æ ÀUÁ vK{gzQ¼ wyu�{yÀKÀ » ¾#wK|÷Qq��øýü EþGÿI÷Qq��øpxü�r EþG��

pgù2è'õ í ÷-q'ø ú G

÷Qq��øpxè&è E��] 0Y,/i÷Qq��ø�q í î E�� ú _ 1�s��÷Qq��ø�pxü'q�æ í è E�� 1<*2*-, \

÷Qq�ñ&ø�r�gç�æ í è E�� .gZ&* ]�\

ò >Y?��'o

�PSì� 8:�

ó �2R�R ��

� �g"�R >Y�

%DO��V

KHHW�

DFFRXQ

WV3�/

�DFFRXQ

WV

9HQG

RUV&X

VWRPH

UV

5HFRQFLOLDWLRQ�DFFWV

n 1. Posting of costs incurred

n 2. Settlement unit credit and cost element

a) further allocation to rental agreements

b) no further allocation but result of rental agreements (flat rate)

c) rental agreements cannot be assigned (vacancy)

n Credits are made from a credit account to a cost account and cost collector of the settlement unit.

n The offsetting entries are a result of the distribution determined by the settlement and are posted inthe following manner:

é Costs that are to be passed on to the tenant are assigned to the rental agreements and posted to anaccount "Rental agreement clearing account".

é Costs resulting from rental agreements (flat rates, percentage transfer to landlord) that are not to bepassed on are also assigned to the rental agreements but posted to an account "Clearing account forrental agreements without passed-on costs".

é Costs that have nothing to do with rental agreements (vacancy) are assigned to rental units andposted to an account "Rental units clearing account".

© SAP AG AC290 6-21

SAP AG 2001


*HQHUDO�OHGJHU

ï �g��?��'o

6XEVLGLDU\�OHGJHUò >Y?��'o 7 �g"��ñ�R �#o ï �&�#�� ñ�R ��o

M ë�;&��?'o&�

ïY ��R �'��:��?&�)�&�'�'>��?'8 Ì�¹ ÀyÁ vK{/z-¼ wyu�{xÀ°ÀK| » zº {�ÃyÃUvyÄxû » wcÀ » Ã}|�Ã

n®�9��W� 8��'�&>Y��?�8

pxè�õ í æ ö�÷ pxø pxè�õ í æ ö�÷ pxø

÷�pxøpgù è'õ íÈú G

�� !�#"

÷Qq��øýü EþGÿI÷Qq��øpxü�r EþG��

pgù2è'õ í ÷-q'ø ú G

÷Qq��øpxè&è E��] 0Y,/i÷Qq��ø�q í î E�� ú _ 1�s��÷Qq��ø�pxü'q�æ í è E�� 1<*2*-, \

÷Qq�ñ&ø�r�gç�æ í è E�� .gZ&* ]�\

ó �g"��

�PSì� 8:�

ó �2R<R ��

� �g"�R2>Y� pxè&è ÷Qr'ø E��$��] 0Y,yiq í î ÷Qr'ø E�� ú _ 1ks%�pxü&q�æ í èÈ÷Qr'ø E�� 12*�*k, \

÷Qr&øpxè'è E��$��] 0Y,yi÷Qr&ø�q í î E�� ú _ 1-s&�÷Qr&ø�pxü'q�æ í è E�� 1�*2*Q, \

÷Qr'øpgè'è�æ ö

÷Qr'ø�q í î�æ ö

÷Qr�øp/ü'q�æ í è

%DO��V

KHHW�

DFFRXQ

WV3�/

�DFFRXQ

WV

9HQG

RUV&X

VWRPH

UV

5HFRQFLOLDWLRQ�DFFWV

n 1. Posting of costs incurred

n 2. Settlement unit credit and cost element

a) further allocation to rental agreements

b) no further allocation but result of rental agreements (flat rate)

c) rental agreements cannot be assigned (vacancy)

n 3. Debit to tenant

n Costs that can be passed on to the tenant are posted in the subsidiary ledger to the tenant account andposted as receivables in the general ledger.

n The offsetting entry is in the revenue postings on the rental agreements.

© SAP AG AC290 6-22

SAP AG 2001

'HELW�3RVLWLRQ�DQG�,QFRPLQJ�3D\PHQWV��ZLWK�6&�

%DVLF�UHQW��$3�2SHUDWLQJ�FRVWV��,QFRPLQJ�SD\PHQWV��

ï ��#�� &��ñ�R �'o*HQHUDO�OHGJHU

nc�#o��e�9��#��;'8

��

��' ��o�� e��?'8+�9�g�&��?��

W��?&�'��;��#"�S��?&8�o 7 �9�)(Y��o'8Qo

6XEOHGJHU

n®�'o'89>�S)��

��

-��-�� .��.

��

��- ��-%DODQ

FH�VK

HHW

��DFFRXQ

W

5HFRQFLOLD

WLRQ

��DFFRXQW

5HFRQFLOLD

WLRQ

��DFFRXQ

W

5HFRQFLOLD

WLRQ

��DFFRXQ

W

n Only special G/L transactions that are indicated "payable"�are offset for incoming payments. (In thisexample, the special G/L transaction "J"). The offsetting entries (special G/L transaction K) remainopen (as received advance payments) and are only cleared in the settlement (service chargesettlement, sales-based rent settlement) with the settlement results. Thus the K items are not forsettlement.

n The special G/L indicators in the subsidiary ledger update the special G/L account to which theindicator and the original reconciliation account have been assigned.

n Note the following:

é Special G/L transaction J PXVW be executed as a payable transaction, whereas K PXVW�QRW beexecuted.

é Special G/L transactions have to be classified as A (down payment).

© SAP AG AC290 6-23

SAP AG 2001

*HQHUDO�OHGJHU

��*�+�*-,/.�0 . 1324.

6XEOHGJHU

+52�6�7/8:9;.3,

��

-��-��-��

��.��.��.

<>= ,/[email protected]�7B6

5HFHLYDEOHV�IURP�6&6��$3�2SHUDWLQJ�FRVWV��[��3DLG�$3��

C .4D4. E 0)F G:H .A6

<5I 0)F 1!D�.KJ4FAL 9�. 1�7M6

��.��.��.

+NF463O;,/.)DA. EPJ�7

��

��-��-��-

��

��-��-��-

-��-��-��

%DODQ

FH�VK

HHW�

DFFRXQ

W3�/ DFFRXQ

WV

5HFRQFLOLD

WLRQ

��DFFRXQW

5HFRQFLOLD

WLRQ

��DFFRXQW

5HFRQFLOLD

WLRQ

��DFFRXQ

W

&OHDULQJ�$GYDQFH�3D\PHQWV��7HQDQW�KDV�SDLG�DOO�WKH�WKH�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV��EHIRUH�WUDQVIHU�SRVWLQJ�

n The graphic shows the account balance after the debit position and the incoming payments of theadvance payments. The tenant has paid the advance payments in full. The tenant share of the servicecharges is $527.

© SAP AG AC290 6-24

SAP AG 2001

*HQHUDO�OHGJHU

��*�+�*-,/.�0 . 1324.

6XEOHGJHU

+52�6�7/8:9;.3,

��

-��-��-��

��.��.��.

450

<�= ,Q.4?R2).A647%6

C .4D4. E 0)F G:H .A6

<5I 0)F 1!DA.;J)F�L 9�. 1�7M6

��.��.��.

+NF463O;,/.)DA. EPJ�7

��

��-��-��-

��

��-��-��-

-��-��-��

%DODQFH

450

5HFHLYDEOHV�IURP�VWWO��&UHGLWV�IURP�WUDQVIHUSRVWLQJ��%DODQFH�IRU�WHQDQW��

450 K%DODQFH� ��

450 K

%DODQFH� ��%D

ODQFH�VK

HHW

��DFFRX

QW3�/ DFFRXQ

WV

&OHDULQJ�$GYDQFH�3D\PHQWV��7HQDQW�KDV�SDLG�DOO�WKH�WKH�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV��EHIRUH�WUDQVIHU�SRVWLQJ�


n The graphic shows the account after the transfer posting.

n The tenant has paid the advance payments in full and no open items are remaining in the advancepayments.

n The balance resulting from the service charge settlement is the amount that the tenant still has to payor the amount that the landlord has to pay to the tenant.

n In this example:Service charge share: $527, credit from transfer posting $450, balance for tenant $77

© SAP AG AC290 6-25

SAP AG 2001

*HQHUDO�OHGJHU

��*�+�*-,/.�0 . 1324.

6XEOHGJHU

+52�6�7/8:9;.3,

��

-��-��-��

��.��.��.

C .4D4. E 0)F G:H .A6

<SI 0)F 1)D4.KJ4F�LT9K. 147M6

��.��.��.

+NF463O;,/.)DA. EPJ�7

��

��-��-

��

��-��- -��

-��-��

%DODQFH<�= ,Q.4?R2).A647%6

%DODQ

FH�VK

HHW�DFFRX

QW

5HFRQFLOLD

WLRQ

DFFRXQW

5HFRQFLOLD

WLRQ

DFFRXQW

&OHDULQJ�$GYDQFH�3D\PHQWV��7HQDQW�KDV�127��SDLG�DOO�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV��EHIRUH�WUDQVIHU�SRVWLQJ�


n The graphic shows the account balance after the debit position and the incoming payments of theadvance payments. The tenant has 127�paid the advance payment in full. The tenant share of theservice charges is $527.

© SAP AG AC290 6-26

SAP AG 2001

*HQHUDO�OHGJHU

��*�+�*-,/.�0 . 1324.

â

6XEOHGJHU

+52�6�7/8:9;.3,

��

-��-��-��

��.��.��.


C .4D4. E 0)F G:H .A6

<SI 0)F31)D�.KJ4F�LT9K. 147M6

��.��.��.

+NF463O;,/.)DA. EPJ�7

��

��-��-

��

��-��- -��

-��-��

300

%DODQFH

300

450 K

450 K

150 J

3ODQQHG�$3�q

150 J

5HFHLYDEOHV�IURP�VWWO��&UHGLWV�IURP�WUDQVIHUSRVWLQJ��1R�RSHQ�LWHPV��$3�%DODQFH�IRU�WHQDQW��

<�= ,Q.4?R2).A647%6%D

ODQFH�VK

HHW�DFFRX

QW

&OHDULQJ�$GYDQFH�3D\PHQWV��$FWXDO�3ULQFLSOH


7HQDQW�KDV�127�SDLG�DOO�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV�DQGVHWWOHPHQW�LV�EDVHG�RQ�DFWXDO�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV��DIWHU�WUDQVIHU�SRVWLQJ�


n The tenant has QRW�paid the advance payments in full and there are no open items in the advancepayments.

n The transfer posting of the service charge advance payment is the amount that the tenant has actuallypaid in advance payments (DFWXDO�SULQFLSOH). The indicator "Settlement due to planned advancepayments" is QRW�set.


n In this example:Service charge share: $527, credit from transfer posting 300, balance for tenant 227

© SAP AG AC290 6-27

SAP AG 2001

*HQHUDO�OHGJHU

��*�+�*-,/.�0 . 1324.

6XEOHGJHU

+52�6�7/8:9;.3,

��

-��-��-��

��.��.��.

C .4D4. E 0)F G:H .A6

<SI 0)F 1)D4.KJ4F�L39;. 147M6

��.��.��.

+NF463O;,/.)DA. EPJ�7

��

��-��-

��

��-��- -��

-��-��

450

%DODQFH

450

450 K

450 K

3ODQQHG�$3�â5HFHLYDEOHV�IURP�VWWO��&UHGLWV�IURP�WUDQVIHUSRVWLQJ��2SHQ�LWHPV��$3��%DODQFH�IRU�WHQDQW��

%DODQFH� ��

<�= ,Q.4?R2).A647%6%D

ODQFH�VK

HHW�

��DFFRXQ

W

7HQDQW�KDV�127�SDLG�DOO�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV�DQGVHWWOHPHQW�LV�EDVHG�RQ�SODQQHG�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV��DIWHU�WUDQVIHU�SRVWLQJ�

&OHDULQJ�$GYDQFH�3D\PHQWV��3ODQQHG�3ULQFLSOH



n The tenant has QRW�paid the advance payments in full and there are no open items in the advancepayments.

n The transfer posting of the service charge advance payment is made according to the SODQQHGSULQFLSOH.�The indicator "Settlement due to planned advance payments" is set.We recommend this method if advance payments that are in arrears are not to be cleared by thesettlement (for example, for external heating expense settlement if incoming payments are stillexpected after the M/L tapes have been created).We also recommend this method for the operating costs and sales settlement if legal proceedingshave already been initiated for advance payments that are in arrears and for this reason the paymentsare not to be cleared in the settlement.


n In this example:Service charge share: $527, credit from the transfer posting $450, open items in the advance payment$150, balance for tenant $227

© SAP AG AC290 6-28

SAP AG 2001

&&

á

<�GHS��6WWO�\HDU��70� 7'� $'��6WWO�SHU��

��

<�GHS�6WWO��\HDU707'$'�6WWO�SHU

�� $QQXDOO\

�� $QQXDOO\

��DQG��+DOI�\HDUO\�� 6WDUW�RI�68��<HDU�GHS��

<HDU�GHSHQGHQW6HWWOHPHQW�\HDU7R�PRQWK7R�GD\$QQXDO�GLVSODFHPHQW�6HWWOHPHQW�SHULRG

6HWWOHPHQW�9DULDQW

n A year-dependent settlement variant has to be selected for the year of the first usage.Example: First usage of real estate: 05/01/99

=> Settlement variant "12/31" Year 1999

You choose 05/01/99 as the "Valid from" date of the settlement unit.

For a settlement variant that is not year-dependent and has a "Valid-from"�date of 01/01, the firstfour months are interpreted as vacant and the costs apportioned to the owner.

© SAP AG AC290 6-29

SAP AG 2001

&&

&XVWRPL]LQJ�6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQWV

l %DVLF�VHWWLQJVU VRWAXZY\[�]_^a`bW�c�d\e&c�d#Yfdg]#c#d�]\h Y_[Ai�[gXjd\h&dgi�kU l!d\h�h/m ]#nfkZYfdfi!obk\[fngd�h�^�YbdU p [_h&[�kAYbdf`fm q/m `�hPWah%dg]b[�]f`r^5s [_t

l 6HWWOHPHQW�YDULDQWVl 6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�NH\l $SSRUWLRQPHQW�XQLWV

U u�i�db[rkNq/iPW�Xvtxw�m `#wN[�Y�Y#W�i&hMm W)]fXxdg]\hgqP[f`rhPW)i�kN[Ai�dacgdgiMm y#d\cU z�d\hPdfiPk5{bV|wb[�i�[f`}hPdgiBm k\hMm `}kU ~ dbn4m W)]\[�sbs W�`_[\hMm W)]S��d_^aqPW4i4wfd\[\h/m ]#njyf[As ofdjc#[\^bk

l $FFRXQW�GHWHUPLQDWLRQl $VVLJQPHQW�RI�VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�NH\�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SHVl &RQGLWLRQ�FDWHJRULHV��DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV��IODW

UDWHV�l )ORZ�W\SHV�IORZ�FDWHJRULHVl 5XOHV�IRU�WKH�DGMXVWPHQW

U zxm ]�m X5ogX�[bX5WAoA]\h�kU ~3W4og]fc)m ]#n>i%oAs dbk

l &RXQWU\�VSHFLILFVU u�o\k\h/iBm [�{b��dg]b[�]\hAk\d�i y�m `bdj`fwf[giPngd�kfdrh&hMs dbXadg]bh

n According to the Austria-specific tenant service charge settlement, the tenant who is renting theobject at the time that the tenant service charge settlement is due is obliged to pay. Any advancepayments paid by the previous tenant are credited to the current tenant with the corresponding taxcode.

© SAP AG AC290 6-30

SAP AG 2001

��&UHGLW� ��'HELW�7HQDQW ��7UDQVIHU��68� ��58�/2 ��/2 ��5HFHLYDEOHV ��$GY�SD\PHQW�UHFG�6RXUFH�FRVW�HOHPHQW

Credit-side SUDistrib. acc. clearing MSUDistrib. acc. recip. MSUDistrib. acc. residual costsMSUClearing account LOClearing acc LO w.o. passed-on costsRU clearing accountClearing acc non-deduct inputtaxClearing non-deduct. input tax

)ORZ�W\SH

$FFQW�GHWHUP�IRU�IORZ�W\SH

)ORZ�W\SH

5HIHUHQFH�IORZ�W\SH5HFHLYDEOHV�IURP�VHWWOHPHQW

$FFQW�GHWHUP��IRUUHIHUHQFH�IORZ�W\SH

�FXVWRPHU�WR�UHYHQXH�DFFRXQW�

� E�14FTH64.A7M7�H .)9K.31�7

5HYHQXH�DFFRXQW�Q�G��LQSXW�WD[IRU�UHYHQXH�DFFRXQW

&XVWRPL]LQJ

)ORZ�FDWHJRU\�8$1

&RQGLWLRQ�W\SHDGYDQFH�SD\PHQW

6HUYLFH�&KDUJH.H\

$FFRXQW�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�IRU�6HUYLFH�&KDUJH6HWWOHPHQW

068

068

068

© SAP AG AC290 6-31

SAP AG 2001

$VVLJQ�VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�NH\V�WR�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH&RQGLWLRQ�W\SH� ��6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�JURXS 6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�NH\$3�2SHUDWLQJ�FRVWV ��2SHUDWLQJ�FRVWV)ODW�UDWHV�2& ��2SHUDWLQJ�FRVWV$3�+HDWLQJ�H[S��+HDWLQJ�H[SHQVHV$3�2&�DQG�+( ��*HQHUDO�VHUYLFH�FKDUJHV$3�6WUHHW�FOHDQLQJ��JDUEDJH ��*DUEDJH

��6WUHHW�FOHDQLQJ

$WWULEXWHV�RI�VHUYLFH�FKDUJHV�NH\6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�NH\2SHUDWLQJ�FRVWV��\HV�QR��3URSHUW\�WD[��\HV��(OHYDWRU��\HV��&KLPQH\�VZHHSLQJ��QR

FRUUHVSRQGV�WRVHUYLFH�FKDUJH�JURXSV

��RU��RU��RU��

6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�*URXSV

n The allocation of the conditions for advance payments and flat rates to service charge groups orservice charge keys is the basis for generating the service participation of a lease-out.

n Example: The condition type "Advance payment operating costs" has been defined in the lease-out.In the settlement for a service charge key or a group of service charge keys, costs have beendetermined for this lease-out. All service keys to which the operating costs are assigned are settledagainst the advance payment for operating costs.

n All service charges that are to be included in the heating expenses are settled with the condition typein the lease-out that belongs to service charge group 2.

n If there is only a condition type belonging to service charge group 3 in the lease-out, the settlementas well as the operating costs and the heating expenses are offset against this condition type.

n With this method, the service charges are JURXSHG�and offset against RQH�condition type.If you only want to specify certain service charges against particular condition types, you do notassign a condition type to a service charge group. Instead, you assign one or more service chargekeys to the condition type.

© SAP AG AC290 6-32

SAP AG 2001

6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQW�5HSRUWV

l $SSRUWLRQPHQW�XQLWV� 5HQWDO�XQLWV�DJUHHPHQWV� 5HQWDO�DJUHHPHQWV

E\�WHQDQWV� 5HQWDO�XQLWV�E\�WHQDQWV

l �6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�KHDWLQJ�H[SHQVHVVHWWOHPHQW� 2YHUYLHZ�RI�H[WHUQDO�KHDWLQJ

H[SHQVHV� ,WHPL]DWLRQ�IRU�VHWWOHPHQW�XQLWV� 6HWWOHPHQW�UHVXOW��

�DSSRUWLRQPHQW�UHVXOW�E\�68�RUE\�5$�

� 'LVWULEXWLRQ�RI�VHWWOHPHQW�UHVXOW� &UHGLW�UHFHLYDEOH�5$� %DODQFH�OLVW�UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQWV� $OORFDWLRQ�SHU�WHQDQW� 3RVWLQJ�ORJ�IRU�VHWWOHPHQW

l 1RQ�FXPXODWLYH�YDOXHV� %\�VHWWOHPHQW�XQLWV� %\�VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�NH\� %\�FRVW�HOHPHQWV

l &XPXODWLYH�YDOXHV� $FWXDO�OLQH�LWHPV� &RPPLWPHQW�OLQH�LWHPV

n Call up the following reports to see what data is stored:

é ,QIRV\VWHP�-> 0DVWHU�'DWD�&RQWUDFWV -> 2YHUYLHZV�-> $SSRUWLRQPHQW�8QLWV -> 5HQWDO8QLWV�/HDVH�RXWV

é ,QIRV\VWHP -> ,QIRV\VWHP�6HUYLFH�&KDUJHV��+HDWLQJ�([SHQVHV -> &RQWUROOLQJ�1RQ�&XPXODWLYH9DOXHV -> %\�6HWWOHPHQW�8QLWV

é ,QIRV\VWHP -> ,QIRV\VWHP�6HUYLFH�&KDUJHV��+HDWLQJ�([SHQVHV -> (YDOXDWLRQV�IRU�6HWWOHPHQWV�DQG6LPXODWLRQV -> $SSRUWLRQPHQW�5HVXOW

é ,QIRV\VWHP -> ,QIRV\VWHP�6HUYLFH�&KDUJHV��+HDWLQJ�([SHQVHV -> (YDOXDWLRQV�IRU�6HWWOHPHQWV�DQG6LPXODWLRQV -> 'LVWULEXWLRQ�RI�6HWWOHPHQW�5HVXOW

é ,QIRV\VWHP -> ,QIRV\VWHP�6HUYLFH�&KDUJHV��+HDWLQJ�([SHQVHV -> (YDOXDWLRQV�IRU�6HWWOHPHQWV�DQG6LPXODWLRQV -> &UHGLWV�DQG�5HFHLYDEOHV�E\�/HDVH�RXW

© SAP AG AC290 6-33

SAP AG 2001

6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQW��8QLW�6XPPDU\

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�l ([SODLQ�WKH�VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�SURFHVV�ZLWK

WKH�IROORZLQJ�VWHSV�� Creating the infrastructure� Posting vendor invoices� Implementing the service charge settlement itself� Adjusting advance payments

l /LVW�WKH�IDFWRUV�LQIOXHQFLQJ�WKH�VHWWOHPHQW�XQLW�DQGOHDVH�RXW

l 'HVFULEH�WKH�UHOHYDQW�SRVWLQJV

© SAP AG AC290 6-34

([HUFLVHV

8QLW��6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW7RSLF��6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�,QIUDVWUXFWXUH��6HUYLFH�&KDUJH6HWWOHPHQWAt the conclusion of this exercise, you will be able to:

• Create the infrastructure required for the service charge settlement

• Simulate and execute the service charge settlement

Due to the use of your property, service charges are incurred (waterconsumption, heating expenses, gardening costs, garbage collection andso on). Your tenants make advance payments or flat-rate payments, whichform part of the service charge settlement. You apportion the costs to thetenants according to various apportionment factors (area or number ofpersons).

Note that service charge settlements can only be made for periods oftime that start and finish prior to the date on which you want to postthe service charge settlement.

6-1 Change your business entity by entering a predefined value that is an annualsettlement variant to be used in your settlement units.

6-2 Create two participation IDs: The first one contains two of your rental units and thesecond one contains all three rental units.

6-3 Create a settlement unit (valid from 1 January of the previous year) for property taxand assign this settlement unit to the first participation ID. The costs should beapportioned according to living and usable space (settlement period 1 January to 31December).

6-4 Create a settlement unit for street cleaning and garbage collection and assign thissettlement unit to the second participation ID. The costs should be apportionedaccording to the number of people (same settlement period as above).

© SAP AG AC290 6-35

6-5 Use the mass processing function to generate cost collectors for the settlement unitsfor the period 1 January to 31 December of the previous year.

6-6 Post invoices for property tax and garbage collection for the previous year to G/Laccount 470400 and make an auxiliary account assignment on the settlement units.Use vendor accounts 3450 (tax office) and 3457 (garbage). Specify any invoiceamounts.

6-7 Enter data for the "Persons" DSSRUWLRQPHQW�XQLW�(any number you want) for thelease-outs that participate in the costs of garbage collection (service charge key500).

Change your lease-outs by postgenerating the settlement participation.

6-8 Carry out a debit position for December of the previous year and post the incomingpayments to the three lease-outs participating in the service charge settlement.

6-9 Enter the data for the simulation of the service charge settlement and save thevalues as a variant. Enter "Operating costs settlement" as the document header textand your group number.

Simulate the service charge settlement (for the previous year) for all participatingservice charge keys and check the logs.

6-10 Carry out a full settlement with the "Adjust advance payments?" indicator flagged.

6-11 Display the results in the tenant account sheet or in the customer account.

6-12 Display the "Settlement Result" report. View the result for each settlement unit andlease-out.

6-13 (*) Activate the advance payment adjustments.

6-14 (*) Print the correspondence and display the spool request.

© SAP AG AC290 6-36

6ROXWLRQV8QLW��6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW7RSLF��6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�,QIUDVWUXFWXUH��6HUYLFH�&KDUJH6HWWOHPHQW

Use the three rental units that you have created yourself to carry outthese exercises. Make sure that your rental units have been releasedfor account assignment (status REL). Otherwise proceed as indicatedin the solution for the "Rental Accounting" Unit, Exercise 4-4,"Vacancy Debit Position".

6-1 Accounting → Real Estate Management → Master data → Objects → Businessentity → Change

Reference factors tab

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVPredefined operating costs Yearly, 01/01 to 12/31

Save your entries.

6-2 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�6&6�LQIUDVWUXFWXUH�→3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'�→�0DLQWDLQ

Or:$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�→�6&6LQIUDVWUXFWXUH�→�3DUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'�→�0DLQWDLQ


BE of participating RUs [Your business entity]

ID particip. RUs [Any]


Enter a text.

Choose 6HOHFW�58V. Choose ([HFXWH. Select the required rental units. Choose%DFN� Save your entries.

Repeat for your second participation ID.

© SAP AG AC290 6-37

6-3 Accounting → Real Estate Management → Service charge settlement → SCSinfrastructure → Settlement unit → Create



Service charge key 100

Settlement unit [Any]


Enter a text.

Enter the assignment data for the participating rental units:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVValid from 01.01. previous year

Participtn ID [Your first participation ID]

Choose 6HWWOHPHQW�YDULDQW� Confirm (apportionment unit "12" (living/usablespace) and settlement variant "A001" are assigned to the settlement unit).

Save your entries. The system reminds you that no cost collector has beengenerated. You generate the cost collectors with the mass processing function inExercise 6-5. Alternatively you can generate them with single processing (see alsoExercise 6-5).

6-4 See 6-3



Service charge key 500

Settlement unit [Any]

Use your second participation ID. The system defaults to apportionment unit "04"(persons). Confirm this.

© SAP AG AC290 6-38

6-5 Mass processing:

Accounting → Real Estate Management → Service charge settlement → SCSinfrastructure → Settlement unit → Generate cost collector



Service charge key [Blank]

Settlement unit [Blank]

Start date 01.01. previous year

End date 31.12. previous year

Choose ([HFXWH.

Choose 6HOHFW�DOO. Choose *HQHUDWH. Save your entries.

Single processing (optional):

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�→�6&6LQIUDVWUXFWXUH�→�6HWWOHPHQW�XQLW�→�&KDQJH

Choose &RVW�FROOHFWRU��Select the cost collector for the required settlement periodand choose *HQHUDWH.

Choose %DFN and save your data.

Repeat for your second settlement unit.

6-6 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�→�$FFRXQWV�SD\DEOH�→�'RFXPHQW�HQWU\�→,QYRLFHChoose 7UHH�RQ�if the structure does not already appear on the left.

Double-click screen variant "AC290". The system defaults to G/L account 470400.

Enter:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVVendor 3450 or 3457

Invoice date [Today]

Amount [Any]

Tax code V0 or VN

© SAP AG AC290 6-39

Enter the following data for the debit item:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVG/L account 470400

Amount [As above]

Tax code V0 or VN


Service charge key 100 or 500

Settlement unit [Your settlement unit 1 or 2]

Reference date [Any date in previous year]

6LPXODWH the document.

Choose 3RVW�

6-7 Maintain apportionment units:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→�&KDQJH�→/HDVH�RXW�PDVWHU�GDWD$SSRUWLRQPHQW�XQLWV tab.

Postgenerate settlement participation

Postgenerating is necessary for the training course as the lease-outsare created before the service charge settlement infrastructure.Postgeneration is not normally required as the infrastructure does notusually change and the settlement participation is automaticallygenerated when a lease-out is created.

Individual processing:

In the &KDQJH�/HDVH�2XW screen, choose 6HWWOHPHQW�SDUWLFLSDWLRQ.

A message is displayed in the status line stating that entries have been regenerated.

Save your entries.

© SAP AG AC290 6-40

Collective processing

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�→�6&6LQIUDVWUXFWXUH�→�3RVWJHQHUDWH�VWW��SDUWLFLSDWLRQ)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVCompany code [See "Exercise Data"]


Choose ([HFXWH. Choose 6HOHFW�DOO. Choose *HQHUDWH�VHWWOHPHQW�SDUWLFLSDWLRQ.

If warnings occur, view the error log. You can override the warningsand continue to generate the settlement participation by selecting,JQRUH�ZDUQLQJV in the initial screen.

6-8 Debit position for December of previous year

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�DFFRXQWLQJ�→�3RVWLQJV�→�/2GHELW�SRVLWLRQ�→�([HFXWHSee Exercise 4-1, Rental Accounting unit.

Incoming payment

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�DFFRXQWLQJ�→�,QFRPLQJSD\PHQWV�DFFRXQW�PDLQWHQDQFH�→�,QGLYLGXDO�GRFXPHQW�PDQXDO�LQFRPLQJSD\PHQWSee Exercise 4-2, Rental Accounting unit.

6-9 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�→�6HUYLFHFKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�→�2SHUDWLQJ�FRVWV�→�6LPXODWH

Create variant:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVBusiness entity 1##

Start of settlement period 01.01. previous year

End of settlement period 31.12. previous year

Document type G/L accountdocument

SA

Simulation identification [Any]

Document header text Operating costs stt. ##

Calculate credit/receivables X

Adjust advance payments? X

© SAP AG AC290 6-41

Save (or: *RWR�→�9DULDQWV�→�6DYH�DV�YDULDQW).Enter a variant name and a text (such as your group number).

Save your entries.

You can call this variant by choosing *HW�YDULDQW. This saves having to makemultiple entries if you need to repeat the simulation.

Make sure that the "Start of settlement period" and "End ofsettlement period" fields have the exact number of days (accordingto the cost collectors).

Simulation:

Choose ([HFXWH to start the settlement run. Select all the service charge keys in thenext screen. Choose 6WDUW�VLPXODWLRQ.

If the simulation of the settlement run was successful, choose 5HVXOW. If not, choose(UURU�ORJ.

6-10 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�→�6HUYLFHFKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�→�2SHUDWLQJ�FRVWV�→�([HFXWHChoose your variant (with the *HW�YDULDQW icon) or enter data as for the simulation.

Choose ([HFXWH to start the settlement run. Select all the service charge keys in thenext screen. Choose ([HFXWH�SRVW.If the settlement was carried out successfully, a message appears confirming this.

Note the identification. You can also view the messages under (UURU�ORJ, category2WKHU�PHVVDJHV.

6-11 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�/HDVH�RXW�→�'LVSOD\Enter the lease-out number and confirm.

(QYLURQPHQW�→�7HQDQW�DFFRXQW�VKHHW�or�'LVSOD\�),�FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQW

6-12 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�,QIR�V\VWHP�→�,QIR�6\VWHP�6HUYLFH&KDUJHV��+HDWLQJ�([SHQVHV�→�(YDOXDWLRQV�IRU�6HWWOHPHQWV�DQG�6LPXODWLRQV�→$SSRUWLRQPHQW�5HVXOWEnter data in the 6HWWOHPHQW�LGHQWLILFDWLRQ field.

Choose ([HFXWH. The result for each settlement unit is displayed.

Choose 5HVXOW�SHU�/2.

© SAP AG AC290 6-42

6-13 (*) $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�→6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�→�2SHUDWLQJ�FRVWV�→�$GMXVW�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQW�IODW�UDWH→�$FWLYDWH�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQW�DGMXVWPHQWFill the $GMXVWPHQW�LGHQWLILFDWLRQ field. Use the F4 for this. This defaults a 9DOLGIURP�GDWH.

Choose ([HFXWH.

Choose 6HOHFW�DOO. Choose $FWLYDWH� Confirm your entries.

6-14 (*) $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�→6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�→�&RUUHVSRQGHQFH�→�6HWWOHPHQW

Enter data in the 6HWWOHPHQW�LGHQWLILFDWLRQ field.

Choose ([HFXWH.

Place your cursor on a lease-out and choose 6HWWOHPHQW��LQGLY��Display the spool request (6\VWHP�→�2ZQ�VSRRO�UHTXHVWV). Place your cursor on thespool number and press the 'LVSOD\�FRQWHQWs icon.

© SAP AG AC290 7-1

SAP AG 2001

l 6DOHV�EDVHG�OHDVH�RXWl 6DOHV�EDVHG�UHSRUWVl 6DOHV�EDVHG�UHQW�VHWWOHPHQW

6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW�DQG�6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW6HWWOHPHQW

© SAP AG AC290 7-2

SAP AG 2001

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOHWR�l ([SODLQ�WKH�RSWLRQV�DYDLODEOH�IRU�D�VDOHV�EDVHG�OHDVH�RXW

l /LVW�WKH�VWHSV�UHTXLUHG�WR�FDUU\�RXW�D�VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQW�VHWWOHPHQW

l ([SODLQ�WKH�VLPLODULW\�EHWZHHQ�VDOHV�EDVHGUHQWV�DQG�WKH�SRVWLQJ�ORJLF�DSSOLHG�IRUDGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV�RI�VHUYLFH�FKDUJHV

6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 7-3

SAP AG 2001

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW


,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP


&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUROOLQJ

5HQWDO


0DVWHU�'DWD


© SAP AG AC290 7-4

SAP AG 2001

l <RX�KDYH�PDGH�VDOHV�EDVHG�OHDVH�RXWVDFFRPSDQLHG�E\�WKH�DSSURSULDWH�FRQGLWLRQVZLWK�\RXU�WHQDQWV��7KH�WHQDQWV�UHSRUW�EDFN�WKHLUVDOHV�LQ�SHULRGLF�LQWHUYDOV�

l :KHQ�D�VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQW�VHWWOHPHQW�LV�EHLQJXVHG��SD\PHQWV�DUH�VHWWOHG�ZLWK�WKH�VHWWOHPHQWUHVXOW��,Q�WKLV�FDVH��WKHUH�PLJKW�EH�DQ�DGYDQFHSD\PHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�

6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 7-5

SAP AG 2001

�� ! ��"�$#��&%'��

$GMXVWPHQW�GDWD�9DULDQW�� 9DULDQW��

([DPSOH�� 6DOHV��

��

��

6DOHV�%DVHG�/HDVH�RXW

n You can define multiple sales types for each lease-out.

n The sales terms and conditions can be maintained in a time-dependent manner.

n The reporting intervals and settlement variants can be freely defined.

n You can also make so-called "zero-conditions". That means you can define an advance payment of$0. The settlement is made according to the actual sales at the end of the settlement period.

n Sales conditions can be fixed for minimum sales for each reporting interval and minimum rents foreach settlement period.

n You can also specify a minimum rent for each graduation.

n The sales gradings can be interpreted as amounts (money) or abstract figures (units of measure).

© SAP AG AC290 7-6

SAP AG 2001

6DOHV�%DVHG�/HDVH�RXW�ZLWK�6HYHUDO�6DOHV�7\SHVDQG�6DOHV�$FFRUGLQJ�WR�4XDQWLW\

(�)�*,+,- .$*,/ 01+�*2.23�4 .152670,.�.14(�)�*,+,- .$*,/ 01+�*2.23�4 .152698 :;:13(�)�*,+,- .$*,/ 01+�*2.23�4 .1526<+,- =�:<>1:<-(�)�*,+,- .$*,/ 01+�*2.23�4 .152696 :?02+�=�=�:

$GMXVWPHQW�GDWD�IRU�WKHDGMXVWPHQW�W\SHVDOHV�EDVHG�DGMXVWPHQW

@BA�6 : C$D�E�F�G H�I J�K,C$E2EL�M .14 C$D�E�FNG D�I+,5,3�*�:O:<5<P P P@�A�6 : J$K,Q�E�E2E R�I J2S�T�R�EL�M .,4 J$K,Q�E�E2E C$E�I+1513�*2:�:;59P P P@�A�6 : J�H2E�E�E C$D�I J1C$E�S�EL�M .,4 J�H2E�E�E Q�E�I+15,3�*2:�:;59P P P

6DOHV�UHSRUWV�IRUHDFK�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH

@�A�6 : J�U2T�E�E C�P T�I J,C$E�TL�M .,4 J�U2T�E�E Q,P E�I+15,3�*2:�:;59P P P

V�W 59W X�Y9X

n If you would like to define the rent for lease-outs based on different levels of sales, you need tocreate different conditions for sales-based rent advance payments. You can agree on individualamounts or units (such as hectolitres, dollar amount, units) for each sales-based rent advancepayment.

© SAP AG AC290 7-7

SAP AG 2001

&RQGLWLRQFKDQJH$3�VDOHV

([HFXWH/HDVH�RXWV

8QWHUVFKULIW

$GYDQFH�SD\PHQWV�

3RVWLQJ6HWWOHPHQWUHVXOW

2YHUYLHZ�RI�6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW�6HWWOHPHQW

Z�[�\ ]N^`_a]�b�c�_ede^gf�h�iNij i9kel�mniNo j�j�j o j�jNjj�p kel�mniNo p�j�j o q jNjj�r kel�msl�m�q�o j�jNjo�oBotoNoNo

Z�[�\ ]B^u_�]�b�c�_ed�^�f�h�i rZ�[�\ ]B^v_�]�b�c�_wd�^xf�h�i p

/HDVH�RXW/HDVH�RXW/HDVH�RXW

5HSRUW�RIH[HFXWHG�VDOHVUHSRUWV

��([HFXWH��VDOHV�UHSRUW��6DOHV�VLPXODWLRQ��([HFXWH��VDOHV�VHWWOHPHQW��$GMXVW��DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV

n You have to enter the tenant’s sales reports for sales settlement. You can enter values for severalreporting intervals at the same time.

n You can also make settlements for several settlement periods at the same time.

n If you have not entered the sales data for a sales interval, a memo acts as a reminder.

n After a settlement has been made, you cannot enter any more sales reports.

n You can adjust the advance payments during sales-based rent in the same method as you do foradvance payments for service charges.

n You can enter sales reports for several contracts and conditions on one screen.

n After simulation, the system informs you whether sales reports are available as correct, available butnot saved, or not available.

© SAP AG AC290 7-8

SAP AG 2001

([DPSOH�6DOHV�%DVHG�/HDVH�RXW

$JUHHPHQWV�5HQW�� PRQWK�VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQW5HSRUWLQJ�LQWHUYDO�� (YHU\�TXDUWHU6HWWOHPHQW�YDULDQW� <HDUO\��$JUHHG�VDOHV�JUDGLQJV��y z�{?|B}'~ �N�N�7|7�?{�� WR�� ?{7��~ {B�n{��<��|�}�� |N�?�� WR��HOVH�� 5HSRUWV�

�VW�4XDUWHU��QG�4XDUWHU��7RWDO� ��

6HWWOHPHQW�3D\DEOH �� 3DLG�� y��9��<�7��g�;|�~ {;��|;�B{?�x}w{N�?�w�

5HPDLQGHU�WR�SD\ ��

n The above example shows the relationship between conditions, sales interval, sales gradings agreedupon and settlement period, defined by means of the settlement variant.

n Note that the sales gradings agreed upon are dependent on the settlement period and not on thefrequency that has been agreed upon for the payment of conditions or for the sales reports.

© SAP AG AC290 7-9

SAP AG 2001

*HQHUDO�OHGJHU

��"��

6XEOHGJHU

� �� '��%

��

J 1000J 1000J 1000

1000 U1000 U1000 U

5HFHLYDEOHV�IURP�VDOHV�UHSRUWV��$3�VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQW��[��3DLG�$3��

�� #�! ��

�¡ Z�[�\ ]N^�¢a£�[B^�]�¤�_�]�¥�d

1000 U1000 U1000 U

� ��¦�%'��e��

100010001000

1000 J1000 J1000 J

��

1000 J1000 J1000 J

J 1000J 1000J 1000

3000

%DODQFH

3000

3000 U

3000 U

5HFHLYDEOHV�IURP�VWWO��&UHGLWV�IURP�WUDQVIHUSRVWLQJ��1R�RSHQ�LWHPV��$3�%DODQFH�IRU�WHQDQW��

�¨§©%��ª�� %D

ODQFH�VK

HHW�DFFRX

QWV3�/ DFFRXQ

WV

5HFRQFLOLD

WLRQ

DFFRXQ

W

&OHDULQJ�$GYDQFH�3D\PHQWV

n The transfer posting for sales-based rent settlement is made in the same way as for the service chargesettlement.


n The tenant has paid the advance payments in full and there are no open items in the advancepayments.

n As is the case with the service charge settlement, the transfer posting for the advance payments canbe made according to the actual or planned principle. You have to set the "Transfer posting of APreceivable?" indicator as needed.

n The balance of sales-based settlement and the advance payments made is the amount that the tenanthas to pay or the amount that the landlord has to pay the tenant.(In this example:Receivables from settlement $3527, credit from transfer posting 3000, balance for tenant $527)

© SAP AG AC290 7-10

SAP AG 2001

6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW�6HWWOHPHQW�5HSRUWV

l 5HQWDO�DJUHHPHQWVl 6DOHV

« 6DOHV�SHU�\HDU« 6DOHV�KLVWRU\


• ,QIRV\VWHP�-> 5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ -> 6DOHV�- > 6DOHV�SHU�<HDU• ,QIRV\VWHP�-> 5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ -> 6DOHV�-> 6DOHV�+LVWRU\

© SAP AG AC290 7-11

SAP AG 2001

6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW�6HWWOHPHQW��8QLW�6XPPDU\

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�l 'HVFULEH�WKH�SRVVLELOLWLHV�RI�GHILQLQJ�VDOHV�JUDGLQJV�LQ

D�VDOHV�EDVHG�OHDVH�RXWl /LVW�WKH�VWHSV�UHTXLUHG�WR�FDUU\�RXW�D�VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQW

VHWWOHPHQWl ([SODLQ�WKH�VLPLODULW\�EHWZHHQ�VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQWV�DQG

WKH�SRVWLQJ�ORJLF�DSSOLHG�IRU�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV

© SAP AG AC290 7-12

([HUFLVHV8QLW��6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW�DQG�6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW�6HWWOHPHQW7RSLF��6DOHV�%DVHG�/HDVH�2XW��6DOHV�6HWWOHPHQW


• Create a sales-based lease-out

• Maintain sales reports

• Carry out a sales-based rent settlement

• You have drawn up sales-based lease-outs with your tenants. Thetenants report their sales in periodic intervals. You carry out a sales-based rent settlement at the end of the settlement period. In the sales-based rent settlement, incoming payments are cleared against thesettlement result (derived from the fixed sales gradings and the salesreports).

7-1 Create another rental unit with XVDJH�W\SH "0004 (store)" and a lease-out with FRQWUDFWW\SH "commercial agreement" and DGMXVWPHQW�W\SH "sales-based rent" as of 1 January ofthe previous year. Specify a FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH for "sales-based rent advance payment" of1000 per month, a yearly settlement variant, a six-monthly reporting interval andgraduated sales up to 120,000 - 10%, otherwise 12%. Activate the lease-out.

7-2 Carry out the debit position for period 12 of the previous year. Note the gross amount, thetax amount included and the net amount in the debit position log.

Post the incoming payment (gross amount).

7-3 Create sales reports for the settlement period for a total amount of 130,000.

7-4 Simulate the sales settlement and check the result.

© SAP AG AC290 7-13

6ROXWLRQV8QLW��6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW�DQG�6DOHV�%DVHG�5HQW�6HWWOHPHQW7RSLF��6DOHV�%DVHG�/HDVH�2XWV��6DOHV�5HSRUWV��6DOHV6HWWOHPHQWV

7-1 Create rental unit:

As in Exercises of "Master Data" unit.

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFWV�→�5HQWDO�XQLW→�&UHDWH)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVCompany code [See "Exercise Data"]


Usage type 0004 (Store)



Make an entry in the %XLOGLQJ field.

Use SURILW�FHQWHU 1430.

Enter area data under the $UHDV tab (you do not have to fill the 8QLW and 9DOLGIURP fields).

Choose the &RQGLWLRQV�tab.


Enter a condition for "sales-based rent AP" (&RQGLWLRQV tab).

Press the ,QVHUW�QHZ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH icon. Choose 'LVSOD\�� Choose the condition"sales-based rent AP".

Enter value 1000.



© SAP AG AC290 7-14

Create lease-out:

Accounting → Real Estate Management → Rental → Lease-out → Create

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVCompany code See "Exercise Data"

Business entity Your business entity

Rental unit 5 [the rental unit you have justcreated]


Enter the following data:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVContract type Commercial agreement

Adjustment type Sales-based rent

Rental start 1.1. of previous year


Notice rule 1

Choose 2SWLQJ�UHDVRQ "Opt.§9(2)TrnTxL" under the 3D\PHQW�GDWD tab.

Under the &RQGLWLRQV tab, delete the conditions you do not require.

Double-click condition "sales-based rent AP" to branch to the sales agreementsEnter the following data:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVSettlement variant A001

Reporting interval 06

Sales from [1st line] 0 [blank]

Sales upto [1st line] 120000

% rate [1st line] 10

Sales from [2nd line] 0 [blank]

Sales upto [2nd line] 0 [blank]

% rate [2nd line] 12

Save your entries.

Press the 3DUWQHUV pushbutton to create a tenant with customer account.

Choose role 0600 (master tenant with customer account).

Proceed as in 1-5.

Save your lease-out.

Activate your lease-out (see 2-3).

© SAP AG AC290 7-15

7-2 See "Rental Accounting" unit.

7-3 Accounting → Real estate management → Rental accounting → Sales-based rents→ Sales reports → Maintain


Lease-out [See 7-1]

Condition type 0040

Report from [Blank]

Report from [Blank]

Sales year previous year

Choose your entries in such a way that total sales amount to 130000.

Save your entries.

7-4 Accounting → Real estate management → Rental accounting → Sales-based rents→ Sales settlement → Simulate



Sales types 0040

Start of settlement period 01.01. previous year

End of settlement period 31.12. previous year

Choose ([HFXWH.

Check the result calculated by the system.

© SAP AG AC290 8-1

SAP AG 2001

l *HQHUDO�FRQWUDFW�PDLQWHQDQFH��OHDVH�LQ�l 5HVXEPLVVLRQl &RVWV�GLVWULEXWLRQl 5HODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�REMHFW�DYDLODELOLW\�DQG�OHDVH�LQl 3HULRGLF�SRVWLQJV

&RQWHQWV�

*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW��/HDVH�LQ�

© SAP AG AC290 8-2

SAP AG 2001

l &UHDWH�D�OHDVH�LQ�ZLWK�WKH�UHVSHFWLYH�SDUWQHUV�FRQGLWLRQV�DQG�GHDGOLQHV

l 'HILQH�UHVXEPLVVLRQl 6SHFLI\�WKH�GLVWULEXWLRQ�RI�FRVWV�LQFXUUHG�RQ�WKH

FRQWUDFWl &DUU\�RXW�WKH�SHULRGLF�SRVWLQJ�IRU�\RXU�FRQWUDFWl ([HFXWH�WKH�FRQWUDFW�UHQHZDO

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�

*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 8-3

SAP AG 2001


*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW�7HQDQW�5HQWDO�

,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP


&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUROOLQJ

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW

0DVWHU�'DWD

5HQWDO

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ�*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW��7HQDQW�5HQWDO�


© SAP AG AC290 8-4

SAP AG 2001

l <RX�OHDVH�LQ�UHDO�HVWDWH�REMHFWV�IURP�D�WKLUG�SDUW\�7KH�V\VWHP�KHOSV�\RX�WR�PDQDJH�DQG�PRQLWRU�DOO�WKHUHODWHG�OHDVH�LQV��<RX�ILUVW�FUHDWH�D�OHDVH�LQ�DQGGHILQH�WKH�UHVXEPLVVLRQ�UXOHV�VR�WKDW�WKH�V\VWHPUHPLQGV�\RX�RQ�FHUWDLQ�GDWHV�WR�FKHFN�WKH�FRQWUDFWDQG�UHQHZ�LW�LI�QHFHVVDU\��<RX�DOVR�VSHFLI\�KRZ�WRGLVWULEXWH�WKH�FRVWV�LQFXUUHG�RQ�WKH�FRQWUDFW�WRVXEREMHFWV�

l &DUU\�RXW�D�SHULRGLF�SRVWLQJl 5HQHZ�WKH�FRQWUDFW

*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 8-5

SAP AG 2001

2YHUYLHZ�RI�&RQWUDFW�'DWD

3DUWQHU� /DQGORUG�ZLWK�YHQGRU�DFFRXQW� �� 3DUWQHU�ZLWK�D�YHQGRU�DFFRXQW� $GPLQLVWUDWRU�� DQG�VR�RQ*HQHUDO�GDWD� &RQWUDFW�W\SH��YHQGRU�� 'DWH�RI�FRQWUDFW�FRQFOXVLRQ� 0DLQ�FRQWUDFW� $GMXVWPHQW�W\SH&RQWUDFW�WHUP� &RQWUDFW�VWDUW�DQG�HQG�GDWH� 5HQHZDO�RSWLRQ� 1RWLFH�W\SH�DQG�QRWLFH�UXOH3D\PHQW�GDWD� 'DWH�RI�ILUVW�SRVWLQJ� %XVLQHVV�DUHD� 3URILW�FHQWHU� &XUUHQF\��ORFDO��FRQWUDFW��GLVSOD\�FXUUHQF\�

2EMHFWV� $VVLJQPHQW�RI�H[SOLFLWO\�OHDVHG�LQ�REMHFWV� �+LHUDUFKLFDO�VXEREMHFWV�DUH�DOVR�LPSOLFLWO\OHDVHG�LQ�

&RQGLWLRQV� 3UHDVVLJQPHQWV� 3HULRGLF�FRQGLWLRQV� 2QH�WLPH�FRQGLWLRQV� 'XH�GDWH� 3DUWQHU�RU�FRVW�FHQWHU�SHU�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH5HVXEPLVVLRQ� 5HVXEPLVVLRQ�UXOHV� 5HVXEPLVVLRQ�UHDVRQV� 6WDUW�GDWH&RVWV�GLVWULEXWLRQ� 'LVWULEXWHG�WR�REMHFWV� $FFRUGLQJ�WR�HTXLYDOHQFH�QXPEHU1RWHV� 6HQG�REMHFW�ZLWK�QRWH

© SAP AG AC290 8-6

SAP AG 2001

&RQGLWLRQV�DQG�3HULRGLF�3RVWLQJV

'HILQLQJ�FRQWUDFW�FRQGLWLRQVSHU�FRQWUDFW ��SHU�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH��3UHDVVLJQPHQWV��3HULRGLF�FRQGLWLRQV ��'XH�GDWH

��2QH�WLPH�FRQGLWLRQV ��3DUWQHU�RU� ��&RVW�&HQWHU

&DVK�)ORZ

3HULRGLF�SRVWLQJV

n You may use the default values when you create new condition items.

n You can specify one-time conditions as well as periodic conditions.

n You can specify an exact due date for each condition item. Note that the due date you choose has tolie within the validity period.

n Example: Frequency 1, month of January => Possible due date from 01/01 to 01/31 ! The systemautomatically calculates the next due dates.

n For each condition type, you can assign a partner or, in the case of in-house rental, a cost center.

n The cash flow is generated from the condition items.

n The planned records that are due become open items in the periodic posting run.

n You can make one-time postings for customers and vendors. An additional account assignment takesplace in the general contract. The customer or vendor for the posting is determined from accountdetermination of the cash flow used.

© SAP AG AC290 8-7

SAP AG 2001

5HVXEPLVVLRQ

5HVXEPLVVLRQ�UXOHV5HVXEPLVVLRQ�UXOHV

6WDUW�GDWH6WDUW�GDWH

5HVXEPLVVLRQ�GDWH5HVXEPLVVLRQ�GDWH

5HVXEPLVVLRQ�UHDVRQV5HVXEPLVVLRQ�UHDVRQV

�� !#"$&%(' �*),+#-�.�"0/ %2143 �657"*89!#:;),<;!>=#),+9-?<@�9=6-!A+ 3$CB "D)7: 3 �0-;! %21 !0E�!�<F5 %G' �H)I+#-?.#"$&%(' �*),+#-�.�"0/ %2143 �657"*89!#:;),<;!J<F!�+�!6K(�� $ML !0"�N�87�PO "9"�O ),+>),+>=#),+#-�<@�9=6-�"�-;�A<;- 3 �0-F!

��7�Q�� !9"$&%(' �*),+#-�.9"0/ %R143 �65�"J89!#:;),<;!S=#),+�-?<;�9=0-!A+ 3$CB "S)7: 3 �0-;! %21 !6E�!A<F5 %T' �*),+#-�.#"$&%(' �*),+#-�.9"0/ %R143 �65�"J89!#:;),<;!*<;!A+�!0K(�A $ML !#"�N�87�QO "�"�O )U+D),+H=#),+#-�<@�9=6-�"9-;��<;- 3 �0-F!

�� !#"$&V !A+9!�<;�A #<@!#"�N�87�QO "�"�O ),+$&W .9!9=AX4<F!�+�!6KY�� $&W .9!9=AX4<F!�ZUO ),+9�� 9 )�=#�0-�O ),+$&W .9!9=AX[=#),+ 3 O -�O )U+#"

��7�Q�� !9"$&V !A+9!�<;�A #<@!0"�N87�QO "9"�O ),+$&W .9!�=AX\<;!A+�!0KY�� $&W .9!�=AX\<;!9ZUO ),+��A # )�=9�0-�O ),+$&W .9!�=AX(=#),+ 3 O -�O ),+#"

5HSRUW

3DUDPHWHUV3DUDPHWHUV$M] �0-F!�^_57!#�A<�^#�H)I+#-�.$M` O Z,N�<@!0"$Ma )�), !9�A+4E7�A �N9!0"

$M] �#-b!7^_5�!#��<�^#�*),+#-�.$M` O Z,N�<@!0"$Ma )�), !��A+\EA�A �N9!0"

n You can define your own rules for resubmitting contracts. For instance, you can check all thecontracts in the system in which the contract terms are due to expire. A report selects these contractson a specific date and displays them to the user. To do so, the system uses the settings defined in thecontract master data, such as the contract term and notice dates (period or deadline regulation) andchecks the resubmission dates. You can assign several rules to each contract, such as a renewal ruleor a check of conditions.

n This function supports the following business processes:

é Contract renewals

é Contract processing (for instance checking conditions, rent adjustment)

é Giving notice on contracts

n After processing the particular business process, you can mark the resubmission as being completed.

© SAP AG AC290 8-8

SAP AG 2001

&RQWUDFW�5HQHZDO

5HQHZDO�RSWLRQV5HQHZDO�RSWLRQV

6HWWLQJVc &KDQJHDEOHc 2ZQ�DSSURYDO�UHTXLUHGc 3DUWQHUV�DSSURYDO�UHTXLUHG

6HWWLQJVc &KDQJHDEOHc 2ZQ�DSSURYDO�UHTXLUHGc 3DUWQHUV�DSSURYDO�UHTXLUHG

'DWHc 1HZ�FRQWUDFW�HQG�GDWH'DWHc 1HZ�FRQWUDFW�HQG�GDWH 5HSRUW

��5HQHZDO�GDWD��5HQHZDO�GDWD

,QGLYLGXDOSURFHVVLQJ

([DPSOH��$Q\�QXPEHU�RI�WLPHV�E\�RQH�\HDU�

© SAP AG AC290 8-9

SAP AG 2001

'LVWULEXWLRQ

��

��7RWDO7RWDO ��

&RQWUDFW2EMHFWV

5HQWDO�XQLW5HQWDO�XQLW

%XLOGLQJ%XLOGLQJ

5HQWDO�XQLW5HQWDO�XQLW

,I��WKHQ�DOO�FRVWVGLVWULEXWHGWR�FRQWUDFW

,I�QRW�HTXDO�WR��WKHQ�FRVWVGLVWULEXWHG�WR�REMHFWV

&RQGLWLRQV

��

)UHHO\�GHILQDEOH�EDVH�HTXLYDOHQFH�QXPEHUV��H�J��

(TXLYDOHQFH�QR��RI�GLVWULEXWLRQ

n For each condition type, you can decide if costs are to be distributed to the objects, and therespective cost share per object. This lets you distribute costs correctly to the objects according towhere they are incurred. This also lets you post costs to a settlement unit and to pass these on to thevarious rental units and contracts in the service charge settlement.

n The following functions are available:

é Generate distribution: the costs are distributed evenly to the assigned objects (each cost has thesame equivalence number)

é Simulate distribution: overview of posting results

é Distribution overview: overview of the object and contract share

n You can specify a time limit for the distribution date.

n If you change the distribution, no subsequent postings are made. If the costs distribution wasincorrect, you have to cancel the periodic postings or the single documents. (If conditions arechanged retroactively, follow-up postings are made in the same way as the debit position.)

© SAP AG AC290 8-10

SAP AG 2001

&RQWUDFW�+LHUDUFK\��6FKHPDWLF�'LVSOD\

Lease-in (vendor)

Subcontract - cleaning (vendor)

Building 1

Subcontract - elevator maintenance (vendor)

Building 1

Business entity 0815

Building 1

Rental unit 1

Rental unit 2&RQWUDFWV2EMHFWV

Lease-out 1

Lease-out 2

n You can use the contract hierarchy to assign different contracts to a main contract.

n The hierarchy displays the contracts that exist for each Real Estate object. If a building should comeup for sale, it is easy to check if a contractual obligation exists on the planned selling date.

n You can also see at a glance if any dependencies exist between contracts; for instance, you canimmediately recognize if contracts have to be terminated on a certain date.

© SAP AG AC290 8-11

SAP AG 2001

/HDVH�LQ�DQG�$YDLODELOLW\

7LPH�GHSHQGHQW�DWWULEXWHV�WKDW�GHVFULEHWKH�DYDLODELOLW\,I�DQ�REMHFW�LV�OHDVHG�LQ��WKH�´OHDVH�LQ��DWWULEXWH�LVDXWRPDWLFDOO\�VHW�IRU�WKLV�REMHFW�DQG�DOO�LWV�VXEREMHFWV�LQWKH�REMHFW�KLHUDUFK\

$WWULEXWHV�l ,Q�RZQ�SRUWIROLRl /HDVH�LQl 1RW�DYDLODEOHl 3DUWO\�XQDYDLODEOHl $YDLODEOH

2EMHFWV�%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\%XLOGLQJ3URSHUW\5HQWDO�XQLW d e e fg

d e e fhd e e fij k l m n g o p q

n You can display and change the availability of Real Estate objects (business entity, building,property, rental unit).

n If the object, or a superior object in the hierarchy, is leased-in, the system automatically sets theavailability status to ”lease-in". You can only change the status indirectly when you create or changethe lease-ins.

n If a newly created object (that first receives the attribute "In own portfolio for whole period") isincluded in a lease-in, the object is automatically identified as being ”leased-in" for the lease-inperiod as well as being "Not available" for the rest of the period.

n Note how availability affects the rental process: you can only rent objects with status "In ownportfolio", ”lease-in" or "Available". You cannot rent objects that are "Not available" or "Partlyunavailable".

© SAP AG AC290 8-12

SAP AG 2001

r#s6t r6u0t swv_v6v x syt�szr#t {6r_r6| x syt�sz{#t {_r#s xr#s6t r9syt swv_v6v

},~�~6� ��G� �w��~z��b� � �,��T��w��I� �w��2��w��

� �� 9�� ? 6WDWXV

��w~w�z�y�b� � ��R�w�R� �z� � ��¡�� ¢��y�#��£_�_� � �6�_� �

� �? ��

¤ �6� ��w��

� ��

¢��z�#��£y�_� � �6�y� �

3HUPLWWHGSURFHVVHV�z��~w�z��

� �� z�_� ¥ ��¦w�� z�_�§7�_�w��_�

��¦w�� z�y� ¥�� 6�

§��_�w��_� �z��~��z�� z�_� ¥��¦�� w�_�

2ZQHUVKLSUHODWLRQVKLS¨y¦y�� w�6�

�y�2�z� � ~_©0� �¨y¦z�� w�6��y�2�z� � ~6©6� �

ª �2�z� � ~_©0� � ¨z¦z�� 0��y�R�w� � ~6©0� �

([DPSOH

5HODWLRQVKLS�%HWZHHQ�$YDLODELOLW\�DQG�/HDVH�,Q

n The following factors affect the availability of a Real Estate object with regard to lease-in and rental:

é Change of ownership

é Construction work

é Change of contract term

n The status of the object directly affects the permitted rental process. The function guarantees that anobject can only be rented as long as it belongs to the landlord or is leased-in (in other words,available). The object availability function helps the user to manage the Real Estate objects. Theobject availability function helps the user to process and manage the Real Estate objects.

© SAP AG AC290 8-13

SAP AG 2001

] O "#-�<�O�8�N#-�O ),+] O "#-�<�O�8�N#-�O ),+

/HDVH�LQ/HDVH�LQ

a N�"�O�+9!0"9"S!�+#-�O -�O !9"a N�O� 3 O�+�ZA"«¬<@),�9!�<F-�O !0"L !A+#-F�A �N�+�O -b"

a N#"�O�+�!0"#">!A+#-�O -�O !0"a N�O� 3 O�+7Z7"«¬<@),��!A<F-�O !0"L !A+9-b�� 9N�+�O -b"

� �0�w� � �z�� #�w� � �z��V !A+9!A<@�A =#)I+#-�<F�7=6-V !�+�!A<;�A =9),+#-�<@��=6-

¬®#¯6°A±y²9³6°�²9´µ®0¯6°�±z²�³y°b²�´

«��<F-�+9!A<«�A<F-�+9!�<

¶·!�+ 3 ),<¶¸!�+ 3 ),<

W ),+ 3 O -�O ),+�"•),+9!�¹�-�O �>!

•�9!A<�O ) 3 O =º@<;!9=�N�<�<�O�+�Z�»

W ),+ 3 O -�O ),+#"•),+9!7¹�-�O �>!

•�9!A<�O ) 3 O =º@<@!9=AN�<�<�O�+�Z�»

/HDVH�LQ�2YHUYLHZ

n You use the "general contract" with a vendor view to map the lease-in process.

n The lease-in may be the main contract for other general vendor contracts.

n You create a business partner for the contract and assign a vendor to the partner. In the case ofinternal lease-ins, a cost center is used instead of a business partner.

n You assign Real Estate objects to the lease-in.

n The conditions can either be agreed on periodically (recurring) or on a one-time basis.

n You can define how costs are distributed to lower level objects in the object hierarchy.

© SAP AG AC290 8-14

SAP AG 2001

� �0�w� � �z�� #�w� � �z��V !A+9!A<@�A =#)I+#-�<F�7=6-V !�+�!A<;�A =9),+#-�<@��=6-

¬®9¯6°7±_²�³y°b²#´µ®#¯6°A±y²�³y°b²9´

*HQHUDO�FRQWUDFW*HQHUDO�FRQWUDFW

«��A<F-�+9!A<«��A<;-�+9!A<

W ),+ 3 O -�O ),+#"•),+7!�¹�-�O �H!

•�9!�<�O ) 3 O =4º@<@!9=AN�<�<�O�+�Z�»

W ),+ 3 O -�O ),+9"•)U+9!7¹�-�O �*!

•��!�<�O ) 3 O =4º?<;!9=7N<�<�O�+7Z�»

127(��¼A��R��6�6�y�w��½2�0�·�;©��2�w�0½(�6� �� _�w��y�w� � �0��~�~T�_¡9§A��0�w¨_~��b�w��~¸�2� �F©·�@©��R�_��~w��0½T� � £#� ��_¡y�@©w�2�y�6�w� � �6�� w��0��~¾~w�#½2�¿��R¡F�0��;� ��~yÀ�~6�y�y©2��~¾�F©w�~z� � £6� ��R�_©�� 6�·~w��F� �y½2�6��#�_�y��6�_�0� � ��F� ��¾�_�y�G�y¡�¡�� ½R�_�z��6�z½R�_��bÀ�� T�w�_�6~0�6�0�� y�6Á¼A��¾~��F� � �w©z��£y�·��\��~y�¸�@©�� ~��z��9�9��z��0¡�� F©z��~y�¸¡F�6�y��F� �9�w~yÁ

¶µ!�+ 3 ),<¶¸!A+ 3 )I<

W N#"9-@)��*!A<W N9"#-@)��*!A<

] O "#-�<�O�8�N#-�O ),+] O "#-�<�O�8�N#-�O ),+

a N�"�O�+9!0"9"S!�+#-�O -�O !9"a N�O� 3 O�+�ZA"«¬<@),�9!�<F-�O !0"L !A+#-F�A �N�+�O -b"

a N#"�O�+�!0"#">!A+#-�O -�O !0"a N�O� 3 O�+7Z7"«¬<@),��!A<F-�O !0"L !A+9-b�� 9N�+�O -b"

*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW�2YHUYLHZ

n The general contract is a flexible contract that supports different rental views:

é Vendor (lease-in)

é Customer (for instance the hiring of rights, such as rights of way)

é Vendor/creditor (for instance lease-in with subsequent hiring of rights)

n The different views are defined by the contract type.

n The lease-in only maps customer rental processes. The general contract can map customer ANDvendor rental processes.

© SAP AG AC290 8-15

SAP AG 2001

*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW��/HDVH�2XW��'LIIHUHQFHV

/HDVH�RXW� &RQWUDFWXDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�ZLWK�58�RQO\� 5HIHUHQFHV�H[DFWO\�RQH�UHQWDO�XQLW�DW�DQ\RQH�WLPH

� 7HQDQW�LV�FXVWRPHU� 'HELW�SRVLWLRQV� 5HFHLYDEOHV��LQFRPLQJ�SD\PHQWV� 5HVXEPLVVLRQ� 5HQHZDO� 1RWLFH� 5HQW�DGMXVWPHQW� 6HUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW

/HDVH�LQl &RQWUDFWXDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�%(�%8��35��58

l 6HYHUDO�REMHFWV�FDQ�EH�DVVLJQHG�LQ�VDPHSHULRG

l /DQGORUG�LV�YHQGRUl 3HULRGLF�SRVWLQJVl 3D\DEOHV��RXWJRLQJ�SD\PHQWVl (QKDQFHG�UHVXEPLVVLRQl (QKDQFHG�UHQHZDOl 2QH�WLPH�FRQGLWLRQVl 0DLQ�FRQWUDFWV�FDQ�EH�FURVV�FRPSDQ\FRGH

How does a general contract differ from a lease-out?

n The contractual relationship is not limited to the rental unit. Relationships can exist with otherobjects, such as the business entity.

n A lease-out references one rental unit only. A general contract may reference several objects.

n A lease-out "occupies" a rental unit in the sense that at any one time only one lease-out can exist fora rental unit. This does not apply to the general contract: at any one time several contracts can existfor one and the same object. General contracts can map different legal relationships of the object(such as lease-in, a contract with a property security company or certain rights that have beenassigned with regard to the object).

n As with the debit position for the lease-out, periodic postings can be carried out on the generalcontract. Vendor or customer postings can be made. It is also possible to make a G/L account postingand distribute the costs to the objects involved. The rules for distributing the costs are defined in thecontract.

n The general contract has enhanced functions to monitor deadlines and to define renewal options.

n Resubmission dates can be defined for the general contract. This ensures that certain activitiesdefined in the contract (such as notice) are processed in good time.

n Main contracts can be specified across company codes in the general contract, rather than just usingcontract numbers.

© SAP AG AC290 8-16

SAP AG 2001

&XVWRPL]LQJ�*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFWV��/HDVH�,Q�

&&l 1XPEHU�UDQJHVl &RQWUDFW�W\SHV

Â 2EMHFWV��GLVWULEXWLRQÂ 3UHDVVLJQPHQWVÂ )LHOG�VWDWXV�FRQWURO

l 5HVXEPLVVLRQÂ 5HVXEPLVVLRQ�UHDVRQVÂ 5HVXEPLVVLRQ�UXOHV

l 1RWLFHÂ 1RWLFH�UXOHVÂ 1RWLFH�UHDVRQV

l 5HQHZDO�RSWLRQVl $FFRXQW�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ

© SAP AG AC290 8-17

SAP AG 2001

*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW�5HSRUWV��/HDVH�,Q�

l &RQWUDFW�GDWDl &RQWLQJHQFLHVl 3RVWLQJ�ORJ��l 7RWDO�UHFRUGVl /LQH�LWHPV

n From release 4.6C, you can create sets for a general contract. The sets help you to call up reportsrelating to the general contract.

© SAP AG AC290 8-18

SAP AG 2001

l &UHDWH�D�OHDVH�LQ�DQG�PDNH�WKH�QHFHVVDU\�VHWWLQJVIRU�VXEVHTXHQW�SURFHVVHV��FRQWUDFW�UHQHZDO�UHVXEPLVVLRQ��QRWLFH��SHULRGLF�SRVWLQJV�

l &DUU\�RXW�WKH�DERYH�SURFHVVHV

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�

*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW��8QLW�6XPPDU\

© SAP AG AC290 8-19

([HUFLVHV8QLW��*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW7RSLF��/HDVH�,Q


• Create a lease-in with conditions and deadlines

• Define resubmission rules

• Specify the distribution of costs and revenues incurred on the contract

• Carry out a periodic posting for your contract

• Renew the contract

You lease in real estate objects from a third party. The system helps you tomanage and monitor all the related lease-ins.

First create a lease-in and define the resubmission rules so that the systemreminds you on certain dates to check the contract and renew it ifnecessary.

Specify how to distribute the costs incurred on the contract to subobjects.

Carry out a credit position.

Renew the contract.

8-1 Create a lease-in and carry out the following steps:

8-1-1 Enter a text for your contract.Use "Meyers Real Estate AG" as your landlord with a vendor account.

Under the *HQHUDO�GDWD tab, enter any date for the contract conclusion andDGMXVWPHQW�W\SH "Free adjustment".

8-1-2 Specify that the contract starts on 1 January of the previous year and ends of 31December of the current year. Choose the renewal option "Three times for oneyear, 4 months as often as wanted". Enter the business area under the 3D\PHQWGDWD tab.

8-1-3 Assign the contract to a business entity.

8-1-4 Fix a "basic rent vendor" condition type. Choose any amount. Maintain the taxindicator "VN".

© SAP AG AC290 8-20

8-1-5 Enter resubmission rule "R01" ("As of date &1 every &2 months") where &1=[today’s date] and &2 = "1" and choose a resubmission reason.

8-1-6 Distribute the costs and revenues equally among all the objects.

8-1-7 Activate and save your contract.

8-2 Release the objects assigned to the contract and the objects to which costs and revenuesare to be distributed for account assignment. (This is a prerequisite of the periodicposting.)

Carry out a periodic posting (credit position) to generate open items for the month ofJanuary of the previous year.

8-3 Resubmit your contract.

In the selection screen, choose the value [one year from today] for the 5HVXEPLVVLRQGDWH�WR field so that dates occurring in the future are also displayed.

Branch to contract display and set the status of the resubmission to complete.

8-4 Renew your contract.

© SAP AG AC290 8-21

6ROXWLRQV8QLW��*HQHUDO�&RQWUDFW7RSLF��/HDVH�LQ

8-1

8-1-1 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�JHQHUDO�FRQWUDFW�→&RQWUDFW�→�&UHDWHContract details:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVContract type Lease-in (vendor)

Company code [See "Exercise Data"]


Enter a contract text.

Partner maintenance:Under the 3DUWQHU tab, press the 3DUWQHU�PDQDJHPHQW pushbutton.

Press the &UHDWH�SDUWQHU icon.

Choose role 0602 (landlord with a vendor account).

Enter the 1DPH "Meyers*".


Save and choose %DFN.

General data:

*HQHUDO�GDWD tab, &RQWUDFW�FRQFOXVLRQ and $GMXVWPHQW�W\SH fields.

Additional information: If you wish to create a landlord with a vendoraccount and this role does not yet exist, proceed as follows:

First create the vendor and then the contract.

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�)LQDQFLDO�DFFRXQWLQJ�→�$FFRXQWV�SD\DEOH�→�0DVWHUUHFRUGV�→�&UHDWH)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVCompany code [See "Exercise Data"]

Account group Vendor

Reference vendor 100106

Reference company code 1000

Enter the name and address of the vendor and save your entries.

© SAP AG AC290 8-22

Note the number of the vendor that you have created.

Open a new session to create the contract.

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�JHQHUDO�FRQWUDFW�→&RQWUDFW�→�&UHDWH)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVContract type Lease-in (vendor)



Under the 3DUWQHU tab, press the 3DUWQHU�PDQDJHPHQW pushbutton.

Press the &UHDWH�SDUWQHU icon.

Choose role 0602 (landlord with a vendor account).

Fill in the name and address fields. Enter the number of the vendor you havecreated under *RWR�→�*HQHUDO�GDWD�→�&RQWURO.Save your entries. (If you receive the message "Vendor XXXX is not linkedto customer YYYY", ignore it). Note the number of the customer that youhave created. Change to the session where you created the vendor andchoose 9HQGRU�→�&KDQJH. Enter the customer under *RWR�→�*HQHUDO�GDWD→�&RQWURO� Go back to the first session and continue to create the contract.

End of additional information

8-1-2 7HUP tab:

Enter dates in the &RQWUDFW�VWDUW and &RQWUDFW�HQG fields.


Make an entry in the $XWRPDWLF field.

3D\PHQW�GDWD tab:

Enter the value 9100 in the %XVLQHVV�DUHD field.

8-1-3 2EMHFWV tab, choose object W\SH "BE", confirm; choose your business entityin the 2EMHFW column with the input help, confirm.You can also enter a value without using input help. Your data input has tobe in the form XXXX/YYYY, where XXXX represents the company codeand YYYY the number of your business entity. Example: 1000/2 representscompany code 1000 and business entity 2.

8-1-4 &RQGLWLRQV tab.

Choose ,QVHUW�QHZ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH.

Choose %DVLF�UHQW�YHQGRU and &RQWLQXH.

Enter the condition amount and the tax indicator. Confirm.

© SAP AG AC290 8-23

8-1-5 5HVXEPLVVLRQ tab.

Enter the value "R01" in the 5O (Resubmission rule) field. Confirm yourentries. Choose the 5XOH�SDUDPHWHUV�icon. Enter today’s date in the6WDUWLQJ�GDWH field and "01" in the /HQJWK�RI�SHULRG field.


Choose "General resubmission" as 5HVXEPLVVLRQ�UHDVRQ.

Choose 5HJHQHUDWH�GDWHV.

8-1-6 'LVWULEXWLRQ tab.

Enter the 9DOLG�WR date (end of your contract term).

Enter 100 as the %DVH�HTXLYDOHQFH�QXPEHU.

Choose ,QVHUW�REMHFW.Choose the ([SDQG�REMHFW icon.

Press the *HQHUDWH�GLVWULEXWLRQ icon.

8-1-7 Save your contract. Press the &KDQJH�icon. Confirm your entries. Press the$FWLYDWH icon. Save.

8-2 Account assignment:$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�7RROV�→�$FFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQW�→$FFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQW�DSSURYDOChoose object class 5HQWDO�XQLWV. Enter the number of your business entity in the%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\ field.

Choose ([HFXWH. Press the 6HOHFW�DOO icon. Press the 5HOHDVH pushbutton. Save yourentries.

Repeat this procedure for object classes %XVLQHVV�HQWLWLHV and %XLOGLQJV.

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�JHQHUDO�FRQWUDFW�→3RVWLQJV�→�3HULRGLF�SRVWLQJVSimulate the procedure:

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVMonth for posting run 01

Year for posting run [Previous year]


Contract [Your contract]


The 'XH�GDWH�and the field of the posting parameters have been filled by thesystem.

Choose ([HFXWH.

If the simulation is correct, carry out the procedure as an update run.

To do this, deselect the 6LPXODWLRQ indicator in the initial screen.

© SAP AG AC290 8-24

Choose ([HFXWH.

In the next screen, press the 3RVWHG�GRFXPHQWV pushbutton.

Choose %DFN�

8-3 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�JHQHUDO�FRQWUDFW�→3URFHVVHV�→�5HVXEPLVVLRQ)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVCompany code [See "Exercise Data"]

Contract number [Your contract]

Resubmission date to [A year from today]

Choose ([HFXWH.

Choose 'LVSOD\.

Choose %DFN�Change the status of the first entry to "resubmit complete".

Save your entries.

Choose %DFN�

8-4 Accounting → Real estate management → Real estate general contract →Processes → Renewal


Contract number [Your contract]

Choose ([HFXWH.

View the values in the fields )LUVW�FRQWUDFW�HQG and &XUUHQW�FRQWUDFW�HQG.

Select the date you wish to renew in the renewal date table and press the icon([HFXWH�UHQHZDO.View the values again in the fields )LUVW�FRQWUDFW�HQG and &XUUHQW�FRQWUDFW�HQG(the current end was extended) .

Save your entries.

Choose %DFN�

You can also set a date to "complete" in the contract screen under the5HVXEPLVVLRQ tab. You can also renew a contract in the contractscreen under the 7HUP tab by pressing the ([HFXWH�UHQHZDO icon.

© SAP AG AC290 9-1

SAP AG 2001

&RQWHQWVl (QWHUSULVH�&RQWUROOLQJ��⇒�3URILW�FHQWHUl &RQWUROOLQJ�⇒�&RVW�FHQWHUV�DQG�5HDO�(VWDWH

REMHFWV�DV�FRVW�REMHFWV

&RQWUROOLQJ

© SAP AG AC290 9-2

SAP AG 2001

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOHWR�l /LVW�WKH�&RQWUROOLQJ�REMHFWV�XVHG�LQ�5��5HDO

(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQWl 'HVFULEH�WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�5HDO

(VWDWH�REMHFWV�DQG�SURILW�FHQWHUVl ([SODLQ�KRZ�WR�FDUU\�RXW�FRVW�DQG�UHYHQXH

SODQQLQJ�RQ�5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFWVl 'HVFULEH�KRZ�WR�VHWWOH�5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFWV�RQ

RWKHU�DFFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQW�REMHFWV

&RQWUROOLQJ��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 9-3

SAP AG 2001

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW

,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP


&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

5HQWDO



0DVWHU�'DWD

&RQWUROOLQJ


© SAP AG AC290 9-4

SAP AG 2001

l ,Q�\RXU�&RQWUROOLQJ�REMHFW��\RX�ZDQW�WR�SODQFRVWV�DQG�UHYHQXHV��FRPSDUH�WKHP�ZLWK�WKHDFWXDO�YDOXHV�DQG�FRPPLWPHQW�YDOXHV�

l <RX�PDNH�DQ�DFWXDO�SRVWLQJ��IRU�H[DPSOH��LQ3ODQW�0DLQWHQDQFH�RU�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�ZLWK�5HDO�(VWDWH�DFFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQW�DQGLQWHUQDO�FRVW�DOORFDWLRQ�

l <RX�ZDQW�WR�PDNH�D�VHWWOHPHQW�IURP�LQGLYLGXDO&RQWUROOLQJ�REMHFWV�WR�RWKHUV��IRU�H[DPSOH��IURPPDLQWHQDQFH�RUGHUV�WR�D�EXLOGLQJ��

l <RX�XVH�3URILW�&HQWHU�$FFRXQWLQJ�IRU�\RXU(QWHUSULVH�&RQWUROOLQJ�

&RQWUROOLQJ��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 9-5

SAP AG 2001

&RQWUROOLQJ�2YHUYLHZ

&RVW�HOHPHQWV

��'LUHFW�FRVWV �2YHUKHDG�FRVWV

2UGHUV

3URMHFWV

�� ! �� "�# ��$��% ��& �'��(�� ')�* ��+� � ,-��#�.�� /0 �� ,��#��'��! �'�

&RVW�FHQWHUV

3URILW�FHQWHU

132&4 4 5 2�6�2�784

9�:3:<;3:<:>=�;@?<A

n Real Estate Management is linked to Controlling via cost elements.

n We distinguish between direct costs and overhead costs.

n You can assign direct costs to an object.

n You post overhead costs to cost centers.

n You can carry out a cost center assessment on Real Estate objects.

n You can assign profit centers to all objects. The profit centers are updated when postings are made.

n You can settle costs of CO objects to other CO objects.

© SAP AG AC290 9-6

SAP AG 2001

5(�REMHFWVB8C�D.EGF�H.IKJML�N�O.N.IQP�NRL(NKCKS�TQS N�IGF(U•�%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\•�%XLOGLQJ•�3URSHUWLHV•�5HQWDO�XQLW•�/HDVH�RXW•�*HQHUDO�FRQWUDFW•�68�FRVW�FROOHFWRU•�0DQDJHPHQW�FRQWUDFW

&ODVVLF�&2�REMHFWV•�&RVW�FHQWHU V '��.�� ' � �� W•�2UGHU

FIFI

PSPS

PMPM

COCO

Order

MMMM

&2�2EMHFWV�LQ�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW

RERE

LO revenue

n Cost and revenue objects belong to internal Controlling; they are referred to as CO objects oraccount assignment objects. These may also be Real Estate objects, in addition to the "classic"Controlling objects (cost center, order).

n The link between internal accounting (Controlling) and external accounting (Financial Accounting)is established by assigning cost elements and revenue elements to accounts.

n You update the costs and revenues on Real Estate objects by entering postings in FinancialAccounting with auxiliary account assignment on a Real Estate object in the same way as for otherpostings with account assignment.

© SAP AG AC290 9-7

SAP AG 2001

3ODQQLQJ

%XLOGLQJ

2EMHFW�FRQWUROOLQJ�VFHQDULR��&RVW�DQG�UHYHQXH�SODQQLQJ

3ODQ� ��&RPPLW��$FWXDO3ODQW�PDLQW��P��

1RQ�DSSRUW��P�� VHUYLFH�FKDUJH

'LU�LQW�$$��D��JDUGHQHU�

5HQW��P��

B(XRU�XYHQIQZ�[&B8H�U.H.P�F(D�X\Z�]_^ HQIQIQS!IK`

-RE-RESODQQLQJSODQQLQJa�bdc `.H.L+JQNQI�N.L

n You plan costs (plant maintenance, administration, service charges, and so on), revenues (rent) andactivities for each Real Estate object and cost element.

n You can enter plan values manually, or copy them. The following functions are available:

é Actual to plan

é Plan to plan

é Cash flow lease-out to plan

You find the functions under:

Real Estate Management -> Controlling -> Planning -> Planning Aids -> Copy.

n You can use MS EXCEL to support your planning activities. To do so, you have to flag "IntegratedExcel"" for the planning layout in question. If you then call up the planning activity you require withthe respective planning layout, MS Excel is automatically launched. Alternatively, you can do yourplanning offline and upload the data into the system.

© SAP AG AC290 9-8

SAP AG 2001

'LUHFW�$FWXDO�3RVWLQJ

%XLOGLQJ

2EMHFW�&RQWUROOLQJ�6FHQDULR��'LUHFW�DFWXDO�SRVWLQJ�DFFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQW

(QWHUSULVH&RQWUROOLQJl3URILW�&HQWHU$FFRXQWLQJ

3ODQ� ��&RPPLW��$FWXDO��

1RQ�DSSRUW�� VHUY�FKDUJHV ��

5HQWV� �� /2�$��/2�D� �� /2�%��/2�E� �� /2�&��/2�F� � ��

0000

3URILW�FHQWHU

e�T�J.H�F(N

5(5(

n The actual values are derived from postings with account assignment on Real Estate objects.

n If Real Estate account assignment has been specified for an order, the system generates acommitment.

n Costs and revenues of the Real Estate objects are aggregated in reporting on the highest hierarchicallevel applicable (Lease-out -> Rental unit -> Building/Property -> Business entity).(The graphic illustrates that rent revenue resulting from lease-outs can be displayed as cumulativevalues on the level of the building.)

n If the Real Estate objects are assigned to profit centers, these are updated when postings are made.

© SAP AG AC290 9-9

SAP AG 2001

'LUHFW�,QWHUQDO�$FWLYLW\�$OORFDWLRQ

%XLOGLQJ

2EMHFW�&RQWUROOLQJ�6FHQDULR

��'LUHFW�LQWHUQDO�DFWLYLW\�DOORFDWLRQ


3ODQ� ��&RPPLW $FWXDO

'LU��LQW��$$��H�J��JDUGHQHU�

&2&2 f bYc3URILW�FHQWHU

e�T�J.H�F(N

n The actual costs on the objects are derived from the activity consumption that is entered in COactivity allocation, for which a sender cost center and a receiver Real Estate object have to bespecified.

© SAP AG AC290 9-10

SAP AG 2001

6HWWOHPHQW

%XLOGLQJ

2EMHFW�&RQWUROOLQJ�6FHQDULR��6HWWOHPHQW�IXQFWLRQ


3ODQ� ��&RPPLW��$FWXDO3ODQW�PDLQW��

��

5HQWV58�$��/2�D�58�%��/2�E��58�&��/2�F�

3030

3URILW�FHQWHU

e�T�J.H�F(N

n Costs collected for an object can be settled on other CO objects.

n In the CO settlement, you can periodically settle costs collected on Real Estate objects to one ormore CO account assignment object.

n Settlement rules must be clearly defined for each object. You can define equivalence figures,percentage rates or absolute amounts. Settlements can be made on several objects; not all costs haveto be settled completely.

n Apart from settling Real Estate objects to other account assignment objects (such as from a buildingto a cost center (RE -> CO)), you can also settle costs from other CO objects to Real Estate objects(such as from a PM order to a building or lease-out (PM -> RE)). In the latter case, you have todefine the settlement rule in the PM objects.

n The graphic illustrates the settlement of costs from PM to RE. A PM order for USD 8000 (say, forpainting the exterior of a building) is settled on the building, and another PM order for USD 500 issettled on the rental agreement for carrying out repairs for which the tenant is responsible.

n The graphic also illustrates that the costs settled between the PM order and the lease-out are not onlydisplayed on the lease-out but also on the building.

© SAP AG AC290 9-11

SAP AG 2001

%XLOGLQJ

2EMHFW�&RQWUROOLQJ�6FHQDULRV��&RVW�DQG�UHYHQXH�SODQQLQJ��'LUHFW�DFWXDO�SRVWLQJ��'LUHFW�LQWHUQDO�DFWLYLW\�DOORFDWLRQ��6HWWOHPHQW�IXQFWLRQ


3ODQ� &RPPLW�$FWXDO3ODQW�PDLQW��P��

��1RQ�DSSRUW��P�� VHUY�FKDUJHV ��

'LU��LQW��$$��D�� H�J��JDUGHQHU�

5HQWV� ��P�� 58�$��5$�D� �� 58�%��5$�E� ��

�� 58�&��5$�F� � ��

B(XRU�XYHQIQP�HQ^�[.B�H�U�H.PGFgD�XdH�FgS ChTQ^ H.IQIQS�I.`

&2&2

0000

3030

-RE�-RE�SODQQLQJSODQQLQJaGbdc `.HQL�J�N.I�N.L

f bYc3URILW�FHQWHU

e�T�J.H�F(N

5(5(

5HDO�(VWDWH�&RQWUROOLQJ��2YHUYLHZ

© SAP AG AC290 9-12

SAP AG 2001

5HDO�(VWDWH�3URILW�&HQWHU��3&�

6WDQGDUG�SURILW�FHQWHU��FRPSDQ\�KLHUDUFK\

$OWHUQDWLYH�SURILW�FHQWHU�KLHUDUFK\

i0j.k�l m.k�n�odpi0j.k�l m.k�n�orqi0j.k�l m.k�n�orsi0j.k�l m.k�n�out

v.wyx(z!{�wyl�k w}|�~GnG~GoG�Kx�� 8�(�+�+�(�� +� �� 3�� 8�� +�8�� g�G��i0j.k�l mQk n�o��i0j.k�l mQk n�o��i0j.k�l mQk n�o��i�jQk�l m.k�n�o��

vQw�x(z�{(wyl�k wh|�~�n�~�oG�Kx�i� � �8��+��(� �� +�� (�&� ��+� �g�&� ��8� � � �&�

� wQ�d��~Kn

¡£¢Q¤ ¥ ¦Q¤�§�¨ª©¡£¢Q¤ ¥ ¦Q¤�§�¨¬«¡£¢Q¤ ¥ ¦Q¤�§�¨¬¡£¢Q¤ ¥ ¦Q¤�§�¨¬®

¯�°�±�¤�¥ ¤ ²&³�´µ°K§�°�¨K¶K·G¸¹ º »&¼�½+¾+¿(¼�À Á+Â »�Ã ¾gº<¾gÁ!Ä »8Å&Æ ¼Ç À Æ È�É8À º Ê Å(¾8¿+Ë+À Æ À ¾3¿�À ¿(Ì(Í¡0¢.¤�¥ ¦.¤�§�¨rÎ¡0¢.¤�¥ ¦.¤�§�¨ÐÏ¡0¢.¤�¥ ¦.¤�§�¨rÑ¡0¢.¤�¥ ¦.¤�§�¨ÓÒ

ÔKÕy·(²!Ö+Õy¥�¤ Õ}´×°�§G°G¨G¶K·y¡¹ º »(¼�½(¾g¿�¼(À Á+Â »Ã ¾+º@¾gÁ!Ä »(Å&Æ ¼Ç À Æ È+¾+Ø8Æ@É(À º Ê Å�¾+¿�Ë+À Æ À ¾g¿gÀ ¿(Ì(Í

Ù Õ.ÚdÛG°K§³

n A profit center is a subarea of a company responsible for its own results. Information about thesuccess of this company subarea is available in Profit Center Accounting.

n The assignment of profit centers to Real Estate objects ensures that the assigned profit centers areautomatically updated for all postings to these Real Estate objects.

n If no assignment has been made for the account assignment object, the assignment for the superiorobject in the hierarchy is used.

n The profit center reports can be displayed in a standard hierarchy and also in alternative profit centerhierarchies.

© SAP AG AC290 9-13

SAP AG 2001

&RQWUROOLQJ�5HSRUWV

l &RQWUROOLQJ�REMHFWV�LQ�5HDO�(VWDWH0DQDJHPHQW�E\�REMHFWV�WHQDQWV�RZQHUV�FRVW�HOHPHQWV�Ü ]yN.LÝS DQJÞD�O.N.L8O�S N�ßYà�áâC�FÝP�H.^ ã�C�DyXRXäS F�XRN.IGF(E.ãKTQ^ H.IÜ ]yN.LÝS DQJÞCGD�XMT�HQLÝS E�D�I�à�á×C�FgP�HQ^�ã�CGD�XMXäS FgXdN�IGF8EKã�T�^ HQIÜ å NGH.LyDKO�NQL(O�S N�ßYà�áâC�F3P�H.^�ãGCGD�XÞXMS FÝXdNQIGF8EKã�Ty^ H.IÜ å NGH.LyC�D�X\T�H.LÝS E�D�Iyà�á-C�F@P�H.^ ã�C�D�XÞXäS F+XYNQIGF�EKã�TQ^ H�IÜ á×C�F3P�H.^ [�CGD�XMXMS F+XdNQI�F(E�[(T�^ HQI�[�OKH.LÝS H�I�C�NGEÜ á×C�F3P�H.^ [!H.L�N�HYPQI�S FÜ á×C�F3P�H.^ [!H.TQT�D_L8FÝS D_IKXdNQIGF_PQI�S F

l /LQH�LWHPV��$FWXDO��FRPPLWPHQWV��SODQ

l 3URILW�&HQWHU�$FFRXQWLQJæ 3ODQ��DFWXDO�FRPSDULVRQVæ 3HULRG�FRPSDULVRQVæ .H\�ILJXUHV�52,æ /LQH�LWHPV�GLVSOD\æ 6WDWLVWLFDO�NH\�ILJXUHVæ 0DVWHU�GDWD�OLVWæ 9DULRXV�OLVW�RULHQWHG�UHSRUWV


• &RQWUROOLQJ�6HWWOHPHQWV -> &RQWUROOLQJ�5(�2EMHFWV�-> 1RQ�&XPXODWLYH�9DOXHV -> 2QH�&XUUHQF\-> %\�2EMHFWV -> $FWXDO��3HULRG�&RPSDULVRQ

• &RQWUROOLQJ�6HWWOHPHQWV -> &RQWUROOLQJ�5(�2EMHFWV�-> 1RQ�&XPXODWLYH�9DOXHV -> 2QH�&XUUHQF\-> %\�&RVW�(OHPHQW -> $FWXDO��3HULRG�&RPSDULVRQ

• &RQWUROOLQJ�6HWWOPHQWV -> &RQWUROOLQJ�5(�2EMHFWV -> &XPXODWLYH�YDOXHV -> $FWXDO�/LQH�,WHPV• 3URILW�&HQWHU�$FFRXQWLQJ -> /LVW�2ULHQWHG�5HSRUWV -> 3URILW�&HQWHU�*URXS� 4XDUWHUO\

&RPSDULVRQ�RI�$FWXDO�'DWD• 3URILW�&HQWHU�$FFRXQWLQJ�-> ,QWHU�$FWLYH�5HSRUWLQJ�-> 3URILW�&HQWHU�*URXS� &RPSDUH�$FWXDO

4XDUWHUV�2YHU��<HDUV

© SAP AG AC290 9-14

SAP AG 2001

&RQWUROOLQJ��8QLW�6XPPDU\

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�l /LVW�WKH�&RQWUROOLQJ�REMHFWV�XVHG�LQ�5��5HDO�(VWDWH

0DQDJHPHQWl 'HVFULEH�WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFWV

DQG�SURILW�FHQWHUVl ([SODLQ�KRZ�WR�FDUU\�RXW�5HDO�(VWDWH�SODQQLQJl 'HVFULEH�KRZ�WR�VHWWOH�5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFWV�RQ�RWKHU

DFFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQW�REMHFWV

© SAP AG AC290 9-15

([HUFLVHV

8QLW��&RQWUROOLQJ7RSLF��3URILW�&HQWHU��&RVWV�DQG�5HYHQXHV�RQ�5HDO�(VWDWH2EMHFWVAt the conclusion of this exercise, you will be able to:

• Evaluate Controlling and Profit Center reports

You want to evaluate periodic reports by Real Estate object and by costelement. You also want to implement exception reporting.

Your company intends to implement Profit Center Accounting. You usethe information system to view the effect of postings on the profit center.

9-1 View the following reports in the Info System for the previous year (in which yourpostings were made):

9-1-1 Controlling - Non-Cumulative Values - Several Currencies - Objects -Actual Period Overview

In the selection screen, choose "Classic drilldown report" as the output type.

Enter the selection criteria for your business entity; call up the report via aset.

Branch to the CO and FI documents on which the revenues from your lease-outs are posted.

Navigate from the object view to the cost element view. Display the reportby cost element group "RE_ALL". Scroll through the columns of the report("All object types", "Business entities", "Properties", "Buildings", "Rentalunits", ...).

Make a selection of all business entities if you want to evaluate a largedataset.

9-1-2 Controlling - Cumulative Values - Actual Line ItemsBranch to the FI documents.

© SAP AG AC290 9-16

9-1-3 (*) Create an exception for the report "Actual: Period Overview" forJanuary of the previous year. Specify that objects with revenues of at least Xappear green and revenues below Y appear red. Choose the values for X andY in such a way that the values are either marked red or green or not.Expand the hierarchy.Change to a display with no hierarchy.

9-2 (*) For your building, plan cost elements of the cost element group "RE_ALL" forthe current year.

Also for your building, plan work for cost center 4100 (Technical service &maintenance) using activity type 1410 (Repair hours) for the current year.

View the results in the Info System.Report: Actual/Commitments/Plan/Variances.

9-3 What profit centers are assigned to your rental units?

9-4 View the profit center report:

List-Oriented Reports - Profit Center Group: Quarterly Comparison of Actual Data

© SAP AG AC290 9-17

6ROXWLRQV8QLW��&RQWUROOLQJ7RSLF��3URILW�&HQWHU��&RVWV�DQG�5HYHQXHV�RQ�5HDO�(VWDWH2EMHFWV

9-1

9-1-1 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�,QIR�V\VWHP�→&RQWUROOLQJ�6HWWOHPHQWV�→�&RQWUROOLQJ�5(�2EMHFWV�→�1RQ�&XPXODWLYH9DOXHV�→�6HYHUDO�&XUUHQFLHV��&RQYHUVLRQ��→�%\�2EMHFWV�→��$FWXDO�3HULRG�2YHUYLHZSelection via sets, see Solution to Exercise 2-6, "Rental" Unit.


Fiscal year [Previous year]

Currency [See "Exercise Data"]

Output type Classic drilldown report

Choose ([HFXWH.

Branch to the documents:

Expand the hierarchy. Place your cursor on a revenue of a lease-out itemand choose &DOO�XS�UHSRUW. Choose 'RFXPHQW to display the FI documentand 'HWDLOV to display the line item.

Switching to cost element view:

Double-click on &RVW�HOHPHQW (in the navigation field) and then on 2EMHFWto change the view. Press the +LHUDUFK\ icon and then choose the value5(B$// as &RVW�HOHPHQW�JURXS.


Scrolling through the columns:

Press the 1H[W�FROXPQ icon to display the next column.

9-1-2 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�,QIR�6\VWHP�→&RQWUROOLQJ�6HWWOHPHQWV�→�&RQWUROOLQJ�5(�2EMHFWV�→�&XPXODWLYH�9DOXHV→�$FWXDO�/LQH�,WHPVEnter an appropriate posting date.

Choose ([HFXWH.

© SAP AG AC290 9-18

9-1-3 Call up the report.Select the -DQXDU\ column and choose ([WUDV��!�&UHDWH�H[FHSWLRQ� Selectthe &ROXPQ option and confirm. Define your own text for the exception inthe next screen and determine the threshold conditions:

Lower threshold Upper threshold---------------------------------------------------------------------

Active Active

Threshold value X- Y-

Color Green Red

Condition Less than or equal to Greater than or equal to

Choose ([SDQG.

Choose +LHUDUFK\ and then +LHUDUFK\�VHOHFWLRQ. Choose the value "Nohierarchy".

Please note:

If you save your report definition, the exception and the hierarchy displayare also saved and can be used every time you call up reports.

9-2 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�&RQWUROOLQJ�→�3ODQQLQJ�Å�&RVW�DQGDFWLYLW\�LQSXWV�→�&KDQJHCost element planning:

Press the 1H[W�OD\RXW icon to change the layout displayed to layout "1-J01-2"(Buildings: cost elements standard).

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVVersion 0

From period 1

To period 12

Fiscal year [Current year]



Buildings 1

Cost element [lower costelement field, should be “Costelement group”]

RE_ALL

Entry "Form-based"

Press the 2YHUYLHZ�VFUHHQ�icon.

© SAP AG AC290 9-19

Enter your values. Press the 3HULRG�VFUHHQ icon. The planned values have beendistributed equally.

Save your entries.

Activity type planning:

Press the 1H[W�OD\RXW icon to change the layout displayed to layout "1-J02-2"(Buildings: activity input, standard).

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVVersion 0

From period 1

To period 12

Fiscal year [Current year]



Buildings 1

Sender cost center 4100

Sender activity type 1410

Entry "Form-based"

Press the 2YHUYLHZ�VFUHHQ�icon.

Enter a value. Press the 3HULRG�VFUHHQ icon. The planned values have beendistributed equally.

Save your entries.

Calling report:

$FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�,QIR�6\VWHP�→&RQWUROOLQJ�6HWWOHPHQWV�→�&RQWUROOLQJ�5(�2EMHFWV�→�1RQ�&XPXODWLYH�9DOXHV�→6HYHUDO�&XUUHQFLHV��&RQYHUVLRQ��→�%\�2EMHFWV�→$FWXDO�&RPPLWPHQWV�3ODQ�9DULDQFHCheck that the fiscal year is correct.

In the selection screen, choose &ODVVLF�GULOOGRZQ�UHSRUW as the output type.

Choose ([HFXWH.


© SAP AG AC290 9-20

Switching to cost element view:

Double-click on &RVW�HOHPHQW (in the navigation field) and then on 2EMHFW tochange the view. Press the +LHUDUFK\ icon and then choose the value 5(B$// as&RVW�HOHPHQW�JURXS.


9-3 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�0DVWHU�GDWD�→�2EMHFWV�→�5HQWDOXQLW�→�'LVSOD\Confirm your entries.

9-4 Accounting → Real Estate Management → Info System → Profit CenterAccounting → List-Oriented Reports → Profit Center Group: QuarterlyComparison of Actual Data

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVControlling area 1000 [See "Exercise Data"]

Fiscal year [Previous year]

Profit center or value(s) 1410 - 1480

Choose ([HFXWH.

Press the 1DYLJDWLRQ�RQ�RII�icon�

© SAP AG AC290 10-1

SAP AG 2001

&RQWHQWV�l 3ODQW�0DLQWHQDQFH�⇒�XVLQJ�IXQFWLRQDO�ORFDWLRQVl 3URMHFW�6\VWHP�⇒�SURMHFWV��SURMHFW�VWUXFWXUH�HOHPHQWV�l 0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�⇒�2UGHUV�ZLWK�DFFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQW�RQ5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFWV

l $VVHW�$FFRXQWLQJ�⇒�DVVHWV�DQG�GHSUHFLDWLRQ

,QWHJUDWLRQ

n Refer to the following units for other aspects of integration:

é Profit centers -> Enterprise Controlling -> Controlling unit

é Cost centers and Real Estate objects as account assignment objects -> Controlling unit

é General ledger and auxiliary ledger accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Rental Accounting unit

é Document link -> Cross-Application Functions unit

© SAP AG AC290 10-2

SAP AG 2001

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOHWR�l /LVW�WKH�FRPSRQHQWV�DQG�WKH�UHODWHGHOHPHQWV��DSDUW�IURP�),�DQG�&2��WKDW�DUHLQWHJUDWHG�ZLWK�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW

l 'HVFULEH�ZKHUH�WR�ILQG�WKHVH�LQWHJUDWHGHOHPHQWV�DQG�KRZ�WR�SURFHVV�WKHP

,QWHJUDWLRQ��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 10-3

SAP AG 2001

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ

6HWWOHPHQW


,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP

7D[HV��&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUROOLQJ

0DVWHU�'DWD

5HQWDO

5HQWDO�$FFRXQWLQJ

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW

,QWHJUDWLRQ


© SAP AG AC290 10-4

SAP AG 2001

l <RX�DUH�SODQQLQJ�PDLQWHQDQFH�WDVNV�IRU�\RXU5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFWV�RQ�WKH�EDVLV�RI�DPDLQWHQDQFH�SODQ��<RX�QRZ�KDYH�WR�HQWHU�WKHXQVFKHGXOHG�PDLQWHQDQFH�WDVNV�DULVLQJ�IURP�DPDWWHU�VXFK�DV�DQ�XQDQWLFLSDWHG�PDLQWHQDQFHUHTXHVW�

l <RX�RUGHU�PDWHULDO�RU�ODERU�IRU�WKH�PDLQWHQDQFHWDVN�

l <RX�DUH�SODQQLQJ�D�QHZ�GHYHORSPHQW�RUH[WHQVLYH�PDLQWHQDQFH�WDVNV�

l <RX�ZDQW�WR�XVH�WKH�$VVHW�0DQDJHPHQWIXQFWLRQ�IRU�\RXU�5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFWV�

,QWHJUDWLRQ��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 10-5

SAP AG 2001

/LQN�WR�0DVWHU�'DWD

%(35�%858/2

$GU[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[

[��

[� � ��

�� !#"%$&� ')( +*,"-�� .� +/�" ,'&$102� 3 45(%� ,')(� #"76 .8/�$(% 9/�:<;="+*,'�'>!#(?'�� 3( @ /+AB"%$=C8@ "7D+"@E/�:F;)"�*F'�� B'G!#" !� "�$=(�$=*�!,0�H7'&!#"I"% +'&$ 0I.=/�$'&!+"�!�� J�!+"$)C8@ "?D�"%@E/�:K;8"+*,'�� 3')(LF" I.=/�$"ED#(�@ M#(7'&� /� N�O�P�Q�� 9*+/�R,0�� ,J�-#� .(� I"% +'&$ 02� 3S #/%'%",T�R�@ � *#� 'G@ 0S45(+6",H7'&!#"9"� +'&$ 05.=/�$�'>!7"!�� J�!+"$)C8@ "?D�"%@E/�:K;U"+*E'�� 3I')(%L?"�

[ V9WUWKXZY1[ � W �]\^� Y � W �_��]`�ab` [#c �� W �ed ` �� Y=[�f � g�h,i g�h7hEi jlkZkmn kZg�i mn kFo p<jqkZk�rFi jZrs,t s i u<v)o w?xZjFp<w jFitt wyi t uFkZwExljFp<w jFiz7{ zEn p<xlw1o u7p<rF|l| uExZrlw1o u+p}5m#~ } uEi=��?i1jZr<�lhFuF��p�kZw)i n xqw n i jm� m�n k?o pFjZkZk�jKpKw)o w �s#� s iyuE�Fj<i w �m� mn o | hEo p<�� j<p<w r<| n p?o w{?� { jZrlkZj<� u n w

%XV$U 3& &&WU $VVHW )/�:%6

� � � ��

n This graphic gives you an overview of the linking and integration possibilities existing in themaster data.

© SAP AG AC290 10-6

SAP AG 2001

)XQFWLRQDO�3URFHVV�LQ�30�6\VWHP

30�KLVWRU\

30�SODQQLQJ30�UHTXLUHPHQW�QRWLILFDWLRQV

5HVRXUFHV

5HSRUWV

0DLQWHQDQFH�SODQV

,QWHUQDODFWLYLWLHV0DWHULDO ([WHUQDO

DFWLYLWLHV

30�RUGHUV

'LUHFWRUGHUFUHDWLRQ

8QVFKHGXOHG�PDLQWHQDQFH��6FKHGXOHG�PDLQWHQDQFH

0DOIXQFWLRQ�UHSRUWV

n The PM maintenance functions support regular maintenance work as well as tasks arising frommalfunction reports.

n For detailed information, refer to Course LO100.

© SAP AG AC290 10-7

SAP AG 2001

3ODQW�0DLQWHQDQFH��5(�⇔�30�

5( 30

%8

5HQWDOXQLW

5HQWDOXQLW

%XVLQHVVHQWLW\

)XQF�ORF

)XQF�ORF�

)XQF�ORF�

)XQF�ORF�

)XQF�ORF�)XQF�ORF�)XQF�ORF�

$FWXDO3ODQQHG

&RPSOHWLRQ�FRQILUPDWLRQ

30�RUGHU

� � � ��

� � � ��

n The administrative aspect of the maintenance task settlement is made in the PM component. Thestructure of the plant maintenance objects has to be established according to the plant maintenanceview.

n The Real Estate objects have to be appropriately linked to functional locations. The individualmaintenance tasks are represented by orders for functional locations.

n You can plan the costs for the maintenance order.

n When you create a PM order (for instance, a malfunction report), the planned costs are automaticallygenerated from the estimated duration of the task for the required activity type.

n The completion confirmation triggers the change of planned costs to actual costs.

n The orders appear in Real Estate Management reports.

© SAP AG AC290 10-8

SAP AG 2001

5HODWLRQVKLS�%HWZHHQ�5(�0DVWHU�'DWD�DQG�30

l $VVLJQPHQW�RI�IXQFWLRQDO�ORFDWLRQV�WR�5HDO�(VWDWHREMHFWV� %XVLQHVV�HQWLW\� 3URSHUW\� %XLOGLQJ� 5HQWDO�XQLW

l 2SWLRQV� $VVLJQPHQWV�PD\�EH�PDGH�EXW�DUH�QRW�DXWRPDWLFDOO\XSGDWHG

� )XQFWLRQDO�ORFDWLRQ�LV�FUHDWHG�DXWRPDWLFDOO\� )XQFWLRQDO�ORFDWLRQ�LV�FUHDWHG�DQG�XSGDWHG�DXWRPDWLFDOO\

l ,W�LV�SRVVLEOH�WR�UHVWULFW�WKH�DVVLJQPHQW�WR��IRU�HDFKREMHFW�W\SH

� � � ��

n The assignment of Real Estate objects (business entity, property, building and rental unit) tofunctional locations can be restricted to a 1:1 relationship for each object type. Every time you assigna functional location to a Real Estate object, the system checks to see if a relationship already existsbetween this functional location and another Real Estate object.

n It is also possible to create functional locations for Real Estate objects automatically. You mayspecify if the system should simply create and assign a functional location or if it should be updatedeach time the Real Estate object is changed. Example: If you choose to make automatic assignments,the system takes account of the Real Estate object hierarchy; this means that the functional locationhierarchy is adapted accordingly; if you now change the assignment of a building or you change thebuilding hierarchy itself, the functional location hierarchy is updated automatically.

n Menu path in Customizing: 5HDO�(VWDWH�B�%DVLF�6HWWLQJV�B��6HW�/LQN�WR�3ODQW�0DLQWHQDQFH�B'HWHUPLQH�/LQN

© SAP AG AC290 10-9

SAP AG 2001

3URMHFW�6\VWHP�,QWHJUDWLRQ��5(�⇔�36�

&RQVWUXFWLRQ�SURMHFW

:%6 :%6

:%6

:%6 :%6 :%63URMHFW

3ODQ�FRVWV�EXGJHWLQJDQG�SRVWLQJ

6HWWOHPHQW

��3,3#"E'�M �6#"$*#/� +3,'G$&M+*,'&� /� &RVW�FHQWHU

5(�REM��%(�

5(REM�

)LQLVKHG�DVVHW

([WHQVLYH�PDLQWHQDQFH

5(�REMHFW $VVHW

%(

%8

58

��'G!,"�$��/�:<;="�*F'�1 +*%$y"+(73#"�� D�(�@ M+"

� � � ��

n Project System is very useful for new developments and extensive maintenance tasks.

n Construction projects are usually entered as an acquisition in Asset Accounting when they arecomplete and then they are linked with a Real Estate object.

n A possible scenario is that the master data has already been created in the system before completionof the object to ensure a smooth start-up.

n You can activate costs for extensive maintenance measures by making a settlement to the asset. Youcan assign depreciation on the asset to an internal order. Depreciation appears in reporting byassigning the Real Estate object to the order.

© SAP AG AC290 10-10

SAP AG 2001

$FTXLVLWLRQ�DQG�QHWERRN�YDOXH

$FTXLVLWLRQ� �QHW�ERRN�YDOXH�

��'HSUHFLDWLRQV

$VVHW�$FFRXQWLQJ�,QWHJUDWLRQ��5(�⇔��$$�

%XVLQHVVHQWLW\

��%XLOGLQJ�

�3URSHUW\

$VVHW

$VVHW

5( $$

&RVWFHQWHU 2UGHU

6HWWOHPHQW�HLWKHU�RU�

5HSR

UWLQJ

n You manage Real Estate assets (acquisition and retirement, transfer postings, depreciations,appreciations) in Asset Accounting (R/3 FI-AA). The asset structure is determined from theaccounting point of view. Assets can be assigned to buildings and properties. In this case, you denotethe asset class as "real estate". You can assign several assets to a property or a building. If an asset isidentified as being a leading asset, the asset super number of this asset has to be the number of thebusiness entity. (The main usage type that can be used in account assignment is based on the mainusage type of the leading asset.)

n Corresponding reports are available for the asset values in the information system.

n Depreciation incurred on an asset is assigned to an internal order. This depreciation appears inreporting if you assign the Real Estate object to the order.

n You can settle the internal order that has the depreciation to the building or to a cost center.

© SAP AG AC290 10-11

SAP AG 2001

��a&� X ��

��a&� X ��

�� WlX

`_\¡\ Y W \¢�� WY �� X ��

`_\¡\ Y W \¢�� WY �� X ��

\¡\ W�X ��£ � � WlY `��¤=aG` X ��¥�� f � � W ��£��`�`b£ � X �� Y d W¦ �� W � � f ¥�� f � � ��§

\e\ W�X ��£ � � WlY `��¤=aG` X �¥�� f � � W ��£��`�`_£ � X �� Y d W¦ �� W � � f ¥�� f � � ��§

��a&� X ��

3XUFKDVH�UHTXLVLWLRQ¤ d ` �� Y1[bf �©¨ `^�� W � �� \ W §

2UGHUª `�`�£ � X �� Y d W ª `�`�£ � X �� Y d W��¥�� f � � W ��£_« ��` W �¥�� f � � W ��£_«

*RRGV�UHFHLSW

,QYRLFH�UHFHLSW

$FFRXQWDVVLJQPHQW

WR5HDO�(VWDWHREMHFW�

%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\%XLOGLQJ3URSHUW\5HQWDO�XQLW/HDVH�RXW

&RVW�FROOHFWRU

&RQWLQXRXV�3URFHVV��)URP�00�WR�),

n When you create a purchase requisition or order, you can also carry out account assignment on theReal Estate objects.

n The commitments of the Real Estate object are updated when the order data is entered.

n When an invoice is entered with the purchase order, the account assignment is transferred from theorder to the invoice. The commitment is cleared and replaced by the actual data.

n You can evaluate commitment data for Real Estate objects in the Real Estate Managementinformation system.

© SAP AG AC290 10-12

SAP AG 2001

Rental unit

Rental unit

Property

Rental unit

Rental unit

Building

Businessentity

Order

Func.loc.

Order Order

Func.loc.

Func.loc.

Func.loc.

Func.loc.

Order

Asset

Order

Asset

Assetsuper number

5HSRUW5(�REMHFW��

'HSUHFLDWLRQ

,QWHJUDWHG�5HSRUWLQJ

5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW$VVHW�$FFRXQWLQJ 3ODQW�0DLQWHQDQFH

� � � ��

n Orders can be assigned to Real Estate objects.

n In the reporting system, costs posted to orders are analyzed as well as those costs assigned directly tothe account of objects, reflecting the hierarchical structure of Real Estate.

© SAP AG AC290 10-13

SAP AG 2001

,QWHJUDWLRQ�5HSRUWV

l 'HSUHFLDWLRQ¬ V[ � ` f � W � ¨ X � f � WqY ¥��®£�� d X �� Y � WlY `�� ¬ ¯ � X �� W ��]£�� d X �� Y � WZY `��¬ V ��° � Y � Y WlY `�� ¨ X � WZY1X ��\¢�� W �

l &RQWUROOLQJ�REMHFWV�LQ�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�E\�REMHFWV�WHQDQWV�RZQHUV�FRVW�HOHPHQWV�¬ ¯ � XlY `b£e`�¥�� X ¥ Y � �¢± V � W � � f ² ��`b\¡\ Y W \^�� W � ² d f �_�¬ ¯ � XlY `b£e��`b\ d � XZY � `�� ± V � W � � fy² ��`b\e\ Y W \^�� W � ² d f ��¬ ³ �� X `�¥�� X ¥ Y � �]± V � W � � f1² ��`�\e\ Y W \¢�_� W � ² d f ��¬ ³ �� X ��`_\ d � XKY � `�� ± V � W � � f ² ��`_\¡\ Y W \^�� W � ² d f ��¬ V � W � � f ¨ ��`_\¡\ Y W \¢�� W � ¨ d f �� ¨ ¥�� XZY �� ¬ V � W � � f ¨ � X �� Y W¬ V � W � � f ¨ � d�d ` X&WKY `��\e�� W � � Y W

n Call up the following reports to see what data is stored:

é &RQWUROOLQJ�6HWWOHPHQWV -> &RQWUROOLQJ�5(�2EMHFWV -> 1RQ�&XPXODWLYH�9DOXHV�-> 2QH�&XUUHQF\�-> %\�2EMHFWV ->$FWXDO�&RPPLWPHQWV�3ODQ�9DULDQFHV

n A commitment comes from an order (MM integration). You can view data from Asset Accounting ifthe depreciation of an asset is assigned to an internal order. The asset has to be assigned to a propertyor a building. If a maintenance order exists and the functional location that is assigned to thismaintenance order is also assigned to an object, the costs of a maintenance task can also be viewed inreporting.

© SAP AG AC290 10-14

SAP AG 2001

,QWHJUDWLRQ��8QLW�6XPPDU\

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�l /LVW�WKH�FRPSRQHQWV�DQG�WKH�UHODWHG�HOHPHQWV��DSDUW

IURP�),�DQG�&2��WKDW�DUH�LQWHJUDWHG�ZLWK�5HDO�(VWDWH0DQDJHPHQW

l 'HVFULEH�ZKHUH�WR�ILQG�WKHVH�LQWHJUDWHG�HOHPHQWV�DQGKRZ�WR�SURFHVV�WKHP

© SAP AG AC290 10-15

([HUFLVHV8QLW��,QWHJUDWLRQ7RSLF��/LQN�WR�3ODQW�0DLQWHQDQFH��0DOIXQFWLRQ�5HSRUWV


• Create a malfunction report in tenant information and display the reportof the resulting planned values in the information system

• Create an order, carry out account assignment on a Real Estate objectand check the resulting commitment values in the information system

A tenant calls you to report a malfunction. You create a malfunctionreport.

10-1 Starting from the tenant information screen for your first tenant, create amalfunction report for the respective rental unit.

Create a PM order based on the malfunction report.

Choose order type "PM01", planning plant "1000" and work center"ELEKTRIK/1000".

10-2 View the actual/commitments/plan/variances report.

In the report selection screen, to specify the "Other objects to be displayed" select2UGHUV�IRU�IXQFWLRQDO�ORFDWLRQV.

© SAP AG AC290 10-16

6ROXWLRQV8QLW��,QWHJUDWLRQ7RSLF��/LQN�WR�3ODQW�0DLQWHQDQFH��0DOIXQFWLRQ�5HSRUWV

10-1 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�HVWDWH�PDQDJHPHQW�→�5HQWDO�→�7HQDQW�LQIRUPDWLRQ

Enter the name of your tenant.

Choose *RWR�→�'LVSOD\�UHQWDO�XQLW.Open the 3ODQW�PDLQWHQDQFH tab.

Select the rental unit and choose 0DOIXQFWLRQ�UHSRUW.Enter a text for the malfunction report and choose &UHDWH�RUGHU�

)LHOG�QDPH�RU�'DWD�W\SH 9DOXHVOrder type PM01

Planning plant 1000

Business area 9100

Main work center ELEKTRIC/1000 (electricalmaintenance)

Make an entry in the :RUN�GXUWQ field. "2" (hours).

6DYH your data. The system calculates the planned costs on the basis of thespecified work effort and the activity type.

10-2 $FFRXQWLQJ�→�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW�→�,QIR�6\VWHP�→&RQWUROOLQJ�6HWWOHPHQWV�→�&RQWUROOLQJ�5(�2EMHFWV�→�1RQ�&XPXODWLYH�9DOXHV�→6HYHUDO�&XUUHQFLHV��&RQYHUVLRQ��→�%\�2EMHFWV�→$FWXDO�&RPPLWPHQWV�3ODQ�9DULDQFHMake sure that you use the correct fiscal year (if you have not changed the datefields, the planning values were posted in the current year).

To specify the "Other objects to be displayed", select 2UGHUV�IRU�IXQFWLRQDOORFDWLRQV.In the selection screen, choose &ODVVLF�GULOOGRZQ�UHSRUW as the output type. Choose([HFXWH.

Expand the hierarchy. Planned costs are displayed for the PM order.

© SAP AG AC290 11-1

SAP AG 2001

7D[HV

&RQWHQWVl 2XWSXW�WD[�FRPPHUFLDO�UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQWVl ,QSXW�WD[�SURFHVVLQJ

� 2SWLRQ�UDWH�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ� ,QSXW�WD[�GLVWULEXWLRQ

© SAP AG AC290 11-2

SAP AG 2001

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOHWR�H[SODLQ�l 7KH�GLIIHUHQW�ZD\V�RI�FDOFXODWLQJ�RSWLRQ�UDWHVDQG�QDPH�WKH�REMHFWV�WKDW�XVH�RSWLRQ�UDWHV

l 7KH�GLIIHUHQFH�EHWZHHQ�DFWXDO�DQG�SODQQHGSULQFLSOH

l 7KH�SURFHVV��PRQWKO\�DFWLYLWLHV��IRU�UHQWDOVWKDW�DUH�VXEMHFW�WR�VDOHV�WD[

l :K\�\RX�PD\�KDYH�WR�PDNH�DGMXVWPHQWSRVWLQJV�LQ�WKH�VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW

7D[HV��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 11-3

SAP AG 2001

$EUHFKQXQJ

9HUPLHWXQJ

0LHWDQSDVVXQJ5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW

5HQWDO

6HWWOHPHQW

,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP,QWHJUDWLRQ

&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUROOLQJ

0DVWHU�'DWD

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ

5HQWDO$FFRXQWLQJ


&URVV��$SSOLFDWLRQ�)XQFWLRQV

6WHXHUQ�� 7D[HV��

© SAP AG AC290 11-4

SAP AG 2001

l <RX�DUH�PDQDJLQJ�UHQWDO�XQLWV�WKDW�DUH�EHLQJXVHG�IRU�FRPPHUFLDO�SXUSRVHV�DQG�DUH�OLDEOHIRU�VDOHV�WD[

l <RX�RSW�IRU�VDOHV�WD[�IRU�WKHVH�DJUHHPHQWV�LQRUGHU�WR�UHGXFH�WKH�LQSXW�WD[

7D[HV��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

n If you manage commercially used Real Estate objects, you must make the appropriate setting inCustomizing so that the company codes affected are opted.

© SAP AG AC290 11-5

SAP AG 2001

3ODQQHG�SULQFLSOH9DOXH�DGGHG�WD[�IRU�WKH�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV�LV�SRVWHG�ZKHQWKH�GHELW�SRVLWLRQ�LV�PDGH

&XVWRPHU��

��

�'HELW�SRVLWLRQ

9$7�DOORFDWLRQ��$3�UHTXHVWV��$GYDQFH�SD\PHQWV

%DQN

2XWSXW�WD[��

��

-.��*

��

'HELW�3RVLWLRQ�IRU�5HQWDOV�/LDEOH�IRU�6DOHV�7D[�2XWSXW�7D[��3ODQQHG�3ULQFLSOH

n The service charge advance payment can be posted in accordance with the planned or actualprinciple. This is dependent on the tax category setting of the special G/L account to which theposting is to be made.

n Planned principle: The output tax is posted at the same time as the debit position.

n Actual principle: The output tax is posted at the same time as the incoming payment.(a balance neutral posting is made beforehand.)

n In the case of "Actual principle", the special G/L accounts for the special general ledger have to beset as follows:

Planned principle: Special G/L account for payment request (I): not tax relevant Special G/L account for advance payments made (K): +G (gross)

n The planned principle is usually used in Germany, the actual principle in Austria.

n Basic rent is always posted using the actual principle.

© SAP AG AC290 11-6

SAP AG 2001

&XVWRPHU��

��

'HELW�SRVLWLRQ,QFRPLQJ�SD\PHQW

9$7�DOORFDWLRQ��$3�UHTXHVWV��$GYDQFH�SD\PHQWV

%DQN��

2XWSXW�WD[��

!�� "��#��

-.��*

��$�%��

'HELW�3RVLWLRQ�DQG�,QFRPLQJ�3D\PHQW�IRU�5HQWDO/LDEOH�WR�7D[��3ODQQHG�3ULQFLSOH

3ODQQHG�SULQFLSOH9$7�IRU�WKH�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV�LV�SRVWHG�DW�WKH�VDPH�WLPH�DV�WKH�GHELW�SRVLWLRQ

n Information about the tax treatment used for rental agreements is in the payment data:

• No rental liable to tax

• Rental liable to tax with the appropriate tax indicator

• Indicator for opting

• Opting reason

n Different tax rates can be defined for each condition item.

© SAP AG AC290 11-7

SAP AG 2001

$FWXDO�SULQFLSOH9DOXH�DGGHG�WD[�IRU�WKH�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV�LV�SRVWHG�ZKHQ

LQFRPLQJ�SD\PHQW

-��*.��*

&XVWRPHU��

��

'HELW�SRVLWLRQ

��$3�UHTXHVWV��$GYDQFH�SD\PHQWV��9$7�DOORFDWLRQ

%DQN

2XWSXW�WD[�&�� '��

�(�� "� �&�� )�

*�$�� +�

'HELW�SRVLWLRQ�IRU�5HQWDO�/LDEOH�WR�7D[��2XWSXW�7D[��$FWXDO�SULQFLSOH

n In the case of "Actual principle", the special G/L accounts for the special general ledger have to beset as follows:

Actual principle: Special G/L account for payment request (I): +G (gross)

Special G/L account for advance payments made (K): +G (gross)

© SAP AG AC290 11-8

SAP AG 2001

-��*.��*

&XVWRPHU��

��

'HELW�SRVLWLRQ,QFRPLQJ�SD\PHQW

��$3�UHTXHVWV��$GYDQFH�SD\PHQWV��9$7�DOORFDWLRQ

%DQN��

2XWSXW�WD[�(��

��)�

!�� "��#��

*�$� ��

'HELW�3RVLWLRQ�DQG�,QFRPLQJ�3D\PHQW�IRU�5HQWDO/LDEOH�WR�7D[��$FWXDO�3ULQFLSOH

$FWXDO�SULQFLSOH9$7�IRU�WKH�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV�LV�SRVWHG�DW�WKH�VDPH�WLPH�DV�WKH�LQFRPLQJ�SD\PHQW

© SAP AG AC290 11-9

SAP AG 2001

5HQWDO�OLDEOH�WR�WD[7RWDO�UHQWDO

5HIHUHQFH�IDFWRUV

2SWLRQ�UDWH�

2EMHFWV�

6HWWOHPHQW�XQLW

%XVLQHVV�HQWLW\

3URSHUW\

%XLOGLQJ

2SWLRQ�7D[��,QSXW�7D[

$UHD�� 9ROXPH� 2WKHU�� HQFORVHG�DUHD�

'HWHUPLQHDXWRPDWLFDOO\�

��0DLQWDLQ��PDQXDOO\

n In some countries, the rental of real estate and the sale of property is exempt from sales tax. Anyinput tax arising from tax-free sales cannot be charged to the company.

n Within §9 UStG, it is possible to opt for sales tax.

n An option rate is valid for a calendar month. The key date principle (the rates applicable on the keydate are the basis for calculation) is used for the automatic calculation. You have to enter the keydate for online calculations. For batch runs, the key date is the date on which the batch run is made.

n On the key date, the rental units of the calculation objects are analysed. Rental units are opted in thefollowing cases:

é RU with an active lease-out and an indicator set for input tax opting

é RU has a provisional agreement (status “commercial provisional agreement”) with the indicatorfor input tax option, the provisional agreement is signed and the signing date is before the key datefor calculation, and the rental start date is after the 1 of the calculation month.

é RU is vacant and has the indicator 2SW�IRU�YDFDQF\n The following applies to properties: If the property does not have its own rental units, the option rate

of the buildings assigned to the property is transferred as long as the property is assigned a buildingat 100%.

© SAP AG AC290 11-10

SAP AG 2001

,QSXW�7D[�3URFHVVLQJ

l $FFRXQW�DVVLJQPHQWREMHFWV�ZLWK�RSWLRQ�UDWH, %XVLQHVV�HQWLW\, %XLOGLQJV, 3URSHUW\, 6HWWOHPHQW�XQLW

l 3URFHGXUH, 3RVW�GRFXPHQW�ZLWK�GHGXFWLEOH�LQSXW�WD[, 0RQWKO\�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�RI�WKH�RSWLRQ�UDWH, 0RQWKO\�GLVWULEXWLRQ�RI�LQSXW�WD[�LQ

GHGXFWLEOH�DQG�QRQ�GHGXFWLEOH�SDUWV, )RU�VHWWOHPHQW�XQLWV��,QSXW�WD[

GLVWULEXWLRQ�DGMXVWPHQW�E\6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQW

n You can create as many option rates as you like. You can overwrite previous option rates, as long asthey are not used for postings already. Automatically calculated option rates overwrite manual rates,if the "automatic calculation" indicator is set for the object.

n If an option rate was used for an account assignment, it can no longer be changed.

© SAP AG AC290 11-11

SAP AG 2001

,QSXW�7D[�7UHDWPHQW�6WHSV

-/.�021*354 67!8

7$9 0:3 7�;"< 1=02.>*.�0?. <A@ 3 ; 1�0:3 7$;

3URJUDP�IRU�DXWRPDWLF�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�RI�WKH�RSWLRQ�UDWHV

0DQXDO�PDLQWHQDQFH�RI�WKH�RSWLRQ�UDWHV

8SGDWH�RI�RSWLRQ�UDWHV�LQ�WKH�PDVWHU�GDWD�REMHFWV

��YDOXHV�/RJ

$XWRPDWLF�LQSXW�WD[EUHDNGRZQ

'RFXPHQWV

'RFXPHQWV6&6��$GMXVWPHQW�SRVWLQJ

�6HWWOHPHQW�XQLWV

n Incoming invoices are posted with input tax rate of 100%.

n A (batch) program for automatic determination of option rates is started monthly if non-manualoption rates are preassigned.

n The program for input tax distribution uses the option rates determined to split the input tax intodeductible and non-deductible shares. Non-deductible shares of the input tax are posted or activatedin the expenses. The posting run can be reversed. You can also reverse individual documents.

n The correct input tax distribution for apportionable service charge costs can only be calculated whenthe service charge settlement is made. If necessary, adjustment postings are made at this point.

© SAP AG AC290 11-12

SAP AG 2001

7D[�%UHDNGRZQ��&RQWUROOLQJ�WKH�3RVWLQJV

3RVWLQJ�SRVVLELOLWLHV�IRU�QRQ�GHGXFWLEOH�LQSXW�WD[��$�WDUJHW�DFFRXQW�RI�QRQ�GHGXFWLEOH�LQSXW�WD[�IRU�HDFK�RULJLQDO�DFFQW��$�WDUJHW�DFFRXQW�RI�QRQ�GHGXFWLEOH�LQSXW�WD[�IRU�DOO�FRVW�HOHPHQWV��7R�RULJLQDO�DFFRXQW

&RVW�HOHPHQW�$

&RVW�HOHPHQW�%

'HGXFWLEOH�LQSXW�WD[��

��

��

1RQ�GHGXFWLEOH�%

��

��

��

1RQ�GHGXFWLEOH�$��

��

��

1RQ�GHGXFWLEOH�LQSXW�WD[��IRU�DOO�FRVW�HOHPHQWV

2SWLRQ�UDWH��

n Depending on the Customizing settings, the breakdown postings are made to accounts for non-deductible input tax. This maintains the search sequence given above. We do not recommend variant3 (posting to the original cost account) as the gross expenses for this procedure do not appearseparately in Controlling.

n Objects that have an option rate in the given month with the option type "0 no calculation"�are nottaken into account for the tax breakdown.

© SAP AG AC290 11-13

SAP AG 2001

��

B��

,QSXW�7D[�'LVWULEXWLRQ�$GMXVWPHQW�E\6HUYLFH�&KDUJH�6HWWOHPHQW

CEDGF�HIDKJML!N"O!JPD2Q�F*D5J2R�L S R�L$DGTVU WYXKZ2[Y\�J OVDPH:JM]$QVDPJPR�L

^`_2a�b�bdc�e*f�c�g�b=c�bYh�i j�c'k�l=m�nAoMp�q cYo g!f�l�n�n2r�e�sut v w!x yE_zc=k*o n�r=m'm�aVl�g'n y{_Kc'k�o n}|�v jV~�v�oMg!f�l'n nzr�e

j}c=k�l=m�n?oMp!q c)o g�f!l�n�n2r�e |�v j�v'o g�f!l�n!n2r�e �}i�m�q c'r�_AoMg'� |�v j�oMg�f�l�n�nKr�e�m�q c'r�_?oMg��

50� � � ��

� � � � B�� .�6�3 >*. ; 0u3 1*4�� 7V@�@ . <u� 3 1�4

&XVWRPHU�SRVWLQJ�RI��6&6

��

7D[�DGMXVWPHQW��SRVWLQJ

50 15

�

15�

|/vMj�v'oMg�f�l�n�nzr�e �`l�nAf�l'n�n2r�e |/vMj�o g�f!l�n�n2r�eY_Kc��c�g!l'c

j}c=k*l�m�n?oMp!q cYt v w ��c�m�c�o ��r�p�q c�b �}y��_Pc��=c�g�l'cB�B�� /.=6V3 >*. ; 0�3 1*4�� 7V@@ . <u� 3 1�4

� ��

� B��

��HI��\�JPD'�{R�O�DzJML!N(C��C['F��DGHI�'F!DP��L$D��H��\!JPD��{R�OVDPJML!N

*N.D = Non-deductible

n The option rate of the settlement unit is determined at 70% - the commercial share of the object is70%. The input tax distribution is made using this value as a base (70% * 50 = 35 or N.D. input tax:30% * 50 = 15). (The example is simplified by taking a tax rate of 10%).

n The breakdown of gross costs for the commercial and residential tenant is made in the framework ofthe service charge settlement with the result that 40% of the costs are due from the residential tenantsand 60% of the costs are due from the commercial (opting) tenants. The adjusted option rate isdetermined at 60%.

n A credit posting for the settlement unit and the operating costs account is made with the breakdownratio that has been specified. This posting contains the adjusted breakdown of the taxes in adeductible and not-deductible share.

n An adjustment posting is made due to the difference between the original breakdown (70%) and theadjusted breakdown (60%).

n The debit posting to the commercial tenants uses the output tax rate of 10% (according to thisexample) as defined in the rental agreement.

© SAP AG AC290 11-14

SAP AG 2001

&XVWRPL]LQJ�7D[HV

&&l %DVLF�6HWWLQJV�IRU�&RPSDQ\�&RGH��!�3DUDPHWHUV�LQ

&RPSDQ\�&RGH��!�2SW�&RPSDQ\�&RGHl 5HDVRQV�IRU�LQSXW�WD[�RSWLQJl $FFRXQWV�IRU�QRQ�GHGXFWLEOH�LQSXW�WD[

© SAP AG AC290 11-15

SAP AG 2001

7D[�5HSRUWV

l 7D[HV� ,QSXW�WD[�GLVWULEXWLRQ

l �2SWLRQ�UDWHV� 2SWLRQ�UDWH�FKDQJHV� 5HQWDO�XQLWV�DJUHHPHQWV�FKDQJHV� %(�35�%8�RSWLRQ�UDWHV


• 2WKHU�-> 7D[HV�-> 2SWLRQ�5DWHV -> 2SWLRQ�5DWHV�%(�35�%8• 2WKHU�-> 7D[HV�-> ,QSXW�7D[�'LVWULEXWLRQ�'LVSOD\

© SAP AG AC290 11-16

SAP AG 2001

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�H[SODLQ�l 7KH�GLIIHUHQW�ZD\V�RI�FDOFXODWLQJ�RSWLRQ�UDWHVDQG�QDPH�WKH�REMHFWV�WKDW�XVH�RSWLRQ�UDWHV

l 7KH�GLIIHUHQFH�EHWZHHQ�DFWXDO�DQG�SODQQHGSULQFLSOH

l 7KH�SURFHVV��PRQWKO\�DFWLYLWLHV��IRU�UHQWDOV�WKDWDUH�VXEMHFW�WR�VDOHV�WD[

l :K\�\RX�PD\�KDYH�WR�PDNH�DGMXVWPHQWSRVWLQJV�LQ�WKH�VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW

7D[HV��8QLW�6XPPDU\

© SAP AG AC290 12-1

SAP AG 2001

l 6$31HWl :RUNIORZl $6$3l 7UDQVDFWLRQ�YDULDQWVl $UFKLYLQJl $XWKRUL]DWLRQVl 9DOLGDWLRQ�DQG�6XEVWLWXWLRQl 'RFXPHQW�PDQDJHPHQW�RSWLFDO�DUFKLYLQJ

&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ�)XQFWLRQV

© SAP AG AC290 12-2

SAP AG 2001

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOHWR�l 'HVFULEH�WKH�FURVV�DSSOLFDWLRQ�IXQFWLRQV�DQG

UHOHYDQW�DSSOLFDWLRQ�H[DPSOHVl 1DPH�WKH�WRROV�XVHG

&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ�)XQFWLRQV�8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

© SAP AG AC290 12-3

SAP AG 2001

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ

5HQW�$GMXVWPHQW



,QIRUPDWLRQ6\VWHP


&RUUHVSRQGHQFH

&RQWUROOLQJ

0DVWHU�'DWD

5HQWDO

&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ�)XQFWLRQV

© SAP AG AC290 12-4

SAP AG 2001

l <RX�ZDQW�WR�LPSOHPHQW�WKH�5HDO�(VWDWH0DQDJHPHQW�FRPSRQHQW�XVLQJ�$6$3��<RX�FDQOLPLW�WKH�VL]H�RI�\RXU�GDWDVHW�E\�XVLQJ�DUFKLYLQJ�<RX�ZDQW�WR�VXSSRUW�\RXU�EXVLQHVV�SURFHVVHVE\�YDOLGDWLRQ�VXEVWLWXWLRQ�RU�ZRUNIORZ�DQGFRQILJXUH�WKH�UHTXLUHG�WUDQVDFWLRQV�LQGLYLGXDOO\XVLQJ�WUDQVDFWLRQ�YDULDQWV��7KH�LQGLYLGXDOSURFHVVHV�DUH�VXEMHFW�WR�DQ�DXWKRUL]DWLRQFRQFHSW��<RX�ZDQW�WR�VWRUH�GRFXPHQWV�DERXW\RXU�5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFWV��<RX�ZDQW�WR�VWRUH�WKHFRUUHVSRQGHQFH�WKDW�WKH�V\VWHP�SULQWV�LQ�WKHRSWLFDO�DUFKLYH�

&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ�)XQFWLRQV��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 12-5

SAP AG 2001

6$31HW

$OLDV

l KWWS��VHUYLFH�VDS�FRP�5($XWKRUL]DWLRQ��HQWHU�XVHU�DQG�SDVVZRUG

n You can use the following address without any access authorization:

é http://www.sap.com/realestate

n Note that the information available at this address is far less comprehensive.

© SAP AG AC290 12-6

SAP AG 2001

:RUNIORZ

SAP AG

l %XVLQHVV�2EMHFW�5HSRVLWRU\�%25��REMHFWVBusiness entity, property, building,land register, rental unit, room,application, offer, lease-out,general contract, managementcontract, settlement unit

l 6DPSOH�ZRUNIORZ�IRU� 5HQWDO�HQG�QRWLFH� /LQN�WR�PDLQWHQDQFH�IRU�PDVWHU

GDWDl 5HVXEPLW�VHQG�LQ�WLPH�IRU

GHDGOLQH��PDVWHU�GDWD��OHDVH�RXW�

n Workflow controls processes according to a predefined model and is especially suited for structuredand working organizations. Processes can be flexibly automated by workflows.

n Twelve Business Object Repository objects (BOR) are supplied with the standard delivery that formthe basis for workflows: These are:Business entity, building, property, land register, rental unit, room, application, offer, lease-out,general contract, management contract, settlement unit

n You can send the individual objects to a user on the required date with a note (in the object required,select System -> Workflow -> Send object with note).

n Two workflows are supplied:One workflow generates a workflow item when a rental unit is created and this work item creates thenecessary functional location. Once the functional location has been created, this is automaticallyassigned to the rental unit (WS 20000215).The other work flow triggers workflow items at the rental end of a contract and this triggers otherworkflow items (termination notification, rental unit inspection -> release rental collateral, rentadjustment -> compare vacant rental units with applications -> message for new rental (WS20000197)).

n The sample workflows are not activated on shipment - you must activate them. In addition to this,you have to have an agent assignment. You will usually assign tasks, positions, work stations andorganizational units rather than an actual user.

© SAP AG AC290 12-7

SAP AG 2001

:RUNIORZ��(GLWRU

n You can display and edit the workflow definition in the graphical editor.

n Training course BC600 provides an introduction to workflow.

© SAP AG AC290 12-8

SAP AG 2001

$6$3�IRU�5(

$VVLJQPHQW�RI�,0*�DFWLYLWLHV�WR�SURFHVVHV$VVLJQPHQW�RI�,0*�DFWLYLWLHV�WR�SURFHVVHV$VVLJQPHQW�RI�WUDQVDFWLRQV�WR�SURFHVVHV$VVLJQPHQW�RI�WUDQVDFWLRQV�WR�SURFHVVHV$VVLJQPHQW�RI�%XVLQHVV�2EMHFW�5HSRVLWRU\WR�SURFHVVHV$VVLJQPHQW�RI�%XVLQHVV�2EMHFW�5HSRVLWRU\WR�SURFHVVHV

4XHVWLRQ�DQG�DQVZHU�GDWDEDVH��4$GE��4XHVWLRQ�DQG�DQVZHU�GDWDEDVH��4$GE��

*UDSKLFDO�PRGHOLQJ*UDSKLFDO�PRGHOLQJ

© SAP AG AC290 12-9

SAP AG 2001

7UDQVDFWLRQ�9DULDQWV

� ��

! ��" �� $#��%��

& �� ! �('��

l 6FHQDULR�� <RX�RQO\�XVH�RQH�FRPSDQ\�FRGH�LQ�\RXU�RUJDQL]DWLRQ��<RX�GR�QRW

KDYH�DQ\�FROOHFWLYH�OHDVH�RXWV��<RX�ZLVK�WR�KDYH�D�SUHGHILQHG�QRWLFHW\SH�DQG�QRWLFH�UXOH�ZKHQ�OHDVH�RXWV�DUH�FUHDWHG�

l 8VH�RI�WUDQVDFWLRQ�YDULDQW��!�1HZ�WUDQVDFWLRQ� 7R�SUHDVVLJQ��KLGH�DQG�FRQWURO�UHTXLUHG�ILHOGV��IRU�LQVWDQFH�LQ�WKH

LQLWLDO�VFUHHQ�� 7R�KLGH�WDE�SDJHV

l 6XEVWLWXWLRQ�RI�WKH�RULJLQDO�WUDQVDFWLRQ�ZLWK�WKH�QHZ�WUDQVDFWLRQ

n You will find this in 4.6 Releases in the Customizing menu under %DVLV�&RPSRQHQWV��!�$SSOLFDWLRQ3HUVRQDOL]DWLRQ� and in Release 4.5 under &URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ�&RPSRQHQWV��!�3HUVRQDOL]DWLRQ�

) For more details, refer to the Customizing documentation for this activity.

) See Note 186961 on setting screen variants to create worklists for posting invoices and so on.

© SAP AG AC290 12-10

SAP AG 2001

$UFKLYLQJ

2EM��DUFKLYHG

2EM��ZLWK�GHO�,' 5HVLGHQFH�WLPH�$UFKLYLQJ��

2EM��ZLWK�'/)/ 5HVLGHQFH�WLPH�'HOHWLRQ�LQGLFDWRU�� &&

&&

$$2EMHFW 6HW�GHOHWLRQIODJ�

&&

n Archiving is used to delete data that is no longer needed so that the amount of data is reduced and thesystem has less to deal with.

n Up to Release 4.0B, lease-outs, applications and offers could be archived. Effective with Release4.5A, business entities, properties, buildings, lease-outs, settlement units and management contractscan also be archived.

n Activity: Set a deletion flag on the object you want to archive. A residence time for this indicator hasbeen defined in Customizing. Once this residence time has elapsed, a deletion indicator is set on therelevant objects. After an additional residence time of the archiving (also defined in Customizing),the objects with the deletion indicator are activated during an additional archiving run. During anarchiving run, objects can be archived and deleted, or simply archived.

© SAP AG AC290 12-11

SAP AG 2001

9DOLGDWLRQ�DQG�6XEVWLWXWLRQ

9DOLGDWLRQ�Process of �WHVWLQJ�YDOXHVand combinations of values that thestandard system accepts.

A Boolean statement has to bedefined in Customizing for testing thetruth value.

If the truth value test result is "False",a user-defined error message isissued.

The message category informs youabout data - if it can be saved or if aposting can be made.

6XEVWLWXWLRQ�Process of UHSODFLQJ�YDOXHVthat the standard system accepts.

The system tests the values enteredusing a user-defined Booleanstatement.

If the statement is for the values istrue, they are replaced.

This substitution is made before thedata is sent to the database.

&&

n Substitution example:The usage type of a rental unit determines the business area of a lease-out. In Customizing, ruleshave been defined that result in the %XVLQHVV�DUHD�field in the lease-out being filled out automatically.This is dependent on the usage type of the rental unit. If you cannot change these automaticallymaintained values, use the field status control to set this field to display.

n Validation example:The usage type of a rental unit determines the permitted values for a business area of a lease-out. InCustomizing, rules have been defined that result in the testing of values in the %XVLQHVV�DUHD�field inthe lease-out. If the values entered do not fulfill the defined rules, the values are rejected and thelease-out cannot be saved with these values in the %XVLQHVV�DUHD�field.

© SAP AG AC290 12-12

SAP AG 2001

'RFXPHQW�0DQDJHPHQW�2SWLFDO�$UFKLYH

'RFXPHQW�PDQDJHPHQW�8VH��&UHDWH�DQ�H[WHUQDO�GRFXPHQW��!�$VVLJQ�WRV\VWHP�REMHFWV��VXFK�DV�UHQWDO�XQLW�&UHDWH�GRFXPHQW��IRU�LQVWDQFH��ORFDWLRQ�SODQ�$VVLJQ�GRFXPHQW�W\SH�WR�5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFWV

2SWLFDO�DUFKLYH�8VH��0DQDJH�WKH�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�JHQHUDWHG�LQ�WKHV\VWHP

3ULQW��IRU�LQVWDQFH��OHDVH�RXW��6&6�FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�6HW�LQGLFDWRU�IRU�OLQN�WR�RSWLFDO�DUFKLYH

$$

&&

&&

$$

n Document management:You want to link an external document to your Real Estate objects. You create the document inLogistics (central functions). In addition, you also have to make assignments between the documenttypes and the applications (business entity, rental unit, lease-out) in Customizing in "Cross-Application Functions".

n Optical archive:You want to archive the SAP R/3 printed correspondence with a link to the respective object. InCustomizing, you have to set the "Optical archive installed" indicator located in "Correspondence".

© SAP AG AC290 12-13

SAP AG 2001

*,+-+(+ */.�02135476-829 6-:2;=<�8=>(?�6=:@�A B�C�D 82E

$XWKRUL]DWLRQV

FHGIKJ�L5MKN O�P�IKN LRQTSFUG�IVJ�LRMVN O�P�IVN LWQXP FUG�IVJ�LRMVN O�P�IKN LWQ$Y

ZX[]\-^ []_a` b[]c�d(eWfg\-^ h [�d-^ fgikj2^ b]` l

m]^ n/bWlo[]cRd-eWfg\(^ h [5d-^ fpij(^ b]` l/q

3URILOH�� 3URILOH��

3URILOH��

8VHU

&RPSRVLWH�SURILOH�$

r�s�tu v

9DOXHV 9DOXHV

3�w�x C 8=>-Ey;-w @ 6z�{�B�A >(6 B-B 6(>�9 A 9 E| ;-9 A }�A 9 E|W{ 97<�w�4 A ~ 8-9 A w�>]?�4 w {�C

*,+(+].�12+-+

3URILOHJHQH�UDWRU

7\SLFDOXVHU $FFRXQWDQW

�]��Y��P�M �P�GIKJ�L�MKN O�P�IVN LWQ

��L LW� �� G5��L�M�I��5M�L��KN � �� Q � M�PIVN L5Q

3URILOH

8VHU � MR�gM�L��XQ

&&

3URILOH��

n A user has one or more individual or composite profiles in the master data.

n A user has all the authorizations contained in the profile.

n The authorizations are derived from the criteria. As of Release 4.5, you can define a variable criteriain addition to the fixed criteria. You can, for example, define a business area as a criterion in additionto the fixed criteria, company code, business entity and activities for the lease-out. You have to enterthe business area in the $XWKRUL]DWLRQ�JURXS�field.

n You have to enter values in the criteria.

n The "Profile generator" tool supports you in a dialog-oriented manner with the generation of profiles(from Release 4.0B).

n Changes to an authorization or a profile affect all users with this authorization/profile.

© SAP AG AC290 12-14

SAP AG 2001

<RX�DUH�QRZ�DEOH�WR�l 'HVFULEH�WKH�FURVV�DSSOLFDWLRQ�IXQFWLRQV

DYDLODEOHl 'HVFULEH�KRZ�WR�XVH�WKHVH�FURVV�DSSOLFDWLRQ

IXQFWLRQVl 1DPH�WKH�WRROV�XVHG

&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ�)XQFWLRQV��8QLW�6XPPDU\

© SAP AG AC290 13-1

SAP AG 2001

l 7KLV�VHFWLRQ�FRQWDLQV�DGGLWLRQDO�PDWHULDOLQWHQGHG�IRU�UHIHUHQFH�SXUSRVHV

l 7KLV�PDWHULDO�GRHV�QRW�IRUP�D�SDUW�RI�WKHVWDQGDUG�FRXUVH

l $V�WKLV�PDWHULDO�LV�FRPSOHPHQWDU\�WR�WKHFRXUVH��WKH�FRXUVH�LQVWUXFWRU�PLJKW�QRW�XVH�LW

$SSHQGL[

© SAP AG AC290 13-2

SAP AG 2001

$SSHQGL[�2YHUYLHZ

l +DQGOLQJ�HUURUVl 6DPSOH�DFFRXQWV�LQ�WKH�VWDQGDUG

V\VWHP�DFFRXQW�SODQl 7LSV�IRU�WKH�&XVWRPL]LQJ�SURMHFWl 3RVWLQJ�SURFHGXUHV

� �� "!#�$$��%��& �� '($��"& � )�$!��+*$,��-� ��.�%/�0%�12�3��*$

l ([WHUQDO�KHDWLQJ�H[SHQVHV�VHWWOHPHQWl 2YHUYLHZ��3HULRGLF�DFWLYLWLHVl 5HDO�(VWDWH�&KDUW�RI�$FFRXQWVl *ORVVDU\l $SSOLFDWLRQ�PHQX�SDWKVl &XVWRPL]LQJ�PHQX�SDWKV

© SAP AG AC290 13-3

SAP AG 2001

+HOS��"�(UURU��"

6ROXWLRQ

/RQJ�WH[W�HUURU�PHVVDJH2QOLQH�GRFXPHQWDWLRQ

,PSOHPHQWDWLRQ*XLGH��,0*�

,VVXH�HUURU�PHVVDJH

4 5

6�5

7$5

8 5

6HDUFK�IRU�QRWH

(UURU�VFHQDULR(UURU�VFHQDULR

© SAP AG AC290 13-4

SAP AG 2001

&KHFNOLVW�IRU�0HVVDJHV

l &RQFLVH�VKRUW�WH[Wl /RQJ�WH[W�� 9:%�1;�0& �=<>*� �0!��?A@��A��B!�C>��+�$��B& %D��C��%/�E�F

� GH!�� 0!��)*�%/��I1��+%D��*�?� GH!�$��21J� �K< ?L@M'0��E��L?L�N�O& ��-?��P%��Q��$��)��%��?QR�� ST%/��?�UWVYX�� ?KZ(��%/��

��$�[& ��+?�'\��%�%/��KV�$�".�%/��L�/��=��A%/�0�O& ��$?�F� �I�+,�B!�$��,�"& �K&]� �� ?=^(%� �)�-!�#��B�+%/�/%/�� )%��$��(&]��$&O�)� ��?� GH!�� 0& �W�B!�2$�B�+%D�D�L ��*$�?� Z(�� )@_.+%D� 8 5 ` �a��K� ��E��:Z0�� $C>��b�� [�� 5�c ��W��+�$��B& %D�3d e ` 8 .+%D�

Z(�� L�"�& %/�/��% 8 5 ` ��Fl $VVLJQ�DSSOLFDWLRQ�DUHD��5HDO�(VWDWH�IURP��VW�KDOI��5( ��EHIRUH�WKDW�,6�

5( �l 3ULRULW\�� fg��E�L!�& */!"h '0��iV��$j ��%�12�L@��_& ��2��KC ��B& �& � ��+% X��0�"!�� F

� 9 & *D!"h kl��$j��%�1)�)%�.(& �=��%D��$��]& � ��& %/�� m2& ��/� "h kg�+��j>��%�1)�)%�.0&O��/& ��&]�/��$��+%�*D��A��C�� L& �Q��%/��$��0��+%DV�� A�� R�%�1Lhn< ��.E�� C��%��$�$��-&]%/��C 5O5]5

l ,I�QHFHVVDU\�� ,1W�� %�*L%/�#��%A��%/�� 3?��]& $��+? c ��+?Qo�� 1W%/�-��?

6$3�GHILQHV�SULRULWLHV�DV�IROORZV�n Very high:

Breakdown of a live system or a system that is going live and is in a critical project phase

n High:Breakdown of important applications, subprograms, live system or a system that is going live

n Middle:The system is still working. A transaction or a program does not work (causing problems withoutsevere consequences)

n Low:User interface, documentation or requests for information.

© SAP AG AC290 13-5

SAP AG 2001

5HDO�(VWDWH�&KDUW�RI�$FFRXQWV

p�qsrutsv_w x>y w zu{841000 Revenue from third-party usage rent841050 Other revenues from lease-out (third-party, own)841070 Revenue from operating costs-flat rates196900 Advance payment receivables- operating costs and sales-based rents (special general ledger indicator J)196930 Rental deposit196910 Advance payment- operating costs196920 Advance payment - sales-based rent841080 Revenue from rent-own usage841099 Clearing- vacancy OC advance payment470700 Imputed expense vacancy rent841700 Imputed revenue vacancy rentTo post costs of own-usage, use standard account:470000 Room costs.************************************************************************|�}u~ �� s}(��u��~]��}/��}��]�M� }u�:}��470400 Apportionable operating costs470499 Clearing-apportionable operating costs470500 Settlement-lease-outs 470520 Settlement-rental units470510 Settlement LO operating costs w/o clearing841500 Revenue from third-party usage OC settlement usage470999 Clearing non-deduct. input tax op. costs470950 Expenses for non-deductible input tax841900 Expenses from non-deductible input tax470580 Settlement-own usage operating costs

841580 Revenue from rent-own usage841090 Revenue from vacancy costs AP470750 Clearing- vacancy OC advance payment841750 Revenue from vacancy costs AP************************************************************************� ��~T�u�� 841680 Rent paid in arrears (accrued)840690 Rent paid in advance (deferred)************************************************************************� ��>��[�470900 Expenses for non-deductible input tax841910 Revenue from deductible input tax/assets************************************************************************� �u�u�u��}��(}��u�Y�s�M~_��841800 Rental from management of rental objects470800 Expenses for management of rental objects************************************************************************��0�u}�~�|>}s� �T� }��(}��470850 Real estate credit service cost revenue841850 Clearing-real estate rental management revenue************************************************************************� �s�� }�~�| �470499 Clearing apport. OC master SU470400 Apport. OC: recip. master SU470490 Credit op. costs master SU for residual costs

© SAP AG AC290 13-6

SAP AG 2001

,0*�)XQFWLRQV

6$3�5HIHUHQFH

,0*&RPSDQ\

,0*

3URMHFW,0*

�T�>�� ¡E¢ £_¤u¥M¦�§�¨E© © © ª

3URMHFW,0*

�T«/¬N�� Y¡T¢�£M¤�¥T¦�§u¨_ª

9LHZV� ��¦�¦ � �¤Y®�¦�ª

9LHZV� ¯�¨O¨�£�° ��¨_¦��P±Y¦ ²u¦�£O�¨T¦�³ ´µ ¤�£ ¦�¶Y�·J¢�¸ ¦�´��¸ ¸�·P>²Y³Y�¨T¤�£O¹u§�¨�° ®�° ¨�° ¦u�P´ ¤�£��¦Y¸ ¦�§u¨T¦�³· �²��>¸ ¸ ¹Yª

d$&_� ��

d�&O� ��$��

&XVWRPL]LQJ'RFXPHQWDWLRQ

&XVWRPL]LQJ6WDWXV

&XVWRPL]LQJ7UDQVDFWLRQV

'HYHORSPHQW��&OLHQW

1. The SAP Reference IMG consists of all Customizing activities for all the R/3 applicationcomponents.

2. The Enterprise IMG is generated by choosing the country, application component and functions.

3. Customizing projects are created and added to the IMG structure as a means of controlling the R/3implementation. The Project IMG is created by selecting country, application component andfunctions on the basis of the Enterprise IMG.

4. To reduce the number of steps required for implementation, views of the Project IMG can begenerated for every project, for instance a view for "All mandatory activities".You create the views automatically based on the attributes or by manual selection.

• The attribute (mandatory activity, critical activity, country specifics) are predefined by SAP.

• You can define a status for the various activities, such as "In process", "For review","Completed" and track the history of each activity.

• You can arrange the project view display in such a way that the title of the particularCustomizing activity appears along with its status.

• You can also document the Customizing activities (by creating comments and notes), planresources and then carry out evaluations based on planned and actual man-days

• You can choose a transport type for the activity. You can set the option for "automatic","manual" or "no" transport.

• You can display a documentation for all IMG activities and print it along with all the subnodes(for instance, at the outset of a project). For detailed information, refer to Course BC080.

© SAP AG AC290 13-7

SAP AG 2001

'HIHUUDO��5HQWV�3DLG�LQ�$GYDQFH

5HQW�LQ�DGYDQFH��PRQWKV�UHQW�SDLG�SHU�TXDUWHU�LQ�WKH�ILUVW�PRQWK

'HELW�SRVLWLRQ��VW�PRQWK��PRQWKV�UHQW'HIHUUDO��VW�PRQWK'HIHUUDO��VW�PRQWK'HIHUUDO��UG�PRQWK

��

&XVWRPHU��

'HIHUUHG�LQFRPH�

��

5HYHQXH��

��5HVHUYH�DGYDQFH�UHQWV

��

&RQV��UHVHUYH�DGYDQFHUHQWV

��

��

��

��

��

n You can use the deferral function for expected revenues from sales-based lease-outs. Differentdeferral methods are available.

© SAP AG AC290 13-8

SAP AG 2001

$FFUXDO��5HQW�3DLG�LQ�$UUHDUV

5HQWV�SDLG�LQ�DUUHDUV��PRQWKV�UHQW�SDLG�LQ��UG�PRQWK�RI�TXDUWHU&XVWRPHU��

��

2WKHU�UHFHLYDEOHV��

5HYHQXH��

��

��

5HVHUYH�5HVHUYH�UHQW�DUUHDUVUHQW�DUUHDUV

��

��

&RQV��UHVHUYH�UHQWDUUHDUV

��

�

��

�

��

� ��

��$FFUXDO��VW�PRQWK$FFUXDO��VW�PRQWK$FFUXDO��UG�PRQWK'HELW�SRVLWLRQ��UG�PRQWK

��

�

© SAP AG AC290 13-9

SAP AG 2001

R��S�%/��l��!L^:$��%$��& �<_��T��

º�» ¼ ½¿¾�À>ÁMÂ Ã�¼$ÄMÅÆº�» ¼�½ÇÁTÅ$È>Â É0À�» ¾ Ê�» À�Á-Ë ¼�Ì�ÁTÅ�È ÂÎÍ�¼�ÏYÁË Ì�ÃÐ É(À>Ï�ÑJÒ�Â�È�¼�Ï�Ë Á Ð:Ð Ó�Ò�Â�Ô�Ë Á/È�¼�Ï�Ë Á�Ë ¼�Ì Õ Ó�À,Ë]Ì ¾�Ö�È�À�Å�Á×�É Ø]Ì�Á�Ö�¾�»]ÄEÃW¾>À>Ï�Ñ,Ò�Â�È ¼�Ï�Ë Á Ù�Ú Û>À Õ>Û�Ô2Ø]ÌYÁ$Â�Ü�È Â�Ì�Ï ÂÞÝMß�ÓYÕ�ß Û>à×�Ù É0ÀYÏ�Ñ,Ò�Â�È ¼�Ï�Ë Á"Ë]Ì>ÁTÂ�ÄTÂ>Ï>Á ×�Ù áÞÁ+ÄTÀ�ÌYÏ�â�Â�Ä"È�¼�ÏYÁË Ì ÃAË Ì>ÁEÂ�ÄTÂYÏ>Á×�× ã"ÂYÁ-Ê�Ä�Ì,¼ â�¾�À>Ï�ÑIÒ�Â�È�¼�Ï�Ë Á ×�× äIÁ�ÄEÀ�Ì>Ï�âEÂ�Ä�È ¼�Ï>ÁË Ì�Ã2¾>ÀYÏ�ÑJÒ�Â�È ¼�Ï�Ë Á

ä�ÀWÈ>ÀYÅ�åIÂ�Ì>Á

&XVWRPHU 5HFHLYDEOHV

6SHFLDO�JHQHUDO�OHGJHU�LQGLFDWRU�&

��D��

%DQN��

&DVK�'HSRVLW��

1 1000.00 �D��1000 1a��D

��D��

��

76.25 31000.00 4

��E �50.00 2a4 1000.003 76.25

1000.00 1

26.25 2b

,QWHUHVW�H[SHQVH�D��E��

��D�4a 1076.25

&DVK�'HSRVLW

æ Special flow categories are used for account determination of cash deposit postings. You have to

assign special calculation categories to the flow types so that the interest calculations and postingsare handled correctly. You also have to create condition types for the flow types.

æ The debit position posting for cash deposits is derived from the flow type with calculation category

AA. The offsetting entry is made using the special general ledger transaction (C) in the customeraccount.

æ At the end of an interest period, an interest clearing posting is initiated by the debit position. The

flow type with flow category ZV is used for this.æ

At the end of the contract, the system calculates the interest and credits this in the debit position tothe customer account (calculation type TZ). The prorated interest settlement is carried out. Theprorated interest settlement is also carried out.

æ The flow category and settlement category have to be assigned in the detail screen for flow types.

(Flow types used in standard Customizing: 6000 Cash deposit, 6100 Cash deposit interest clearing,6200 Cash deposit interest, Cash deposit repayment)

æ Example: Rental agreement 01/01/1997-06/30/1998 with cash deposit of USD 1000, 5% interest, 12-

monthly according to 360/360 rule, interest calculation on 12/31.æ

Posting of 5% of USD 1000 = USD 50 made on 12/31/1997 - interest calculation on 06/30/1998:5% of USD 1000 for half year = USD 25, 5% of USD 50 for half year = USD 1.25, total USD 26.25.

æ Total interest: USD 50 for 1997, 26.75 for 1998, total USD 76.25.

© SAP AG AC290 13-10

SAP AG 2001

3RVWLQJ�$FWLYLWLHV��2ZQ�8VDJH��

*HQHUDO�OHGJHU6XEVLGLDU\�/HGJHU

�Þ��/& ��%/��

Z:��$��+$��)��#%�1#��*�)%/��$��-&_��*A��%��

@ 4 F çgè�éTê 4Y`�`�`@ 4 F çgè�éTê 4Y`�`

�,�� 5 ��%��T��$��Z0��"��2%�1��*$

�Þ� ��[&O��*#�WoKU��ë%�1)�A��*$

Z:��+$��)��)%�1#��*� �Þ� ��$�[&O��*)�,oKUÞ�ë%�1#�3��*�

f\$��%0��P%��L�=& �-�L$��E�

ì ½ÞÌ#Ê>Ï À�Ã�ÂJ¾�» ÂYÀ�Ä�Ë Ì�Ã ì ÉÂYÜ�È�Â�ÌYÏ Â>ÏR�Uí�� $�B&]��*

4>`�` î:ï @ 4 F4>`�`�` î(ï @ 4 F

ð ñòó ôõö

&XVWR

PHUV

%DODQFHDFFRXQWV

5HFRQFLOLDWLRQDFFRXQW

© SAP AG AC290 13-11

SAP AG 2001


�Þ��/& ��%/��

Z:��$��+$��)��#%�1#��*�)%/��$��-&_��*A��%��

@ 4 F�� [� 4Y`�`�`@ 4 F�� [� 4Y`�`

�,�� 5 ��%��T��$��Z0��"��2%�1��*$

�Þ� ��[&O��*#�WoKU��ë%�1)�A��*$

Z:��+$��)��)%�1#��*� �Þ� ��$�[&O��*)�,oKUÞ�ë%�1#�3��*�

fg��%/��P%��L�=& �-�L$��E�


4Y`�` R�U÷@ 4 F4>`�`�` R�U÷@ 4 F

ð ñòó ôõö

&XVWR

PHUV

%DODQFHDFFRXQWV

5HFRQFLOLDWLRQDFFRXQW6�ø�` @ 4 ��F

6�ø�` @ 4 � ª

@ 4 ��F ùgú 6�ø�`

3RVWLQJ�$FWLYLWLHV��2ZQ�8VDJH��D�

1. Debit position

�D��3RVWLQJ�VHUYLFH�FKDUJHV�LQFXUUHGThe service charges incurred are posted to an appropriate account, with account assignment on therelevant settlement unit.

.

© SAP AG AC290 13-12

SAP AG 2001


�Þ��/& ��%/��

Z:��$��+$��)��#%�1#��*�)%/��$��-&_��*A��%��

@ 4 F�� [� 4Y`�`�`@ 4 F�� [� 4Y`�`

�,�� 5 ��%��T��$��Z0��"��2%�1��*$

�Þ� ��[&O��*#�WoKU��ë%�1)�A��*$

Z:��+$��)��)%�1#��*� �Þ� ��$�[&O��*)�,oKUÞ�ë%�1#�3��*�

fg��%/��P%��L�=& �-�L$��E�

U�12�3��*$)�� &]��*KU��Z/�û�$� ��$�[&O��*

4Y`�` R�U÷@ 4 F4>`�`�` R�U÷@ 4 F

ð ñòó ôõö

&XVWR

PHUV

%DODQFHDFFRXQWV

5HFRQFLOLDWLRQDFFRXQWü�ý�þl�Tÿ��ª

ü�ý�þ �Eÿ��ª

@ 4 ��F$' c 6�ø�`


@ 6 F î0ï 6�ø�` 6�ø�` ùgú @ 6 F

1. Debit position

1a. Posting service charges incurred

��&UHGLW�VHWWOHPHQW�XQLWThe cost account and the cost collector of the settlement unit are credited by means of a credit account.Offsetting entries are generated as a result of the distribution determined by the settlement. These areposted as follows:

Costs to be allocated to cost center (this is the tenant in the case of third-party usage) are assigned to thelease-outs and posted on a ”lease-out clearing" account.

© SAP AG AC290 13-13

SAP AG 2001


�Þ��/& ��%/��

Z:��$��+$��)��#%�1#��*�)%/��$��-&_��*A��%��

@ 4 F�� [� 4Y`�`�`@ 4 F�� [� 4Y`�`

�,�� 5 ��%��T��$��Z0��"��2%�1��*$

�Þ� ��[&O��*#�WoKU��ë%�1)�A��*$

Z:��+$��)��)%�1#��*� �Þ� ��$�[&O��*)�,oKUÞ�ë%�1#�3��*�

fg��%/��P%��L�=& �-�L$��E�


4Y`�` R�U÷@ 4 F4>`�`�` R�U÷@ 4 F

ð ñòó ôõö

&XVWR

PHUV

%DODQFHDFFRXQWV

5HFRQFLOLDWLRQDFFRXQWü�ý�þl�Tÿ��ª

ü�ý�þ �Eÿ��ª

�Tÿ��ª �� ü�ý�þ

�Oüuª��=üuý�þ @ 7 F ç\è�éOê 6�ø�` ü�ýuþ �� Oü�ª

6�ø�` î(ï @ 7 F


1. Debit position


2. Credit settlement unit

��'HELW�FRVW�FHQWHUFinally the costs that can be allocated to cost center are posted to an appropriate general ledger accountas expense.

The offsetting entry is a revenue posting assigned to account of the corresponding lease-outs.

© SAP AG AC290 13-14

SAP AG 2001


�Þ��/& ��%/��

Z:��$��+$��)��#%�1#��*�)%/��$��-&_��*A��%��

@ 4 F�� [� 4Y`�`�`@ 4 F�� [� 4Y`�`

�,�� 5 ��%��T��$��Z0��"��2%�1��*$

�Þ� ��[&O��*#�WoKU��ë%�1)�A��*$

Z:��+$��)��)%�1#��*� �Þ� ��$�[&O��*)�,oKUÞ�ë%�1#�3��*�

fg��%/��P%��L�=& �-�L$��E�

ì ½JÌ2Ê�Ï À>Ã�ÂÞ¾�» Â>À�Ä+Ë Ì�Ã ì ÉÂYÜ�È�Â�ÌYÏ Â>ÏR�Uí�� $�B&]��*

@ 8 F î0ï 4Y`�` 4Y`�` R�U÷@ 4 F4>`�`�` R�U÷@ 4 F

ð ñòó ôõö

&XVWR

PHUV

%DODQFHDFFRXQWV

5HFRQFLOLDWLRQDFFRXQW6�ø�` @ 4 � ª

6�ø�` @ 4 ��F

@ 4 ��F$' c 6�ø�`

@ 6 FDR�U 6�ø�` @ 7 F��l��-� 6�ø�` 6�ø�` ' c @ 6 F

6�ø�` R�Uí@ 7 F4Y`�` ç:è�éMê @ 8 F


1. Debit position


2. Credit settlement unit

3. Debit cost center

��7UDQVIHU�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWV

When you transfer advance payments, the costs are charged to cost center.

© SAP AG AC290 13-15

SAP AG 2001

$FFRXQW�$VVLJQPHQWV�RI�WKH�3RVWLQJ$FWLYLWLHV

*HQHUDO�OHGJHU

��+��/& ��%/��6�ø�` ùgú @ 6 F

Z(��$��)�"�� %�1#��*$#%D��$�+��-&_��*L��%��

@ 4 F�� B� 4Y`�`�`@ 4 F�� B� 4�`�`

�,�� 5 ��%��E�#��/��$��@ 4 ��F�ù\ú 6�ø�`

Z(�� "��$��2%�1��*$

�Þ� ��B&O��*)�,oKUÞ�H%�1#�L��*�

Z: ��$��L��+��)�� )%�1#��*$ �� B&O�$*#�Io=U��H%�1��A��*$

ì ½JÌ#Ê>Ï�À�Ã�ÂÞ¾�» Â�À�Ä-Ë Ì�Ã ì ÉÂ�Ü$È>Â�Ì>Ï�Â>ÏR�U÷�� $�[&]��*@ 6 FDR�U 6�ø�` @ 7 F��\� �[� 6�ø�`

4Y`�` R�U÷@ 4 F@ 8 FDR�U 4>`�`4>`�`�` R�U;@ 4 F

4>`�` � � �B�"@ 8 F 6�ø�` R�Uí@ 7 F

ç ï��

'0 �� 0�"��& �'0 �� L$��(��& � ' c' c@ 4 ��F 6�ø�` 6�ø�` @ 6 F

⇒ ^l& ��&]V��-2��%��R��SE%D��(R�U4>`�`�` @ 4 F4Y`�` @ 4 F

@ 6 F 6�ø�` 6�ø�` @ 7 F@ 8 F 4�`�`

⇒ Z:�� 4>`�`�`�P%��/� ��E��/�\� ��

@ 4 F 4Y`�`�`@ 4 F 4>`�`@ 7 F 6�ø�`

4Y`�` @ 8 F

⇒ ^:$V�& �/�l�\�B�4Y6�ø�`

© SAP AG AC290 13-16

SAP AG 2001

��&UHGLW�� 'HELW�UHQW��&RVW�&HQWHUV ��7UDQVIHU�068��68� ��58�/2 ��/2 ��5HFHLYDEOHV ��$GYDQFH�SD\PHQW

�6RXUFH�FRVW�HOHPHQW

&UHGLW�DFFRXQW�IRU�FRVWHOHPHQW&OHDULQJ�DFFRXQW�/2&OHDULQJ�DFFRXQW�/2�ZLWKRXWSDVVHG�RQ�FRVWV&OHDULQJ�DFFRXQW�58&UHGLW�DFFRXQW�Q�G��LQSXW�WD[&OHDULQJ�DFFW�QRQ�GHGXFWLEOHLQSXW�WD[

)ORZ�FDWHJRU\�8(6

)ORZ�W\SH

$FFQW�GHWHUP�IRU�IORZ�W\SH

&RQGLWLRQ�W\SHDGYDQFH�SD\PHQW

)ORZ�W\SH

5HIHUHQFH�IORZ�W\SH5HFHLYDEOHV�IURP�VHWWOHPHQW

5HIHUHQFH�IORZ�W\SH2ZQ�XVDJH

6HUYLFH�&KDUJH.H\d$&O��

��

$FFQW�GHWHUP��IRUUHIHUHQFH�IORZ�W\SH

6&6�$FFRXW�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�2ZQ�8VDJH

© SAP AG AC290 13-17

SAP AG 2001

6HWWOHPHQW8QLW

6HWWOHPHQW8QLW

6HWWOHPHQW8QLW

6HWWOHPHQW8QLW

+HDWLQJ�V\VWHP+HDWLQJ�V\VWHP

��

+HDWLQJ�V\VWHP+HDWLQJ�V\VWHP

��

6HWWOHPHQW�&RPSDQ\6HWWOHPHQW�&RPSDQ\

)XHOH�J� 2LO

*DV��&RDO��

%XVLQHVV8QLW

%XVLQHVV8QLW %XVLQHVV

8QLW

([WHUQDO�+HDWLQJ�([SHQVHV�6HWWOHPHQW

n You can make the heating expenses settlement internally or externally. If you handle it internally, thesame program procedure applies as for operating costs settlement.

n External heating expenses settlement means: a service company is responsible for carrying out thesettlement. The service company receives information on the costs posted and the occupancy data ofthe objects.

n To make the external heating expenses settlement, you enter master data for heating systems in thesystem.

n The heating system combines a group of settlement units that are jointly handled during a settlementrun. It also has a settlement unit where the settlement result is recorded; this is the "credit-sidesettlement unit".

n The data that is stored in connection with a heating system can be used for automatic data mediumexchange with settlement companies.

© SAP AG AC290 13-18

SAP AG 2001

([WHUQDO�VHWWOHPHQWFRPSDQ\

$�WDSH$�WDSH&RPSDULVRQ�RI&RPSDULVRQ�RIHYDOXDWLRQ�JURXSVHYDOXDWLRQ�JURXSV�FRQVXPHU�QXPEHUV��FRQVXPHU�QXPEHUV�

'�WDSH'�WDSH6HWWOHPHQW6HWWOHPHQWUHVXOWVUHVXOWV

$GMXVWPHQW�RI$GMXVWPHQW�RI$GMXVW$GMXVWDQG�IODW�UDWHVDQG�IODW�UDWHV

0�/�WDSH0�/�WDSH7HQDQW�RZQHU�GDWD7HQDQW�RZQHU�GDWD

6HWWOHPHQW�SHULRG6HWWOHPHQW�SHULRG&RQGLWLRQV&RQGLWLRQV6XP�RI�DGYDQFH�6XP�RI�DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWVSD\PHQWV�DQG��DQG�IODW�UDWH�SD\PHQWVIODW�UDWH�SD\PHQWV

([WHUQDO�+HDWLQJ�([SHQVHV�6HWWOHPHQW��'0(

n Information exchange with the settlement company is executed by data medium exchange.

n $�7DSH�Using the A-tape created by the settlement company, the system compares the evaluationgroups. The consumer numbers from your organization (for example lease-out number, tenantnumber) are assigned to the equivalent evaluation groups in the settlement company. The settlementcompany therefore receives your consumer numbers using standardized forms.

n 0�/�WDSH�At the end of every settlement period you create the M/L-tape and make it available to thesettlement company. This tape contains all data relating to heating expenses settlement for thesettlement company. The data is taken from the master data for the lease-out, the rental unit and theheating system. The data is divided for the business entities assigned to the heating system. The costsper heating system are reported separately.

n '�WDSH�The settlement company makes the settlement results available to you on the D-tape. Youimport this data into the System. For each heating system, you receive a full settlement and singlesettlements to pass on to the tenant. You can also enter the data manually. It does not have to betransferred by data medium change.

n 5HSRUW�RQ�KHDWLQJ�FRVWV A report is available showing the heating costs for each heating system thatcan be configured by the user and passed on to the settlement company as a printed list or anelectronic file.

© SAP AG AC290 13-19

SAP AG 2001

��+HDWLQJ�V\VWHP

&UHGLW�VLGH�68$(�� &RVWV$(�� &RVWV$(�� &RVWV

([WHUQDO�VHWWOHPHQWFRPSDQ\

+HDWLQJ�H[SHQVHV+HDWLQJ�H[SHQVHV��VHWWOHPHQWVHWWOHPHQW��'�WDSH��'�WDSH

3RVW�3RVW�VHWWOHPHQW�VHWWOHPHQW�•&UHGLW�VLGH�68•'HELW�58�/2•'HELW�WHQDQW

•7UDQVIHU�SRVWLQJ�$3

&DOFXODWH&DOFXODWHDQG�DFWLYDWHDQG�DFWLYDWHDGMXVWPHQW�RIDGMXVWPHQW�RIDGYDQFH�SD\PHQWDGYDQFH�SD\PHQW

&DUU\LQJ�RXW�WKH�6HWWOHPHQW

n Each heating system has a credit-side settlement unit.

© SAP AG AC290 13-20

SAP AG 2001

3HULRGLF�� &ORVLQJ ��(YHQW�GULYHQ7DVNV ��7DVNV ��7DVNV

3HULRGLF�7DVNV

� �� !

" Lease-outs" Vacancy

� #��$%� ��&'� ()�*��+�%�� ,�� -. �(+��/0�� *,1�*243�/5�� +�� 76� � �� ,� 89(+(+�!6� +��2��:�*/5�� +�

��$��(;�;�*��. *,� 89(+(�$%6*2�< �� =>(�?��&�6�< ��&

/52��@ +�� 2� *(+�A #�< 2� +�CBD2��. ��E�� 2� *(;��F

� G��!< �

" Generate cash flow" Set RU status from

occupancy status

l 6HUYLFH�FKDUJHVHWWOHPHQW

l +HDWLQJ�H[SHQVHVVHWWOHPHQW

l 2ZQHU�VHWWOHPHQWl 0DQDJHPHQW�FRVW

VHWWOHPHQWl 6DOHV�EDVHG

VHWWOHPHQWl &2�VHWWOHPHQW

l 5HQWDO�DSSOLFDWLRQDQG�RIIHU

l 7HQDQW�FKDQJHRYHUl 2QH�WLPH�SRVWLQJVl 5HSDLUl (YHQWV�PDQDJHPHQW

FRQWUDFW

n The status of the rental unit is not time-dependent. To update the status, we recommend the report

5)9,%/��that sets the status of the rental unit according to the (time-dependent) reservation status.

© SAP AG AC290 13-21

*ORVVDU\�IRU�5HDO�(VWDWH�0DQDJHPHQW��5(�DFFRXQW�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�YDOXHAttribute of the contract (lease-out, management contract, general contract) and the rental unit that controls theaccount determination during automatic postings (such as periodical postings, service charge settlements).

DFFUXDOProcedure for displaying rent paid in arrears based on a key date. The system differentiates between severalposting periods in the rent display.

DFFUXDOV�DQG�GHIHUUDOVProcess used for assigning revenue to the correct accounting period for revenue that has already been posted orrevenue that is expected.

RE differentiates between three accrual/deferral processes:

• Accrual of rents paid in advance

• Deferral of rents paid in arrears

• Sales accrual/deferral for contracts in which rent is determined by the reported sales

DFFUXHG�LWHPVExpenses that are paid in arrears and revenues that are received in arrears are transferred to an income statementin a prior period by using the postings "Other Payables" and "Other Receivables". Such items are known as"Accrued Items".

DFWXDO�SULQFLSOHActual principle of the service charge settlement (SCS):

The service charge settlement only takes into account advance payments that have actually been made. It does nottake into account the advance payments that have been posted by the debit position run.

Actual principle of the debit position run:

If the lease-out has an output tax other than 0, the tax can be posted with

• The debit position run (= planned principle), or

• The incoming payment (= actual principle)

DFWXDO�SULQFLSOHActual principle of the service charge settlement (SCS):

The service charge settlement only takes into account advance payments that have actually been made. It does nottake into account the advance payments that have been posted by the debit position run.

Actual principle of the debit position run:

If the lease-out has an output tax other than 0, the tax can be posted with

• The debit position run (= planned principle), or

• The incoming payment (= actual principle)

DGGLWLRQDO�FDOFXODWLRQGerman law

Part of a partial cost efficiency analysis.

You create an additional calculation in the system if additional costs are incurred for a partial cost efficiencyanalysis for which authorization has already been given.

The new additional calculation is combined with the authorized partial cost efficiency analysis to form a newpartial cost efficiency analysis.

© SAP AG AC290 13-22

DGMXVWPHQW�PHWKRGAutomatic method for adjusting the conditions of a lease-out.

SAP supplies the following specific standard methods:

• Comparative apartments

• Representative list of rents

• Expert opinion

• Cost efficiency analysis

• Modernization measures (construction measures)

• Index

• Sales-based rent

• Graduated rent

• Free adjustment (commercial / residential)

• Garage rent

• Any conditions

• Area change

• Swiss law

• Value transfer (lease-out <-> rental unit)

Customer-specific methods can also be implemented.

DGMXVWPHQW�PHWKRG��UHSUHVHQWDWLYH�OLVW�RI�UHQWVRent adjustment using the representative list of rents: customer-specific calculation bases can be implemented forthis.

DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHType of rent adjustment for a contract. It determines the permitted adjustment methods.

Adjustment types are user-defined. Examples:

• Apartment rent

• Index-based rent


• Graduated rent

• Free adjustment

DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHType of adjustment for a lease-out. The following adjustment types are defined in the system:

• Apartment rent

• Index-based rent


• Graduated rent

• Free adjustment

• Country-specific rule (= Swiss rent adjustment)

Rent adjustments can be combined in such a way that a primary adjustment type can be followed by a secondaryadjustment type.

© SAP AG AC290 13-23

DGYDQFH�SD\PHQWPayment made by customer in advance for service charges likely to be incurred:

• Advance payment for house cleaning

• Advance payment for water supply

• Advance payment for heating expenses

DGYDQFH�SD\PHQW�UHTXHVWPosting of conditions of a lease-out defined as advance payment during the debit position run.

DGYDQFH�SD\PHQW�UHTXHVWPosting of conditions of a lease-out defined as advance payment during the debit position run.

DOO�LQFOXVLYH�UHQWType of rent where the service charges are included in the basic rent.

DQ\�FRQGLWLRQVAdjustment of conditions on a lease-out or rental unit.

This method allows:

• A user-defined adjustment of conditions

• Absolute or relative per area unit

• Absolute per rental unit, independent of the area

• The specification of a new amount that can be absolute or per area unit

DSDUWPHQW�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHA type of rent adjustment allowing several adjustment methods for a lease-out, such as:

• Comparative (group of) apartments


• Expert opinion

• Construction measures

• Free adjustment

The adjustment type is set in the lease-out.

DSDUWPHQW�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHA type of rent adjustment allowing several adjustment methods for a lease-out, such as:

• Comparative (group of) apartments


• Expert opinion

• Construction measures

• Free adjustment


DSSOLFDWLRQApplicant’s inquiry concerning a rental unit, consisting of the:

• Partner master data of applicant

• Actual rental request

The system assigns the application to vacant rental units according to the given selection criteria.

© SAP AG AC290 13-24

DSSRUWLRQPHQW�IDFWRUValue of an apportionment unit used for a lease-out.

([DPSOH• 5 persons

• 200 m2 basic area

• 10 aerial connections

DSSRUWLRQPHQW�IDFWRUValue of an apportionment unit used for a lease-out.

([DPSOH• 5 persons

• 200 m2 basic area

• 10 aerial connections

DSSRUWLRQPHQW�ORVV�ULVNRisk of diminished revenue arising from overdue rent, apportionable costs, vacancies, etc.

You can compensate for this risk by charging a percentage surcharge on the settlement result.

DSSRUWLRQPHQW�XQLWApportionment key (distributor key) is the key used to apportion the service charges. Apportionment units are, forexample

• Number of persons

• Living area in m2

• Basic area in m2

• Heating area in m2

DSSUHFLDWLRQ�VXUFKDUJHCondition type that displays the rent increase separately after a rent adjustment. This surcharge is usual for rentadjustments due to modernization.

The appreciation surcharge can be taken into account for rent adjustments.

DUFKLWHFWXUDO�URRPThe mapping of a room that is used for mapping processes specific to Real Estate Management (such as leasingout, leasing in, and so on); an architectural room can only be created if it is assigned to a building.

DUFKLWHFWXUDO�VSDFHThe mapping of a space that serves as a basis for mapping processes specific to Real Estate Management (such asrental, leasing in, and so on). An architectural space can only be created on the basis of a property or a building.

DUFKLWHFWXUDO�VSDFHThe mapping of a space that serves as a basis for mapping processes specific to Real Estate Management (such asrental, leasing in, and so on). An architectural space can only be created on the basis of a property or a building.

DUHD�FKDQJHAdjustment of conditions of selected lease-outs or rental units based on the changes made to conditions that arerelated to areas.

DUHD�FKDQJHAdjustment of conditions of selected lease-outs or rental units based on the changes made to conditions that arerelated to areas.

DUHD�W\SHKey describing the usage of an area.

© SAP AG AC290 13-25

Apportionment factors can be derived from area types.

DVVHVVHG�YDOXHGerman law

Valuation of real estate based on the German tax valuation law. The law stipulates different valuation proceduresfor developed and undeveloped real estate.

DVVHW�FODVVThe main criterion for classifying fixed assets according to legal and management requirements.

For each asset class, control parameters and default values can be defined for depreciation calculation and othermaster data.

Each asset master record must be assigned to one asset class.

Special asset classes are, for example:

• Assets under construction

• Low-value assets

• Leased assets

• Financial assets

• Technical assets

DVVHW�VXSHU�QXPEHUTerm used for grouping assets with asset main numbers and sub numbers.

$�WDSHA normed, electronic form that is used in the external heating expenses settlement to compare internal consumernumbers (for instance, lease-out numbers in the R/3 System) with the classification keys of the external settlementcompany.

The A-tape is created by the external settlement company and the data imported into Real Estate.

EDVH�UDWHGerman law

The base rate is the composite rate valid in the last month of the input tax adjustment phase (= December of thecalendar year of the first use of the asset).

It forms the basis for the correction of input tax in the input tax correction period (according to German tax laws).

EDVH�VSDFH�W\SHA space type describing the possible usage of a space and its space factor.

Informational and derived space types offer alternative views on the base space type.

The base space type is uniquely defined in Customizing by the indicator "01 Base space type (master)"

EXLOGLQJObject or parts of an object on the basis of which rooms or areas (for instance, apartments, warehouses, stores) arerented.

A building is part of a business entity.

EXVLQHVV�HQWLW\Grouping characteristic used for a real estate object.

Real estate objects can be logically grouped together depending on their economic (business) purpose orgeographical location.

FDOFXODWLRQ�IRUPIndicator to determine how the fee amount for a management contract is calculated.

A calculation base can either use fixed amounts or percentage shares (for instance, % share of purchasing price).

© SAP AG AC290 13-26

FDVK�GHSRVLWType of rental collateral that is paid directly to the landlord.

Interest is paid on cash deposits throughout the term of the lease-out.

FDVK�GHSRVLWType of rental collateral that is paid directly to the landlord.

Interest is paid on cash deposits throughout the term of the lease-out.

FDVK�IORZPlanned records for the conditions are mapped in a cash flow for postings that have not yet been generated.

These planned records generate postings in FI when periodic postings are made; the plan records are convertedinto actual records.

The following components use the cash flow:

• Lease-out

• Rental unit (for vacancy)

• Management contract (periodic fees)

• General contract

FDVK�IORZPlanned records for the conditions are mapped in a cash flow for postings that have not yet been generated.

These planned records generate postings in FI when debit positions are made; the plan records are converted intoactual records.

The following components use the cash flow:

• Lease-out

• Rental unit (for vacancy)

• Management contract (periodic fees)

FKDUDFWHULVWLF�IHDWXUHDefines a specific characteristic of a feature; for instance pent roof and flat roof types are characteristics ofroofing structures.

FKDUDFWHULVWLFV�NH\A key used to group combinations of fixtures and fittings characteristics for architectural spaces, rooms and rentalspaces.

FKDUDFWHULVWLFV�NH\A key used to group combinations of fixtures and fittings characteristics for architectural spaces, rooms and rentalspaces.

FROODWHUDO�YDOXHValue representing the secure selling price of a property. It is used as the basis for estimating the mortgage on aproperty.

The collateral value can be determined in different ways by creditors.

FROOHFWLYH�OHDVH�RXWGrouping together of rental units belonging to one contractual partner. It is defined as a freely-definable key thatis assigned to the lease-outs.

FROOHFWLYH�OHDVH�RXWGrouping together of rental units belonging to one contractual partner.

It is defined as a freely-definable key that is assigned to the lease-outs.

© SAP AG AC290 13-27

FROOHFWLYHO\�RZQHG�SURSHUW\German law

Ownership relationship of property whereby

• A property belongs to several persons

• The shares of the individual persons are linked in the common interest

Each individual person has an asset share of the property only.

FRPPHUFLDO�OHDVH�RXWContract type used to map the rental of commercial spaces.

FRPPHUFLDO�OHDVH�RXWFRPPRQ�SURSHUW\Part area of the ownership structure of a condominium owners’ association.

A common property consists of:

• The property

• The parts of the building that are necessary for the safety of the building (foundations, supporting walls)

• Grounds and facilities that serve a common purpose and are necessary for the condominium owners

• All other grounds, facilities and rooms that are not part of a separate ownership or belong to a third party (forexample, meters belonging to utility companies)

FRPPRQ�URRPRoom in a building used by more than one tenant (rental units) such as the laundry room or stairwell. In contrastto non-common rooms, these rooms are not assigned to a rental unit.

FRPPRQ�URRPA room that is used by more than one tenant. It is defined by the assignment to a common space.

FRPSDUDWLYH�DSDUWPHQWApartment used by the landlord to compare rents before implementing a rent adjustment.

FRPSDUDWLYH�DSDUWPHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHAdjustment of selected condition types using the lowest rent of selected comparative apartments in a comparativegroup.

FRPSDUDWLYH�JURXS�RI�DSDUWPHQWVGroup of comparative apartments that are used as the basis for rent adjustments.

FRPSDUDWLYH�UHQWGerman law

Rent that is used as a basis for the rent adjustment of privately financed apartments.

The landlord has to seek the tenant’s prior approval before adjusting the rent.

FRPSRVLWH�UDWHGerman law

The composite rate is the arithmetic means of calculating monthly option rates in the input tax correction phase (=year of initial use of an asset).

In this phase it is used as a basis for the deductible or non-deductible input tax amounts of theacquisition/production costs of an asset.

It is recalculated every month.

The composite rate in December of the calendar year in which it was initially used is kept as the base rate.

© SAP AG AC290 13-28

FRQFRUGDQFH�VHDUFKA search that calculates to what percentage degree a rental request matches an offer object.

FRQGLWLRQTerms of payment agreed with the tenant consisting of:

Rent amount

Payment frequency

Due date

FRQGLWLRQ�JURXSGrouping of conditions. Examples of condition groups are:

• Lease-out


• Management contract

• Rental unit

Condition types are assigned to the individual condition groups.

FRQGLWLRQ�W\SHExact definition of a condition which specifies which amount is to be paid for which service, e.g.:

• Basic rent

• Advance payment for operating costs

• Pest control

FRQGRPLQLXP�RZQHUV�DVVRFLDWLRQGerman law

A body of at least two persons who have a co-ownership share of a common property.

FRQGRPLQLXP�UHJLVWHUA land register containing each individual apartment. All the apartments are grouped together and treated as oneindependent property in this register

FRQVWUXFWLRQ�PHDVXUHVMaster record containing important data for adjusting condition types according to the costs of themodernizations.

FRQWUDFW�FDWHJRU\An element used to categorize general contracts. By assigning contract categories to contract types, you candetermine if vendor and/or customer business processes are represented in the general contract.

FRQWUDFW�FDWHJRU\Used to categorize contracts.

Contract categories are:

• Lease-out

• Lease-in

Contract categories can be categorized further into contract types.

FRQWUDFW�W\SHAttribute of a contract.

It determines the attributes and processes for a contract by defining the following:

• Lease-out or general contract

© SAP AG AC290 13-29

• Permitted adjustment types

• Permitted periods of notice

• Correspondence type

FRQWUDFW�W\SHAttribute of a contract.

It determines the attributes and processes for a contract by defining the following:

• Lease-out or general contract

• Permitted adjustment types

• Permitted periods of notice

• Correspondence type

FR�RZQHUVKLS�VKDUHGerman law

A person’s property share of common property (collectively owned property) and not the property itself.

FRUUHFWLRQ�DPRXQWGerman law

Amount by which the input tax deduction changes for the acquisition/ manufacture costs to be paid on an assetwhen the option rate is different.

FRUUHFWLRQ�LWHPVGerman law

Correction items includes the acquisition/production costs (APC) of an asset as well as the deductible and/or non-deductible input tax of the APC.

Correction items are created for assets in financial accounting. The input tax amounts are updated in thecorrection items according to German tax regulations on the basis of option rates, composite rates and base rates.

FRUUHFWLRQ�SHULRGGerman law

The time period in which the input tax deduction of an asset is corrected depending on the economic conditions(option rates). This is carried out in accordance with the German tax law § 15a UStG.

The correction period is a maximum of 120 months for properties and buildings.

FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�DFWLYLW\Parameter that controls correspondence with business partners. Business partners are assigned to letters andcorrespondence applications (for instance commercial lease-out/letter to state central bank).

FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�DSSOLFDWLRQA structuring element used in the system to control activities related to correspondence.

([DPSOH• Service charge settlements

• Rent adjustments

• Residential lease-outs

• Commercial lease-outs

FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�JURXSCombinations of correspondence applications and correspondence activities.

You use correspondence groups to manage all the correspondence related to a lease-out.

© SAP AG AC290 13-30

FRUUHVSRQGHQFH�JURXSCombinations of correspondence applications and correspondence activities.

You use correspondence groups to manage all the correspondence related to a lease-out.

FRVW�FROOHFWRUA CO object generated for a settlement unit per settlement period.

It is used to collect the costs incurred on a settlement unit per settlement period or settlement variant.

FRVW�HIILFLHQF\�DQDO\VLVGerman law

Master data used for representing the constituent parts of the cost efficiency analysis in accordance with thesecond house industry computation ordinance (II CO) to determine cost rent.

It consists of a main cost efficiency analysis with at least one partial cost efficiency analysis.

FRVW�HIILFLHQF\�DQDO\VLVGerman law

Master data used for representing the constituent parts of the cost efficiency analysis in accordance with thesecond house industry computation ordinance (II CO).

FRVW�RI�YDFDQFLHVCosts incurred during the period when a rental unit is vacant. These costs are borne by the landlord or the owner.

FRVW�UHQWRent required to cover the current expenses of real estate.

FUHGLW�VLGH�VHWWOHPHQW�XQLWSpecial settlement unit that is used for credit postings in the external heating expenses settlement.

FXVWRPHU�FRQWUDFWContract type used in the Real Estate general contract. The landlord can use it to display accounts receivable.

GHELW�SRVLWLRQThe monthly posting of:

• Rent receivables based on the conditions in the lease-out

• Lost rent revenues for vacant rental units

• Receivables from management contracts

The debit position automatically posts:

• Receivables from the tenant per lease-out

• Flow records on the cost center per vacant rental unit

• Periodic fees for management contract

The debit position postings are based on the cash flow.

GHELW�SRVLWLRQThe monthly posting of:

• Rent receivables based on the conditions in the lease-out

• Lost rent revenues for vacant rental units

• Receivables from management contracts

The debit position automatically posts:

• Receivables from the tenant per rental agreement

• Flow records on the cost center per vacant rental unit

© SAP AG AC290 13-31

• Periodic fees for management contract

The debit position postings are based on the cash flow.

GHIHUUDOProcedure for displaying rent paid in advance based on a key date. The system differentiates between severalposting periods in the rent display.

GHIHUUHG�H[SHQVHExpenses that are allocated in part, or in full to an accounting period subsequent to the period(s) in which they arepaid. Such expenses must be deferred to guarantee a correct income statement. This process is known as"Deferred Expenses". In Real Estate Management, the "Deferred Expenses" process is applicable to vendorcontracts that have the condition type "rent paid in advance"

GHIHUUHG�LQFRPHRevenues that are allocated in part, or in full to an accounting period subsequent to the period(s) in which they arereceived. In such a case these revenues must be deferred to guarantee a correct income statement This process isknown as "Deferred Income".

In RE, the "Deferred Income" process is applicable to customer contracts with the condition type "rent paid inadvance".

GHIHUUHG�LWHPVExpenses that are paid in advance and revenues that are received in advance are transferred to an incomestatement in a subsequent period by using deferred expense and deferred income items. Such items are known as"Deferred Items".

GHULYHG�VSDFH�W\SHA space type of which the space factor is derived (calculated) from other space factors according to a definedformula or calculation method; the space factor cannot be assigned manually.

It is uniquely defined in Customizing by the indicator "03 Space type for derived space factors".

GLIIHUHQWLDWLQJ�FKDUDFWHULVWLFCharacteristic that serves the purpose of selecting one of several correspondence activities within acorrespondence application for the letter print, based on certain criteria.

This is controlled by funtion modules that are assigned to the correspondence applications in Customizing.

Example:

In the "notice" correspondence application, you can determine the assigned "reason for notice" as a differentiatingcharacteristic; this means that the correspondence activity assigned to this notice reason is used in the letter printof each selected lease-out (rental agreement in Releases prior to 4.6C).

GLVWULFW�ORFDWLRQThe district location describes where the offer object is located from the view of the interested party

'�WDSHSpecific to Germany

A normed, electronic form used in the external heating expenses settlement, containing the settlement results ofthe external settlement company.

The data is imported into the system and the charges passed on to the tenant, on the basis of the data.

HYHQW�GULYHQ�IHHThe fee payable to the property manager when a particular predefined event occurs, for instance:

• After every tenant changeover

• On the sale of a property

H[FHVVLYH�UHQW�OLPLWThe maximum amount expressed in a percentage value by which the rent of

© SAP AG AC290 13-32

a new rental can exceed the local rent.

H[FHVVLYH�UHQW�OLPLWThe maximum amount expressed in a percentage value by which the rent of

a new rental can exceed the local rent.

H[SHQVHTotal current expenses per year or per month and area unit for rental units.

This figure is the basis for rent adjustments carried out under the cost efficiency analysis.

H[SHUW�RSLQLRQThe master data containing important data for the adjustment of condition types made according to expertopinions.

H[SHUW�RSLQLRQ�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHAdjustment of selected condition types on lease-outs or rental units using the surcharges/reductions or the newamount set for each area unit, based on the master data of an expert opinion.

H[WHUQDO�FRQGLWLRQ�FDWHJRU\Similar condition types are grouped together in (external) condition categories, such as the following:

• Basic rent

• Heating expenses

• Operating costs

The condition category controls:

• the compatibility of conditions

• the number of condition types that can or have to appear on a lease-out at any one time.

H[WHUQDO�FRQGLWLRQ�FDWHJRU\Similar condition types are grouped together in (external) condition categories, such as the following:

• Basic rent

• Heating expenses

• Operating costs

The condition category controls:

• the compatibility of conditions

• the number of condition types that can or have to appear on a rental agreement at any one time.

H[WHUQDO�KHDWLQJ�H[SHQVHV�VHWWOHPHQWHeating expenses settlement carried out by an external settlement company. The settlement is made via a DMEprogram in several stages using various electronic forms (data medium exchange tapes).

H[WHUQDO�XVDJH�W\SHPurpose for which a rental unit may be used (for instance: office, privately-financed apartment, parking space.)

External usage types are maintained in Customizing and influence the following:

• Field status of the rental unit

• Lease-out (rental agreement prior to Release 4.6C)

• Rent adjustment

• Service charge settlement

IDOVH�RFFXSDQF\�FKDUJHVCondition amount paid by a tenant living in a subsidized apartment although his/her income exceeds the stipulatedlimit.

© SAP AG AC290 13-33

The amount paid out (unlike the settlement payment) is not paid to the landlord.

Consequently the condition details can only be defined in the rental unit (and not in the lease-out).

ILQDO�VHWWOHPHQWProcess for the service charge settlement of apportionable costs

The tenant does not make any advance payments but receives a service charge settlement for the actual servicecharges incurred during the settlement period.

IL[WXUHV�DQG�ILWWLQJVA description of the inventory and the condition of real estate using fixtures and fittings characteristics.

IL[WXUHV�DQG�ILWWLQJV�FKDUDFWHULVWLFDefinition of the fixtures and fittings in a rental unit, for instance:

• No central heating

• Parquet flooring

• Intercom

Fixtures and fittings characteristics can be taken into account when adjusting conditions based on therepresentative list of rents.

IODW�UDWHContractually determined amount expressed as a fixed rate per time unit to cover service charges.

Lease-outs with flat rates participate in the service charge settlement, however the share of costs incurred in thelease-out is not passed on to the tenant.

IORRU�DUHD�UDWLRFloor-area ratio (FAR) - the arithmetic relationship of the total squarefeet of a building to the square footage ofthe property area.

IORZ�FDWHJRU\Characteristics of a flow type, for instance:

• Advance payments (operating costs, heating expenses, general service charges)

• Unqualified down payments

• Acquisitions

IORZ�W\SHMeans of classifying a particular cash flow. The flow type influences account determination.

The flow type is usually derived from the condition type.

IUDFWLRQDO�VKDUH�RI�SURSHUW\German law

An ownership structure whereby the property belongs to at least two people and each one of them can do whatthey want (independent of the other person) with a certain fractional share of the property.

In the land register, it is noted that this is a case of co-ownership according to fractional share of property.

IUHH�DGMXVWPHQWA type of rent adjustment for a lease-out allowing you to freely select the basic rent increase.

The increase can be:


• Absolute per rental unit, independent of the area (applies only to industrial lease-outs)

The adjustment type is set on the lease-out.

© SAP AG AC290 13-34

IUHH�DGMXVWPHQWA type of rent adjustment for a rental agreement allowing you to freely select the basic rent increase.

The increase can be:


• Absolute per rental unit, independent of the area (applies only to industrial rental agreements)

The adjustment type is set on the rental agreement.

IUHH�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHThis method allows you to

• Make a user-defined adjustment of the conditions of selected rental agreements or rental units:

� Absolute or relative for each area unit

� Absolute for each rental unit, independent of the area

or

• Specify a new amount that is absolute or for each area unit

IUHH�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHThis method allows you to

• Make a user-defined adjustment of the conditions of selected lease-outs or rental units:

� Absolute or relative for each area unit

� Absolute for each rental unit, independent of the area

or

• Specify a new amount that is absolute or for each area unit

JDUDJH�UHQWSelective user-defined adjustment of conditions of selected rental agreements or rental units based on the rental ofgarages. These conditions can be:

• Absolute or relative for each area unit

• Absolute, independent of the area

• Absolute or for each area unit using the specification of a new amount

JDUDJH�UHQWSelective user-defined adjustment of conditions of selected lease-outs or rental units based on the rental ofgarages. These conditions can be:

• Absolute or relative for each area unit

• Absolute, independent of the area

• Absolute or for each area unit using the specification of a new amount

JUDGXDWHG�OHDVH�RXWLease-out with an adjustment type that enables an adjustment according to time-dependent graduated conditions.

JUDGXDWHG�UHQWType of rent that is automatically increased on predefined dates using graduated conditions.

JUDGXDWHG�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHSpecifies that the graduated rent is allowed as a rental adjustment method for a rental agreement:

Therefore, time-dependent condition amounts can be automatically generated according to time and amountstandards on the agreement for each condition type.

© SAP AG AC290 13-35

JUDGXDWHG�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHA type of rent adjustment enabling adjustment according to time-dependent conditions.

JUDGXDWHG�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHSpecifies that the graduated rent is allowed as a rental adjustment method for a lease-out:

Therefore, time-dependent condition amounts can be automatically generated according to time and amountstandards on the agreement for each condition type.

JUDGXDWHG�UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQWRental agreement with an adjustment type (standard 4 = graduated rent) that enables an adjustment according totime-dependent graduated conditions.

KHDWLQJ�SHUFHQWDJHSwiss law

Statistical value for a time period in a year that is used to evaluate the heating expenses settlement.

KHDWLQJ�V\VWHPThe organizational unit that supplies business entities and their rental units with heating and hot water.

The (central) heating system is used for external heating expenses settlements.

KHDWLQJ�YDOXH�GD\Location-specific period in which assignments are made for heating value percentage rates.

KHDWLQJ�YDOXH�SHUFHQWDJH�UDWHStatistical percentage rate for each period depending on the regional location. It is used for weighting heatingexpenses.

Example:

Regional location: Zurich

Settlement period: 01/01/98 - 06/30/98

• January -> 60 % (heating value percentage rate)

• February to May -> 40 %

• June -> 0 %

This specifies that the month of June is weighted with 0% and January with 60% in the heating expensessettlement.

KRXVLQJ�FRPPLWPHQW�ODZGerman law

Apartments that were purchased with loans from public funds are governed by this ruling of 07/22/1982. This lawgoverns the legal issues of the loan repayments.

LPSXWHG�YDFDQF\�FRVWVLost revenues resulting from a rental unit not being rented.

These costs are calculated by performing a debit position run on the vacant rental units.

LQGH[�FODVVClassification of index series by determining the most important characteristics

• Age-dependent/year-dependent

• Historical indexing

LQGH[�FODXVHGerman law

Agreement between landlord and tenant on the rent adjustment for index-linked rents based on the cost of living(inflation rate).

© SAP AG AC290 13-36

LQGH[�UHQWA type of rent adjustment allowing only index rent adjustments for a lease-out.

Under German law, this adjustment type has to be authorized by the German State Central Bank.


LQGH[�VHULHVPrice rate increases (for instance standard of living, consumer price index) used as a basis for index-linked rentadjustments.

LQGH[�OLQNHG�OHDVH�RXWLQGH[�OLQNHG�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQWSpecifies that the adjustment of conditions on a lease-out or a rental unit are based on an index such as theconsumer price index.

LQGH[�OLQNHG�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQWSpecifies that the adjustment of conditions on a rental agreement or a rental unit are based on an index such as theconsumer price index.

LQGH[�OLQNHG�UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQWRental agreement with index-linked rent adjustment; that means rent increases are based on correlated indices.

LQIRUPDWLRQDO�VSDFH�W\SHA space type that offers an alternative view of the base space type. Its factors can be maintained manually. For therelated space factors, it describes other views of the base space type of a rental space or rental room that are notprimarily oriented on its usage.

LQLWLDO�VWDWXVStatus that is automatically active when you create an account assignment object.

More than one initial status can be active at once.

LQSXW�WD[�DGMXVWPHQWGerman law

The time period from the first use of an asset (for example, April 1996) until the end of that same calendar year(December 1996).

The input tax amounts of the acquisition/construction costs of an asset have to be adjusted in this phase if there isa change to the option rates.

LQSXW�WD[�DGMXVWPHQW�SKDVHThe input tax adjustment phase begins and ends in the year in which the asset is initially assigned to the correctionitem.

LQSXW�WD[�FRUUHFWLRQGerman law

The time period after the input tax adjustment. The input tax deduction correction must be made here inaccordance with the German tax laws §15a (1) UStG or §44(2) UStDV.

The monthly amount is calculated from (current option rate - base rate) multiplied by the input tax amount fromAHK divided by the number of the correction months.

LQSXW�WD[�GLVWULEXWLRQThis function divides the input tax according to the option rates into deductible and non-deductible part and postsit.

LQSXW�WD[�SURFHVVLQJGerman Law

The input tax processing in Real estate management contains all the functions for calculating the deductible andnon-deductible input tax share.

© SAP AG AC290 13-37

The functions are:

• Determination of the option rate

• Input tax distribution using the option rate

• Input tax treatment (asset accounting)

LQSXW�WD[�UHYLVLRQGerman law

Time period of the construction phase of an asset until the date of first use.

If there is a provisional agreement with commercial usage for the rental unit, an input tax deduction can be madefor the acquisition and manufacture costs.

LQSXW�WD[�WUHDWPHQWGerman law

The procedure is in accordance with the German tax laws § 9b (income tax) in connection with § 15a (sales tax)and § 44. SAP represents these legal fundamentals of the input tax treatment in different phases.

• Input tax revision phase

Construction phase of an asset until the date of the first use of the asset.

• Input tax adjustment phase

Time period from the date of the first use of the asset until the end of that calendar year.

• Input tax revision phase

Phase after the input tax adjustment.

LQWHUQDO�FRQGLWLRQ�FDWHJRU\Predefined condition category to which (external) condition categories can be assigned in Customizing.

Internal condition categories are:

• Advance payments (service charge settlement)

• Flat rates (service charge settlement)

• Freely adjustable rent (rent adjustment)

For certain calculations the system has to know if a certain condition type belongs to an internal conditioncategory. The selections for these calculations are then carried out via this category.

LQWHUQDO�XVDJH�W\SHA usage type predefined by the system that is assigned to a usage type category.

Rental agreement processing is controlled via the assignment of internal usage types to external usage types.

LQWHUQDO�XVDJH�W\SHA usage type predefined by the system that is assigned to a usage type category.

Lease-out processing is controlled via the assignment of internal usage types to external usage types.

LUUHFRYHUDEOH�GHEWRent receivables (open items) that cannot be collected due to certain circumstances (for instance death orbankruptcy of the tenant).

ODQG�UHJLVWHUObject used for creating data relevant to the land register.

ODQG�XVH�PDSDescription of the community's development plans that specifies the type of land use that has been determined forthe whole communal area.

© SAP AG AC290 13-38

OHDVH�LQContract for mapping the lease-in of objects. It is used to process business activities resulting out of the contractfor instance:

• Monitoring of payments made to the landlord

• Setting payment blocks

The lease-in is uniquely defined by a contract type with the contract reference "01 objects are leased in"(Customizing setting).

OHDVH�RXWAn agreement between a landlord and a tenant that maps rental processes from a landlord’s point of view.

OHJDO�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHA type of rent adjustment allowing only adjustments for rental agreements based on Swiss law.

The adjustment type is set in the rental agreement.

OLDELOLW\�UHVHUYHReserves for reasonably forseeable and uncertain costs that could be incurred on a particular key date, due toadvance payments that were fixed at a level less than the anticipated settlement result.

OLDELOLW\�UHVHUYH�FRQWUDFWContract type that can be used to map the creation and retransfer of liability reserves for service charge costs.

ORFDWLRQIndicator for the town or district in which the business entity is situated. It is a freely definable sorting indicator.

0�/�WDSHSpecific to Germany

A normed, electronic form used in the external heating expenses settlement, containing all the data required forthe settlement.

At the end of the settlement period, the M/L (Mieter = tenant/Liegenschaft = realty) tape is generated by thesystem and submitted to the settlement company.

PDLQ�DVVHW�QXPEHUThis number is a combination of the company code and the asset subnumber and uniquely identifies a fixed assetin the system. The number identifies an asset as a single unit for valuation when it includes several master records(subnumbers).

PDLQ�FRQWUDFWA general contract that has other subordinate general contracts; it serves the purpose of representing contracthierarchies.

PDLQ�FRVW�HIILFLHQF\�DQDO\VLVGerman law

Master record of the cost efficiency analysis consisting of at least one partial cost efficiency analysis.

PDLQ�XVDJH�W\SHDescribes the type of usage of properties or buildings from the asset accounting view.

The main usage type determines the account determination for posting costs and revenues.

If an asset is assigned to a property or a building, the main usage type is derived from the asset class.

PDLQWHQDQFH�DUHDIndicator used to specify in which maintenance area the repair work required to return the apartment, building orproperty to its correct usage lies (for instance property manager, caretaker, maintenance organization).

The maintenance area is assigned to the business entity.

© SAP AG AC290 13-39

PDQDJHPHQW�FRQWUDFWContract between real estate owner and manager establishing the terms on which the manager manages the realestate on behalf of the owner.

The management contract specifies:

• The objects to be managed

• The fees agreed upon for the services performed

PDUNHW�YDOXHPrice that a developed or undeveloped piece of property is expected to reach at the time of valuation under normalbusiness conditions.

The market value determination is carried out by experts (for instance: architects, construction engineers,brokers).

PDVWHU�VHWWOHPHQW�XQLWCollection center for service charges that are for different service charge keys for the supplier and appear on oneinvoice.

In accordance with the rules to be specified, the costs are assigned to the master settlement unit and taken intoacount for the service charge settlement.

PD[LPXP�FRVWVTerm used in the service charge settlement to denote the maximum amount of money for each condition type thatcan be apportioned as cost to the tenant.

Costs above the maximum amount remain on the rental unit and are identified as non-apportionable.

PHWHUThe instrument used to measure the consumer-dependent resources of a rental unit (for example, electricity,water) as a value.

The consumption is automatically entered in the service charge settlement.

PRGHUQL]DWLRQ�PHDVXUHVThe adjustment of selected condition types on lease-outs or rental units using the actual costs that are based on themaster data of modernization measures (construction measures).

PRGHUQL]DWLRQ�PHDVXUHVThe adjustment of selected condition types on rental agreements or rental units using the actual costs that arebased on the master data of modernization measures (construction measures).

PRYH�LQ�GDWHDate on which the tenant occupies a rental unit.

QHW�UHQWBasic rent excluding operating and heating expenses.

QRWLFHThe termination of a lease-out by the landlord or by the tenant.

REMHFW�FKDUDFWHULVWLFSpecifies the structural fixtures and fittings of real estate.

Example:

• Object characteristics group: Floor

• Object characteristic: Floor covering

• Characteristic: Stone flooring

© SAP AG AC290 13-40

RFFXSDQF\�REOLJDWLRQLaws, guidelines or other rules (including inter-company) governing accommodation and usage entitlements.

([DPSOH�State requirement within authority-supported accommodation (§4 WoBindG - German law governing housingcommitment) whereby the landlord can only rent an apartment to people in possession of an accommodationentitlement certificate.

RFFXSDQF\�W\SHDescription of the occupancy of a rental unit or lease-out, for instance:

• Vacant (rental unit)

• Own usage (lease-out with a cost center in one's own organization)

• Third-party usage (lease-out with an external user)

RIIHUProposal made to an applicant for concluding a lease-out on a rental unit.

Rental offers can be directly transformed into lease-outs.

RIIHU�REMHFWA rental unit that is available for rent is converted into an offer object to enable a concordance search to match theoffer object (and not the rental unit) to suitable rental requests.

RSHUDWLQJ�FRVWVService charges that are incurred by the properties and assigned to the operating costs group in Customizing. Theyare represented by the service charge key.

Operating costs are apportioned to the tenants in the service charge settlement.

RSWLRQ�UDWHGerman law

Percentage ratio of rentals liable to sales tax compared to the total rentals of rental units belonging to one businessentity.

The deductible and non-deductible input tax is calculated on the basis of the option rate.

The option rate is determined on a monthly basis.

RSWLRQ�UDWH�FDOFXODWLRQ�E\�DUHDGerman law

Calculation of the monthly option rate using the area of the rental units.

The option rate is required for processing input tax.

RSWLRQ�UDWH�FDOFXODWLRQ��FXELF�YROXPHGerman law

Calculation of the monthly option rate using the cubic volume of the rental units (unit: m³)

The option rate is necessary for processing input tax.

RWKHU�SD\DEOHVFor an accurate assessment of the net income for a particular accounting period, you have to make accruals anddeferrals for expenses that are posted and paid in arrears but that have to be completely or partially allocated toearlier periods from an accounting point of view. We refer to this as posting "other receivables".

In Real Estate, these are payables from vendor contracts in which the rent is paid in arrears.

RWKHU�SD\DEOHVExpenses that are allocated in part or in full to accounting periods prior to the ones in which they are paid. Suchexpenses must be accrued to guarantee a correct and proper income statement. This posting is known as "other

© SAP AG AC290 13-41

payables". In Real Estate Management these are payables arising from vendor contracts with the condition type"rent paid in arrears".

RWKHU�UHFHLYDEOHVRevenues that are allocated in part or in full to accounting periods prior to the one in which they are earned. Suchrevenues must be accrued to guarantee a correct and proper income statement. This posting is known as "OtherReceivables".

In Real Estate Management these are receivables arising from customer contracts with rent paid in arrears.

RZQHU�IDFWRUConversion factor used for split property ownership.

It specifies the lowest fractional part on which the split property ownership value is based.

Example:

Owner A owns 17/100 share, owner B 83/100 of the property;

The owner factor is 100.

RZQHU�VHWWOHPHQWSettlement of costs and revenues from Real Estate objects on the owners of the objects according to their ownershares.

SDUWLDO�FRVW�HIILFLHQF\�DQDO\VLVGerman law

Integral part (master record) of a main cost efficiency analysis (MCEA).

Different usage categories of a main cost efficiency analysis, such as "freely financed" or "public authority-supported", can be represented in the system by means of a partial cost efficiency analysis.

SDUWLFLSDWLRQ�,'Identification of a group of rental units that participate in a service charge settlement.

Both the assignment of the group as well as the assignment of rental units within a group is time-dependent.

SDUW�LQFOXVLYH�UHQWRent that includes operating and heating expenses in part only; the remaining part is displayed and settledseparately.

SDUW�RZQHUVKLSPart area of the ownership structure of a condominium owners’ association.

Part-ownership includes

• Separate ownership of rooms that are not used for residential purposes

• Co-ownership share of the common property

SDVV�RQ�SHUFHQWDJH�UDWHPercentage rate at which an index-based rent adjustment is to be passed on to the tenant. This percentage ratealways refers to one lease-out.

SDVV�RQ�SHUFHQWDJH�UDWHDetermines for each rental agreement the percentage rate at which an index-based rent adjustment is passed on tothe tenant.

SD\HU�ZLWK�FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQWRole category in a lease-out.

• It is used to describe the business partner who pays the rent instead of the tenant with customer account.

• The payer with customer account has to be created as customer in financial accounting, however postings arenot made on the customer account, but

• On the customer account of the master tenant

© SAP AG AC290 13-42

• And the alternative payer (subsidizer with customer account) is documented in the document.

SD\HU�ZLWK�FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQWRole category in a rental agreement.

• It is used to describe the business partner who pays the rent instead of the tenant with customer account.

• The payer with customer account has to be created as customer in financial accounting, however postings arenot made on the customer account, but

• On the customer account of the master tenant

• And the alternative payer (subsidizer with customer account) is documented in the document.

SD\PHQW�GDWDThis contains all data relevant for the debit position of a lease-out:

• Payment methods

• Payment form

• Dunning data

• Debit position data

• Input tax processing data

SD\PHQW�GDWDThis contains all data relevant for the debit position of a rental agreement:

• Payment methods

• Payment form

• Dunning data

• Debit position data

• Input tax processing data

SD\PHQW�IRUPDescribes how the tenant has to pay the conditions of a lease-out:

• In advance

• Mid-term

• In arrears

SD\PHQW�IRUPDescribes how the tenant has to pay the conditions of a rental agreement:

• In advance

• Mid-term

• In arrears

SD\PHQW�SURYLVLRQGerman law

Agreement between tenant and landlord governing adjustments of index-linked rent for business premises. Theruling is that:

• If the index changes (for instance, cost of living index), the rent has to be recalculated, but that

• The tenant first has to agree to the adjustment

If no agreement is reached, an expert has to be consulted.

SHUFHQWDJH�UDWH�RI�LQFUHDVHThe percentage rate of a rent adjustment that is passed on to the tenant for each rental unit.

© SAP AG AC290 13-43

The percentage rate of increase dos not apply to index-linked rent adjustments. In this case the pass-on percentagerate applies.

SHULRG�RI�QRWLFHA period of time regulated by law or individual contract after the expiry of which the notice served on a lease-outbecomes effective.

SHULRGLF�IHHThe fee payable to the property manager at the end of a particular predefined period. Examples of periodic fees:

• Fixed rate per month

• Percentage share of the rent revenue per quarter

SHULRGLF�SRVWLQJPosting activity related to the general contract in which vendor or customer condition amounts are credited ordebited to the accounts of the assigned business partners.

SODQQHG�SULQFLSOHPlanned principle of service charge settlement (SCS)

The service charge settlement only takes into account advance payments that have been posted by the debitposition run. It does not take into account the advance payments that have actually been made.

Planned principle of the debit position run:

If the lease-out has an output tax other that 0, the tax can be posted with

• the debit position run (= planned principle), or

• the incoming payment (= actual principle)

SODQQHG�SULQFLSOHPlanned principle of service charge settlement (SCS)

The service charge settlement only takes into account advance payments that have been posted by the debitposition run. It does not take into account the advance payments that have actually been made.

Planned principle of the debit position run:

If the rental agreement has an output tax other that 0, the tax can be posted with

• the debit position run (= planned principle), or

• the incoming payment (= actual principle)

SULRULW\�QRWLFH�RI�FRQYH\DQFHSULYDWHO\�XVHG�URRPRoom that is assigned to a rental unit time-dependently.

SURSHUW\In the RE Real Estate sense of the word, this is limited to the land itself, and does not include the buildingserected on it.

Properties belong to the business entity.

SURSHUW\�RZQHUVKLS�SHU�VWRUH\Swiss law

Co-ownership of a property with the special right by which the co-owner has parts of the building at his disposal.

SURYLVLRQDO�DJUHHPHQWLease-out that is concluded as a provisional agreement during the construction phase of a real estate asset.

A provisional agreement is the basis for input tax treatment of the acquisition/manufacture costs of an asset inconstruction.

The provisional agreement must apply to rental units that are being used commercially.

© SAP AG AC290 13-44

SURYLVLRQDO�DJUHHPHQWDuring the construction phase of a real estate asset, rental agreements can be concluded as provisionalagreements.

A provisional agreement is the basis for input tax treatment of the acquisition/manufacture costs of an asset inconstruction.

The provisional agreement must apply to rental units that are being used commercially.

5HDO�(VWDWH�JHQHUDO�FRQWUDFWA flexible contract (object) that uses contract types to display different viewpoints:

• Vendor contract

Displays accounts payable (customer view)

• Customer contract

Displays accounts receivable (vendor view)

• Vendor and customer contract

Displays accounts payable and accounts receivable (customer and vendor view)

The different views are defined by the contract type.

UHDO�HVWDWH�JURXSDescribes the type of rental unit.

Examples of real estate groups are:

• Residential

• Commercial

• Garage

5HDO�(VWDWH�REMHFWThe following are defined as Real Estate objects:

• Business entity (CO object with account assignment)

• Property (CO object with account assignment)

• Building (CO object with account assignment)

• Rental unit (CO object with account assignment)

• Room (not a CO object)

The following objects are also Real Estate objects (all CO objects with account assignment):

• Lease-out


• Management contract

• Settlement unit (cost collector)

All the above objects are business objects; the following are also business objects:

• Application (not a CO object)

• Offer (not a CO object)

• Land registar

UHDO�YDOXHThe value of undeveloped and developed properties, consisting of

• Land value

• Cost of production of the constructed asset

© SAP AG AC290 13-45

• Value of other assets

UHGXFWLRQ�FDWHJRU\A collection of fixtures and fittings characteristics of a rental unit that brings about a rent reduction when a rentadjustment is carried out on the basis of the representative list of rents.

UHIHUHQFH�DUHDThe area on the basis of which the following is carried out:

• Rent adjustments as a result of area changes

• Calculation of the rent per area unit

• Automatic determination of option rates according to the area ratio (German input tax processing)

UHIHUHQFH�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SHA condition type that is linked to another condition type.

Reference condition types are currently only used for rent reductions to define the rent reduction details on acondition type.

UHIHUHQFH�GRFXPHQW�QXPEHUThe key generated by the system that clearly and concisely classifies automatic postings of the RE component.

Accounting documents that are generated due to the posting are assigned this key as an external documentnumber.

UHIHUHQFH�IORZ�W\SHA flow type that is derived from an original flow type.

Reference flow types are necessary so that the posting processes for the following business processes can bemade:

• Vacancy postings

• Own usage

• Accruals/deferrals

• Follow-up postings due to backdated condition changes

• Posting of service charge settlement results

UHIHUHQFH�LQWHUHVW�UDWH�FDVK�GHSRVLWKey containing the time-dependent various interest rates for the cash deposit interest clearing.

It is maintained in Customizing.

Example:

Interest rate, valid from

1.25% 01/01/98

1.50% 10/01/98

1.75% 01/01/99

UHJLRQDO�ORFDWLRQA location parameter that can be assigned to a business entity.

For certain rent adjustment procedures (Switzerland/Netherlands) the regional location has a functionalsignificance.

UHJLRQDO�ORFDWLRQ�NH\�IRU�KHDWLQJ�YDOXH�GD\VKey that weights the type of heating expenses for each regional location based on a heating value percentage rateper period (heating value days).

The following costs can be apportioned according to this key:

• Consumption-independent heating expenses

© SAP AG AC290 13-46

• Heating expenses that are apportioned according to consumption without an interim meter reading

UHJLVWUDWLRQ�FRQVHQWA land register registration can only be made if the person whose rights it affects consents to the registration.

The consent has to be verified by official documents or attested by a public notary.

UHQHZDO�RSWLRQIndicates for how long and at what periods a lease-out can be extended.

UHQWPayments made by the tenant to the landlord:

• Basic rent

• Surcharges

• Allowances

• Advance payments of operating costs

UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�DFFUXDO�GHIHUUDOAccrual/deferral for the anticipated revenue from a rent adjustment that has already been calculated but not yetactivated.

UHQW�FDSFreely definable upper limit for rent increases used for the following rent adjustment procedures:


• Comparative rent

• Free rent adjustment

UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQWContract drawn up between tenant and landlord governing the rental of a rental unit.

UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQW�IRU�LQWHUQDO�FRPSDQ\�XVDJHLease-out in which a rental unit is used within an organization.

The tenant is defined as main contractual partner with customer account in the lease-out.

UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQW�IRU�RZQ�XVDJHA rental agreement in which a rental unit is used within an organization.

Here the tenant is a cost center in the organization.

UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQW�IRU�WKLUG�SDUW\�XVDJHType of lease-out under which a rental unit is neither used for company nor own usage but is rented out to a thirdparty or to an organization. This is the most common type of contract.

The tenant is defined as the main contractual partner with customer account in the lease-out.

UHQWDO�FROODWHUDOA fixed payment contractually agreed upon between landlord and tenant.

The rental collateral serves the purpose of safeguarding the landlord in the event that the tenant does not honorhis/her obligations arising out of the lease-out.

The rental collateral can be defined in the lease-out in different ways, such as:

• Savings account

• Guarantee of payment

• Cash deposit

© SAP AG AC290 13-47

UHQWDO�RIIHUProposal made to an applicant for concluding a rental agreement on a rental unit.

Rental offers can be directly transformed into rental agreements.

UHQWDO�UHTXHVWSearch criteria for a rental unit (for example, rent) and the means by which the system assigns vacant rental unitsto interested parties.

UHQWDO�URRPA room that can be rented.

A rental room can only be created on the basis of an architectural room.

UHQWDO�VSDFHSpace that can be rented.

A rental space can only be created on the basis of an architectural room or an architectural space.

UHQWDO�XQLWThe spatial unit on the basis of which Real Estate objects are rented.

A rental unit is uniquely assigned to a building or a property.

UHSUHVHQWDWLYH�OLVW�RI�UHQWVMeans of summarizing the rent prices of apartments in a particular locality that match particular geographical andinfrastructural criteria.

Automatic rent adjustments are carried out on the basis of the representative list of rents.

The representative list of rents is assigned on the level of the business entity.

The representative list of rents is also an adjustment method.

UHSUHVHQWDWLYH�OLVW�RI�UHQWV�ILHOGStructure element of a representative list of rents.

When there is a rent adjustment according to the representative list of rents, the rental unit is grouped in a specificfield in the representative list of rents in accordance with the building age, size, location and fixtures and fittings.

Every field has 3 amounts (below value/average value/over value) which are used to reflect the rent price range.

UHYHQXH�YDOXHValue derived from the land value of a property and the value of its anticipated earnings (from the rent or lease,for example).

URRPStructure element for a building

URRP�W\SHDefinition of the usage of a room.

([DPSOH• Living room

• Kitchen

• Office

• Warehouse

VDOHV�DFFUXDO�GHIHUUDOMethod for the accounting accrual/deferral for the reported, planned sales or sales revenue of a sales-based rentalagreement.

© SAP AG AC290 13-48

VDOHV�DFFUXDO�GHIHUUDOMethod for the accounting accrual/deferral for the reported, planned sales or sales revenue of a sales-based lease-out.

VDOHV�UHSRUWObligation of a commercial tenant on the basis of a sales-based lease-out committing him to report the sales to thelandlord in regular intervals in order to determine the amount of rent to be paid.

VDOHV�UHSRUWObligation of a commercial tenant on the basis of a sales-based rental agreement committing him to report thesales to the landlord in regular intervals in order to determine the amount of rent to be paid.

VDOHV�EDVHG�OHDVH�RXWLease-out with the adjustment type "sales-based rent" meaning that the rent increase is determined by the salesreports of the commercial tenant.

VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQWThe rent depends on the commercial tenant’s sales.

The sales-based settlement determines the rent amount and any adjustments of the advance payments, based onthe sales reports and the conditions of the sales-based lease-out.

VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQWThe rent depends on the commercial tenant’s sales.

The sales-based settlement determines the rent amount and any adjustments of the advance payments, based onthe sales reports and the conditions of the sales-based rental agreement.

VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�PHWKRGA type of rent adjustment allowing sales-based rent adjustments for a lease-out.

The rent is calculated on the basis of sales made by the tenant in the offices.

The adjustment type is set on the lease-out.

VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�PHWKRGA type of rent adjustment allowing sales-based rent adjustments for a rental agreement.

The rent is calculated on the basis of sales made by the tenant in the offices.

The adjustment type is set on the rental agreement.

VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQW�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHA type of rent adjustment that specifies that the rent for a particular lease-out is charged in proportion to the salesmade on the premises.

VDOHV�EDVHG�UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQWRental agreement with the adjustment type "sales-based rent" (usually 3 = sales-based rent) meaning that the rentincrease is determined by the sales reports of the commercial tenant.

VHSDUDWH�RZQHUVKLSPart area of the ownership structure of a condominium owners’ association.

The separate ownership consists of

• Apartments

• Other rooms

As long as these rooms are included and are part of the separate ownership.

VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�JURXSMeans of grouping service charges into:

• Operating expenses

© SAP AG AC290 13-49

• Heating costs

• General costs (operating and heating expenses)

VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�NH\Describes the type of costs that a Real Estate object incurs. Distinctions are made between:

• Apportionable service charge keys: in the settlement, these costs can be apportioned to the tenant as servicecharges

• Non-apportionable service charge keys: costs cannot be apportioned to tenant

VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�KHDGHUPart of a service charge settlement which contains data that is valid for the entire service charge settlement.

A service charge settlement header contains:

• Settlement category

• Partner

• Invoice date

• Invoice number

• Period start

• Period end

• Total amount

• Tax code

VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQW�YHULILFDWLRQProcess for entering the details of service charges incurred and verifying them against:

• Contract data

• Advance payments

• Previous settlement results

VHUYLFH�FKDUJHVThese comprise the recurring operating expenses and heating costs of a rental unit.

VHWMeans of grouping selection criteria and denoting it as a fixed value or variable.

The groups allow Real Estate objects to be selected and enable the groups to be available in all clients with a setname, for example to select a business entity according to the criteria in the group.

In the RE component, only the set type "Basic sets" is used.

VHWWOHPHQW�SDUWLFLSDWLRQDefines how a lease-out participates in a service charge settlement.

The settlement participation is dependent on:

• Settlement units and service charge keys

• The relevant apportionment units

• The relevant conditions for the settlement types

Manual settings determine other dependencies.

Example: Maximum costs

VHWWOHPHQW�SD\PHQWA condition amount that is paid by a tenant living in an apartment subsidized with outside funds although thetenant’s income exceeds the minimum level required to qualify for the subsidy.

© SAP AG AC290 13-50

As the settlement payment is paid directly to the landlord (which is not the case for false occupancy charges), arecord of the payment should be kept on the lease-out (and also on the rental unit, if required).

VHWWOHPHQW�SHULRGDefines the periods in which the service charge settlements are to be carried out.

VHWWOHPHQW�W\SHDefines the way the service charges (service charge key) participate in the service charge settlement

The settlement type is predefined by the system:

• No participation

• Advance payment

• Flat rate

• Final settlement

VHWWOHPHQW�XQLWDetermines the type of settlement used for service charge settlements. The settlement unit defines the:

• Settlement period (settlement periods/variants)

• Type of service charges (for instance hot water supply)

• Apportionment factors (for instance hot water consumption m3)

• Participating rental units

VHWWOHPHQW�YDULDQWA number of settlement periods adding up to a year. The settlement year does not have to correspond with thecalendar year.

Settlement variants can be year-dependent.

VSDFH�FDWHJRU\Categories of space and room object. Two space categories exist:

• Architectural space category

• Space category for the usage view.

Architectural space category: Characteristics for architectural spaces and rooms. Examples: Main usage area(MUA), subsidiary usage area (SUA), public area (PA), function area (FA), developed areas, undeveloped areas.

Space category for the usage view: Time-dependent characteristics of rental spaces and rental rooms. Examples:MUA1 - MUA7, SUA, PA, FA, parking areas, green area, other undeveloped areas. The field status of the objectsis determined by the space category. Space categories can be grouped together. A basis for a category could beland-specific norms or guidelines as well as the specific criteria of the user (see space category group for furtherinformation).

VSDFH�FDWHJRU\�JURXSUsed to define a group of space categories that are oriented on certain aspects such as country-specific standardsor user-defined criteria.

VSDFH�IDFWRUA factor that quantifies a space type; normally the dimension is used for this (m2, sqft, etc), but other units ofmeasurement may be used.

VSUHDG�FODXVHGerman law

Agreement for the rent adjustment of business premises between the landlord and tenant. It stipulates that the rentis adjusted in line with the rent changes of comparative business premises (location, type, size) and that thelandlord does not have to get the approval of the tenant for the rental adjustment.

© SAP AG AC290 13-51

VWDEOH�YDOXH�FODXVHGerman law

The linking of rent changes to a specific index. The land central bank must authorize this.

VXEVLGL]HU�ZLWK�FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQWRole category in a lease-out:

• It describes the business partner who pays a portion of the rent payable by the tenant with customer account.

• This role category is defined in financial accounting as customer; rental payments incurred by the subsidizerare posted to this customer account.

VXEVLG\�FODVVGrouping of fixtures and fittings characteristics belonging to a rental unit. This grouping leads to an increase inrent within the framework of an adjustment with a representative list of rents.

6ZLVV�DGMXVWPHQWCountry-specific adjustment method according to Swiss law using absolute and relative factors that take the rentreserve into account.

WHQDQF\�ODZThe country-specific tenancy law determines the rental process.

The tenancy law influences the following:

• Service charge settlements

• Rental adjustments

• Periods of notice

You set the required tenancy law for the business entity.

WHQDQW�UHQWDO�DJUHHPHQWContract drawn up for the tenant rental of objects.

It is used to process business activities resulting out of the contract.

([DPSOH• Monitoring of payments made to the landlord

• Setting payment blocks

The tenant rental agreement is defined uniquely by a contract type with the contract reference "01 Objects are T-rented" (Customizing setting).

WHQDQW�VHUYLFH�FKDUJH�VHWWOHPHQWSpecific service charge settlement based on Austrian law.

The tenant who occupies the object at the time of the service charge settlement is either debited or credited withthe settlement results, regardless of whether he/she actually occupies the object during the settlement period.

WHQDQW�ZLWK�FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQWRole category in a lease-out. It defines a business partner as master tenant responsible for paying the rent.

You have to create the "tenant with customer account" as a customer in Financial Accounting.

WHQDQW�ZLWKRXW�D�FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQWTenant without a customer account in the rental agreement that is used for the correspondence function.

WHQDQW�ZLWKRXW�D�FXVWRPHU�DFFRXQWTenant without a customer account in the lease-out that is used for the correspondence function.

WULYLDO�DPRXQWGerman law

© SAP AG AC290 13-52

Trivial amounts (as defined in the German Ordinance Regulating Turnover Tax) that determine whether or not tocarry out an adjustment of the input tax deduction in the input tax correction phase.

XQTXDOLILHG�GRZQ�SD\PHQWAn overpayment credited to the customer during incoming payments processing of rent receivables.

It is used to balance customer open items during the next processing of incoming payments.

XVDJH�FDWHJRU\Internal usage types are categorized together:

• Non-commercial

• Commercial

• Mixed

XVDJH�W\SHDescribes the purpose of a rental unit. Example: office, privately financed, parking space. There are two types ofusage types - external and internal.

External usage types are maintained in Customizing and have particular characteristics of internal usage types. Anexternal usage type always corresponds to an internal usage type.

Internal usage types cannot be changed and are grouped in different usage categories. The following internalusage types are delivered:

• 01 Privately financed apartment

• 02 Public authority supported accommodation

• 03 Commercial tenancy law

• 04 Commercial parking space

• 05 Private parking space

• 06 Mixed usage rental units

• 07 Advertizing space

• 08 Stand area

• 09 Commercial and private parking space

YDFDQF\Status of a rental unit specifying that no lease-out currently exists for it.

YDFDQF\�SHUFHQWDJH�UDWHPercentage share of costs of a vacant rental unit that has to be borne by the owner.

If the percentage rate < 100, the difference is apportioned to the tenant as costs.

YDFDQW�UHQWDO�XQLWRental unit that is not assigned to any lease-out.

It is identified by the system status UNOC (unoccupied).

YDOXH�WUDQVIHU�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHMethod for the transfer of selected conditions and condition amounts

• from the rental unit to the rental agreement

• or from the rental agreement to the rental unit

YDOXH�WUDQVIHU�DGMXVWPHQW�W\SHMethod for the transfer of selected conditions and condition amounts

• from the rental unit to the lease-out

• or from the lease-out to the rental unit

© SAP AG AC290 13-53

YHQGRU�DQG�FXVWRPHU�FRQWUDFWContract type used in the Real Estate general contract. When a party leases in an object and leases it out to anotherparty, this contract type displays accounts payable and accounts receivable on the object.

YHQGRU�FRQWUDFWContract type used in the Real Estate general contract. The tenant can use it to display accounts payable.

ZRUNOLVWSets of master data objects such as rental units, lease-outs and so on. Users can create personalized sets of objectsfor which they are responsible. The objects can be processed directly from the set.

© SAP AG AC290 13-54

0HQX�3DWKV�0HQX�3DWKV Real Estate Management

|

|-- Master Data

| |

| |----- Object Browser

| |-- Objects

| | |

| | |-- Business entity

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Property

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Building/parts of

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Rental unit

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Rooms

| | | |

| | | |----- Maintain

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | --- Land register

| | |

| | | |----- Create

© SAP AG AC290 13-55

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| |

| |-- Business partner

| | |

| | |-- Tenant

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Owner

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Broker

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Other roles

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | --- Special functions

| | |

| | |----- Create business partner from customer

| | | |----- Change business partner with customer reference

| |

| |-- SCS Infrastructure

| | |

| | |-- Participation ID

| | | |

| | | |----- Maintain

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Settlement unit

© SAP AG AC290 13-56

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | | ------ Generate cost collector

| | |

| | |-- Master settlement unit

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display


| | |

| | --- Heating systems

| | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| |

| --- Country specifics

| |

| |-- Correction items

| | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | ------ Delete

| |

| --- BAV regulatory reporting

| |

| |----- Transfer

| ------ Information

|

|-- Rental

| |

| |----- Tenant information

| |-- Management of Interested Parties

| | |

| | |-- Rental Requests

| | | |

| | | |----- Create rental requests

| | | |----- Change rental request

© SAP AG AC290 13-57

| | | ------ Display rental request

| | | |----- Overview of rental request

| | |

| | |-- Offer objects

| | | |

| | | |----- Rental units -> Offer objects

| | | |----- Overview of offer objects

| | |

| | |-- Concordance search

| | | |

| | | |----- Rental request -> Find offer objects

| | | |----- Offer object -> Find rental requests

| | |

| | --- Applications (old dialogs)

| | |

| | |-- Commercial

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Private

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Assign

| | | |

| | | |----- Search for rental unit -> Applications

| | | ------ Search for rental request -> Rental units

| | |

| | | |----- Overview of applications

| |

| |-- Offer

| | |

| | | |----- Create

| | |----- Change, convert to LO

| | | ------ Display

| | ------ Mass processing

| |

| |-- Lease-out

© SAP AG AC290 13-58

| | |

| | | |----- Create

| | |-- Change

| | | |

| | | |----- Lease-out master data

| | | |----- Conditions of active contracts

| | | |----- Rent reduction

| | | |----- Lease-out renewal

| | | |----- Change collective LO

| | | ------ Change payment method, bank details

| | |

| | | ------ Display

| | |-- Activate

| | | |

| | | |----- Residential agreement

| | | |----- Commercial agreement

| | | |----- LO -> Provisional agreement

| | | |----- Activate provisional agreement

| | |

| | |----- Giving notice on lease-outs

| | | |----- Overview of lease-outs

| | ------ Display rental unit

| |

| --- Tenant changeover

| |

| | |----- Notice on lease-out

| | |----- Notice on several lease-outs

| |-- Rental unit inspection

| | |

| | |----- Edit

| | | ------ Display

| |

| --- Rental collateral

| |

| | |----- Edit release

| | |----- Display release

| ------ Print letter

|

|-- Rent adjustment

| |

| |-- Rent specifications

| | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-59

| | |-- Free commercial adjustment

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate

| | | |----- Calculate

| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |-- Print

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Adjustment letter

| | | | ------ Approval reminder

| | | |

| | | --- Display

| | | |

| | | |----- Adjustments

| | | ------ Logs

| | |

| | |-- Free adjustment residential

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |-- Print

| | | | |



| | | |

| | | --- Display

| | | |


| | | ------ Logs

| | |

| | |-- Free adjustment garages

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |-- Print

| | | | |



© SAP AG AC290 13-60

| | | |

| | | --- Display

| | | |


| | | ------ Logs

| | |

| | --- Any conditions

| | |

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |-- Print

| | | |



| | |

| | | --- Display

| | |


| | | ------ Logs

| |

| |-- Rent calculation

| | |

| | |-- Index

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |-- Print

| | | | |



| | | |

| | | --- Display

| | | |


| | | ------ Logs

| | |

| | |-- Construction measure

| | | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-61

| | | |-- Construction measure

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Create

| | | | |----- Change

| | | | ------ Display

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |-- Print

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Notification

| | | | ------ Adjustment

| | | |

| | | --- Display

| | | |


| | | ------ Logs

| | |

| | |-- Expert opinion

| | | |

| | | |-- Expert opinion

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Create

| | | | |----- Change

| | | | ------ Display

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |-- Print

| | | | |



| | | |

| | | --- Display

| | | |


| | | ------ Logs

| | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-62

| | |-- Representative list of rents

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |-- Print

| | | | |


| | | | |----- Approval reminder

| | | | ------ Apart.val.NL

| | | |

| | | --- Display

| | | |


| | | ------ Logs

| | |

| | |-- Comparative group

| | | |

| | | |-- Comparative group

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Maintain

| | | | ------ Display

| | | |

| | | |-- External comparative apartment

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Create

| | | | |----- Change

| | | | |------ Display

| | | | ------ Delete

| | | |

| | | |----- Assign rental unit

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |-- Print

| | | | |



| | | |

| | | --- Display

© SAP AG AC290 13-63

| | | |


| | | ------ Logs

| | |

| | --- Method comparison

| | |

| | | |----- Simulate

| | ------ Calculate

| |

| |-- Area change

| | |

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | |----- Print

| | | --- Display

| | |


| | | ------ Logs

| |

| |-- Amount transfer

| | |

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | --- Display

| | |


| | | ------ Logs

| |

| |-- Country specifics

| | |

| | |-- Germany: Cost efficiency analysis

| | | |

| | | |-- Cost efficiency analysis

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Create

| | | | |----- Change

| | | | |------ Display

| | | | |----- Reporting

© SAP AG AC290 13-64

| | | | ------ Print

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Activate

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |------ Print

| | | --- Display

| | | |


| | | ------ Logs

| | |

| | --- Swiss Law

| | |

| | | |----- Simulate


| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |----- Activate

| | |----- Print

| | | --- Display

| | |


| | |----- Logs

| | ------ Rent reserve

| |

| --- Cross-method functions

| |

| |----- Activate rent adjustment

| |----- Reverse rent adjustment

| |-- Print

| | |

| | |----- Adjustment letter

| | ------ Approval reminder

| |

| --- Display

| |

| |----- Adjustments

| ------ Logs

|

|-- Rental Accounting

| |

| |-- Postings

© SAP AG AC290 13-65

| | |

| | |-- One-time postings

| | | |

| | | |----- Post/park

| | --- Edit parked documents

| | | |

| | | |----- Post/delete

| | | |----- Change

| | | |----- Display

| | | |----- Change header

| | | |----- Display changes

| | | ------ Reject

| | |

| | |-- LO debit position

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate

| | | |----- Execute

| | | |----- Log

| | | ------ Reverse

| | |

| | |-- Vacancy debit position

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate

| | | |----- Execute

| | | |----- Log

| | | ------ Reverse

| | |

| | |-- Accrual/deferral

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate

| | | |----- Execute

| | | ------ Reverse

| | |

| | |----- Posting log

| | ------ Display document

| |

| |-- Incoming payments/account maintenance

| | |

| | |-- Account statements

| | | |

| | | |----- Account statement entry

| | | |----- Account statement display

© SAP AG AC290 13-66

| | | ------ Postprocessing IP rejection

| | |

| | |----- Individual document manual incoming payment

| | |----- Fast-entry manual incoming payment

| | |----- Incoming payment residual items/partial payment

| | |----- Account maintenance/installments

| | |----- Automatic account maintenance

| | |----- Transfer posting tenant changeover

| | ------ Change payment method, bank details

| |

| |-- Rental Accounting information system

| | |

| | |----- Rental account

| | |----- Open items list

| | |----- Account balances

| | |----- Incoming payment by date

| | |----- Open items by business entity


| | --- Sales

| | |

| | |----- Sales per year

| | ------ Sales history

| |

| |-- Rental Accounting correspondence

| | |

| | |----- Invoice for Rent: First print

| | |----- Invoice for Rent: Repeat rent

| | |----- Print sales-based rent settlement

| | ------ Tenant account sheet

| |

| |-- Sales-based rents

| | |

| | |-- Sales reports

| | | |

| | | |----- Maintain

| | | |----- Maintain with sales simulation

| | | |----- Display

| | | |----- Display with sales simulation

| | |

| | |-- Sales settlement

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate

© SAP AG AC290 13-67

| | | |----- Execute

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | |----- History

| | | ------ Sales settlement letter

| | |

| | --- Advance payments

| | |

| | |----- Activate adjustment

| | |------ Display active adjustment

| | ------ Advance payment adjustment letter

| |

| |-- Country specifics

| | |

| | |-- Input Tax Processing

| | | |

| | | |----- Determine option rates

| | | |-- Input tax distribution

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Simulate

| | | | |----- Post

| | | | |----- Log

| | | | |----- Reverse

| | | |

| | | |-- Correction items

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Create

| | | | |----- Change

| | | | |------ Display

| | | | ------ Delete

| | | |

| | | |-- Input tax treatment

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Post

| | | | |----- Reverse

| | | | |----- Post trivial amounts to prior period

| | | | ------ Line items

| | | |

| | | |----- Plan correction items retirement

| | | |----- Post input tax treatment to prior period

| | | --- Line items in asset

| | | |

| | | |----- Transfer

© SAP AG AC290 13-68

| | | ------ Reverse transfer posting

| | |

| | --- Incoming payments

| | |

| | |----- Bank procedure (DE)

| | ------ POR procedure (CH)

| |

| ----- Tenant information

|

|-- Service charge settlement

| |

| |-- Service charge settlement

| | |

| | |-- Operating costs

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate

| | | |----- Execute

| | | |----- Reverse

| | | --- Adjust advance payment/flat rate

| | | |


| | | |----- Activate advance payment adjustment

| | | ------ Activate flat rate adjustment

| | |

| | |-- Heating expenses

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate

| | | |----- Execute

| | | |----- Reverse


| | | |




| | |

| | |-- Operating/heating expenses

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate

| | | |----- Execute

| | | |----- Reverse


| | | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-69




| | |

| | |-- Correspondence

| | | |

| | | |----- Settlement

| | | ------ Contract/period

| | |

| | ------ Settle apportionable costs

| |

| |-- Infosystem service charges, heating expenses

| | |

| | |-- Costs and advance payments

| | | |

| | | |----- Itemization for settlement units

| | | |----- Simulate advance payments to be taken into account

| | | |----- Directly assigned costs for service charge settlement

| | | ------ Overview of external heating expenses

| | |

| | |-- Evaluations for settlements and simulations

| | | |

| | | |----- Apportionment result

| | | |----- Distribution of settlement result

| | | |----- Credits and receivables by lease-out

| | | |----- Advance payment balances by lease-out

| | | |----- Allocation per tenant

| | | ------ Settlement posting log

| | |

| | |-- Controlling Non-Cumulative Values

| | | |

| | | |----- By settlement units

| | | |----- By service charge keys

| | | |----- By cost elements

| | |

| | |-- Controlling cumulative values

| | | |

| | | |----- Actual line items

| | | |----- Commitment line items

| | |

| | --- Master Data for Service Charge Settlement

| | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-70

| | |----- Overview of settlement units

| | |----- Overview of cost collectors for settlement units

| | |----- Overview of settlement units for rental unit

| | |----- Display master settlement units with participatingSUs

| | |----- Use of rental units in settlement units

| | |----- Overview of settlement units

| | |----- Overview of cost collectors for settlement units

| | |----- Overview of settlement units for rental unit

| | |----- Display master settlement units with participatingSUs

| | ------ Use of rental units in settlement units

| |

| |-- External Heating Expenses Settlement

| | |

| | |-- Heating Expense Settlement DME

| | | |

| | | |----- Import A-tape

| | | |----- Write M/L-tape

| | | |----- Overview of external heating expenses

| | | |----- Import D-tape

| | | ------ Reset D-tape

| | |

| | --- Settlement result

| | |

| | | |----- Simulate

| | |----- Post

| | |----- Reverse

| | --- Advance payment adjustment

| | |


| | ------ Activate advance payment adjustments

| |

| |-- SCS Infrastructure

| | |

| | |-- Participation ID

| | | |

| | | |----- Maintain

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Settlement unit

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

© SAP AG AC290 13-71

| | | |----- Change

| | | |----- Display


| | |

| | |-- Master settlement unit

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | |----- Display


| | |

| | --- Heating systems

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |----- RU account assignment approval

| | ------ Postgenerate settlement participation

| |

| --- Meter

| |

| |-- Rental unit measurement documents

| | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | --- List editing

| | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| |

| |-- Building measurement documents

| | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | --- List editing

| | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

© SAP AG AC290 13-72

| | | ------ Display

| |

| |----- Collective entry measurement documents

| --- Measurement value entry list

| |

| |----- Create

| |----- Change

| ------ Display

|

|-- Real Estate general contract

| |

| |-- Contract

| | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | --- Information system

| | |

| | |----- Contract data

| | ------ Contingencies

| |

| |-- Postings

| | |

| | |----- One-time posting

| | |----- Periodic posting

| | |----- Periodic posting - log

| | |----- Individual reversal

| | |----- Mass reversal


| | |-- Customer menu ... (see FI)

...

| | |----- Incoming payments

| | |-- Vendor menu ... (see FI)

...

| | |

| | ------ Outgoing payments

| |

| |-- Processes

| | |

| | |----- Resubmission

© SAP AG AC290 13-73

| | |----- Renewal

| | --- Sales reports

| | |

| | |----- Maintain

| | | ------ Display

| |

| --- Tools

| |

| |----- Update cash flow

| ------ Generate dates

|

|-- Controlling

| |

| |-- Planning

| | |

| | |----- Set planner profile

| | |-- Cost and activity inputs

| | | |

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Revenues

| | | |

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | |-- Statistical key figures

| | | |

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| | |

| | --- Planning aids

| | |

| | --- Copy

| | |

| | |----- Copy actual to plan

| | |----- Copy plan to plan

| | ------ Lease-out cash flow in plan

| |

| |-- Actual postings

| | |

| | |-- Manual transfer posting of costs

© SAP AG AC290 13-74

| | | |

| | | |----- Enter

| | | |----- Display

| | | ------ Reverse

| | |

| | |-- Manual transfer posting of revenues

| | | |

| | | |----- Enter

| | | |----- Display

| | | ------ Reverse

| | |

| | |-- Transfer line items

| | | |

| | | |----- Enter

| | | |----- Display

| | | ------ Reverse

| | |

| | |-- Activity allocation

| | | |

| | | |----- Enter

| | | |----- Display

| | | ------ Reverse

| | |

| | -|-- Statistical key figures

| | |

| | |----- Enter

| | | ------ Display

| | ------ Reverse

| |

| |-- Period-end closing

| | |

| | |----- Schedule Manager

| | |-- Single functions

| | | |

| | | |----- Apportionment

| | | |----- Transfer statistical key figures from apportionmentunits

| | | --- Settlement

| | | |

| | | |----- Individual processing

| | | |----- Collective processing

| | | ------ Maintain variants

| | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-75

| | --- Current settings

| | |

| | ------ Define assessment

| |

| --- Environment

| |

| |----- Set controling area

| |-- Period lock

| | |

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| |

| --- Current settings

| |

| |----- Currencies: Maintain exchange rates

| |----- Planning: Maintain versions

| |----- Planning: Create planner profile

| ------ Actual: Define assessment

|

|-- Third-Party Management

| |

| |-- Management contract

| | |

| | |-- Management contract

| | | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | |----- Change active contracts

| | | |----- Display

| | | ------ Fee list

| | |

| | --- Settlement event

| | |

| | | |----- Create

| | | |----- Change

| | | ------ Display

| |

| |-- Postings

| | |

| | |-- Management contract debit position

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate

© SAP AG AC290 13-76

| | | |----- Execute

| | | ------ Reverse

| | |

| | |-- Event settlement

| | | |

| | | |----- Simulate

| | | |----- Execute

| | | ------ Reverse

| | |

| | ------ Posting log

| |

| |-- Owner settlement

| | |

| | |----- Execute

| | |----- Reverse

| | |----- Print letter

| | ------ Posting log

| |

| --- House banks

| |

| ------ Set up house banks and accounts

|

|-- Correspondence

| |

| |-- Offers

| | |

| | |----- Lease-out offer: Correspondence

| | ------ Cancellation of lease-out offer: Correspondence

| |

| |-- Rental agreements

| | |

| | |----- Lease-out form: Correspondence

| | |----- Commercial lease-out form: Correspondence

| | |----- Residential lease-out form: Correspondence

| | |----- Garage lease-out form: Correspondence

| | |----- Commercial lease-out accompanying letter: Correspondence

| | |----- Residential lease-out accompanying letter: Correspondence

| | |----- Garage lease-out accompanying letter: Correspondence

| | ------ General information on tenancy: Correspondence

| |

| |-- Tenant changeover

| | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-77

| | |----- Notice / Confirmation of notice

| | |----- Rental unit inspection for lease-out: Correspondence

| | ------ Rental collateral release: Correspondence

| |

| |-- Rental Accounting

| | |

| | |----- Invoice for Rent: First print

| | |----- Invoice for Rent: Repeat rent

| | |----- Print sales-based rent settlement

| | ------ Tenant account sheet

| |


| | |

| | |----- Service Charge Settlement for lease-out and time period:Correspondence

| | |----- Service Charge Settlement for settlement identification:Correspondence

| | ------ Service Charge Settlement: Print letter from lease-outlist

| |

| |-- Rent adjustment

| | |

| | |----- Cross-method rent adjustment: Correspondence

| | |----- Rent adjustment:Reminder for adjustments that have notbeen approved

| | |----- Rent adjustment Switzerland: Correspondence

| | ------ Rent adjustment based on apartment valuation NL:Correspondence

| |

| |-- General correspondence

| | |

| | |----- General information on tenancy: Correspondence

| | |----- SCB application for index-linked lease-out:Correspondence

| | ------ Rental collateral for lease-out: Correspondence

| |

| |-- Third-Party Management

| | |

| | ------ Owner settlement: Correspondence

| |

| |-- Local currency changeover (EMU)

| | |

| | ------ Conversion of lease-outs to EURO: Correspondence

| |

© SAP AG AC290 13-78

| --- Legacy data transfer

| |

| ------ New LO number after legacy data transfer: Correspondence

|

|-- Info system

| |

| |-- Profit Center Accounting

| | |

| | |-- Interactive Reporting

| | | |

| | | |----- Profit Center Group: Plan/Actual/Variance

| | | |----- Profit Center Comparison Plan/Actual/Variance

| | | |----- Profit Center Group: Plan/Plan/Actual Versions

| | | |----- Profit Center Group: Current period/Aggregated/Year

| | | |----- Profit Center Group: Compare Actual Quarters Over 2Years

| | | |----- Profit Center Group: Balance Sheet AccountsPlan/Actual/Variance

| | | --- Key figures

| | | |

| | | |----- Profit Center Group: Key Figures

| | | ------ Profit Center Comparison: Return on Investment

| | |

| | |-- List-oriented reports

| | | |

| | | |----- Profit Center List: Plan/Actual

| | | |----- Profit Center Group: Plan/Actual/Variance

| | | |----- Profit Center Group: Plan/Actual/Variance by Origin

| | | |----- Profit Center Group: Plan/Plan/Variance

| | | |----- Profit Center Group: Quarterly Comparison of ActualData

| | | ------ Profit Center: Statistical key figures

| | |

| | |-- Line item reports

| | | |

| | | |----- Profit Center: Actual line items

| | | |----- Profit Center: Plan line items

| | | |-- Open items

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Profit Center: Receivables

| | | | ------ Profit Center: Payables

| | | |

| | | --- Balance sheet items transferred periodically

© SAP AG AC290 13-79

| | | |

| | | |----- Profit Center: Customers (transferred periodically)

| | | |----- Profit Center: Vendors (transferred periodically)

| | | |----- Profit Center: Assets (transferred periodically)

| | | ------ Profit Center: Materials (transferred periodically)

| | |

| | --- Special Functions

| | |

| | | |----- Profit Center: Total records

| | | |----- Profit Center: Master data list

| | |-- Average balance ledger

| | | |

| | | |----- Profit Center: Average balance year-to-date /Accounts

| | | |----- Profit Center: Average balance year-to-date / Profitcenter

| | | |----- Profit Center: Average balance by period / Accounts

| | | ------ Profit Center: Average balance by period / Profitcenter

| | |

| | |-- Decentralized ALE scenario

| | | |

| | | ------ Profit Center Group: ALE Plan/Actual/VarianceProfit Ctr Grp

| | |

| | |-- Transfer prices

| | | |

| | | ------ Profit Center: Transfer prices: Reconciliation inquantity-based planning

| | |

| | --- Data transfer to EIS

| | |

| | |----- PCA Actual Data: Transfer to SAP-EIS

| | |----- PCA Plan Data: Transfer to SAP-EIS

| |

| |-- Master Data/Contracts

| | |

| | |-- Selection versions

| | | |

| | | |----- General overview

| | | ------ User overview

| | |

| | |-- Master Data

| | | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-80

| | | |----- Land register

| | | |----- Business Entities

| | | |----- Properties

| | | |----- Buildings

| | | |----- Rental unit/lease-out overview

| | | |-- Rental units

| | | | |

| | | | ------ Rental Units Analysis

| | | |

| | | |-- Business partners

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Analysis: Business partners

| | | | |----- Real Estate objects: Assigned business partners

| | | | |----- Partners: Real Estate objects, Addresses, BankDetails (hierarch.)

| | | | ------ Partners: Real Estate objects, Addresses, BankDetails (single line)

| | | |

| | | --- Master Data for Service Charge Settlement

| | | |

| | | |----- Overview of settlement units

| | | |----- Overview of cost collectors for settlement units

| | | |----- Overview of settlement units for rental unit

| | | |----- Display master settlement units withparticipating SUs

| | | ------ Use of rental units in settlement units

| | |

| | |-- Contracts

| | | |

| | | |----- Rental Requests

| | | |----- Lease-outs

| | | |----- Lease-outs/Index data

| | | |----- Analysis of Notices on lease-outs

| | | |----- Conditions: Change over time

| | | --- General Contract

| | | |

| | | |----- Contract data

| | | ------ Contingencies

| | |

| | --- Overviews

| | |

| | |-- Conditions

| | | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-81

| | | |----- Lease-outs

| | | |----- Lease-outs maximum/minimum conditions

| | | |----- Lease-outs by tenants

| | | |----- Rental Units

| | | |----- Rental Units by tenants

| | | |----- Rental units/lease-outs

| | | |----- Rental units/lease-outs by owner

| | | ------ Rental units/lease-outs per areaunit/apportionment unit

| | |

| | |-- Areas

| | | |

| | | |-- One Area Unit

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Rental Units

| | | | |----- Rental Units by tenants

| | | | |----- Rental Units by owners

| | | | |----- Rental Units by usage

| | | | |----- Rental Units by usage (%)

| | | | |----- Rental unit history

| | | | |----- Properties

| | | | |----- Properties by owners

| | | | |----- Property History

| | | | |----- Buildings

| | | | |----- Buldings by owners

| | | | |----- Building History

| | | | |----- Properties/Buildings/Rental Units

| | | | |----- Properties/Buildings/Rental Units by owner

| | | |

| | | --- Several area units (conv.)

| | | |

| | | |----- Rental Units

| | | |----- Rental Units by tenants

| | | | |----- Rental Units by owners

| | | |----- Rental Units by usage

| | | |----- Rental Units by usage (%)

| | | |----- Rental unit history

| | | |----- Properties

| | | |----- Properties by owners

| | | |----- Property History

| | | |----- Buildings

| | | |----- Buldings by owners

| | | |----- Building History

© SAP AG AC290 13-82

| | | |----- Properties/Buildings/Rental Units

| | | ------ Properties/Buildings/Rental Units by owner

| | |

| | |-- Apportionment units

| | | |

| | | |----- Rental units/lease-outs


| | | ------ Rental Units by tenants

| | |

| | |-- Deposits

| | | |

| | | |----- Lease-outs


| | | ------ Lease-outs by owners

| | |

| | |-- Vacancies

| | | |

| | | |----- Period Evaluation

| | | |----- Key date evaluation by usage

| | | |----- Key date evaluation by usage (%)

| | | |----- Key date evaluation by vacancy reasons

| | | ------ Rental unit occupancy history

| | |

| | --- Depreciation

| | |

| | |----- Depreciation absolute/relative

| | |----- Depreciation %

| | ------ Acquisitions/retirements

| |

| |-- Rental Accounting

| | |

| | |----- Rental account

| | |----- Open items list

| | |----- Account balances

| | |----- Incoming payment by date

| | |----- Open items by business entity


| | --- Sales

| | |

| | |----- Sales per year

| | ------ Sales history

| |

© SAP AG AC290 13-83

| |-- Infosystem service charges, heating expenses

| | |

| | |-- Costs and advance payments

| | | |

| | | |----- Itemization for settlement units

| | | |----- Simulate advance payments to be taken into account

| | | |----- Directly assigned costs for service charge settlement

| | | ------ Overview of external heating expenses

| | |

| | |-- Evaluations for settlements and simulations

| | | |

| | | |----- Apportionment result

| | | |----- Distribution of settlement result

| | | |----- Credits and receivables by lease-out

| | | |----- Advance payment balances by lease-out

| | | |----- Allocation per tenant

| | | ------ Settlement posting log

| | |

| | |-- Controlling Non-Cumulative Values

| | | |

| | | |----- By settlement units

| | | |----- By service charge keys

| | | |----- By cost elements

| | |

| | |-- Controlling cumulative values

| | | |



| | |

| | --- Master Data for Service Charge Settlement

| |

| |-- Controlling/Settlement

| | |

| | |-- Controlling Real Estate Objects

| | | |

| | | |-- Controlling Non-Cumulative Values

| | | | |

| | | | |-- One currency

| | | | | |

| | | | | |-- By objects

| | | | | | |

| | | | | | |----- Actual:Period overview

© SAP AG AC290 13-84

| | | | | | |----- Commitments:Period overview

| | | | | | |----- Plan:Period overview

| | | | | | |----- Period comparison - actual

| | | | | | |----- Period comparison - commitments

| | | | | | |----- Period comparison - plan

| | | | | | |----- Actual:Year Overview

| | | | | | |----- Commitments:Year Overview

| | | | | | |----- Plan:Year Overview

| | | | | | |----- Actual: Year Comparison

| | | | | | |----- Commitments: Year Comparison

| | | | | | |----- Plan: Year Comparison

| | | | | | |----- Actual/Commitments/Plan/Variances

| | | | | | |----- Actual/area unit

| | | | | | |----- Actual/apportionment unit

| | | | | | ------ Maximum/minimum revenue

| | | | | |

| | | | | |-- By tenants

| | | | | | |












| | | | | | ------ Plan: Year Comparison

| | | | | |

| | | | | |-- By owners

| | | | | | |










© SAP AG AC290 13-85




| | | | | |

| | | | | --- By cost elements

| | | | | |

| | | | | |----- Actual:Period overview

| | | | | |----- Commitments:Period overview

| | | | | |----- Plan:Period overview

| | | | | |----- Period comparison - actual

| | | | | |----- Period comparison - commitments

| | | | | |----- Period comparison - plan

| | | | | |----- Actual:Year Overview

| | | | | |----- Commitments:Year Overview

| | | | | |----- Plan:Year Overview

| | | | | |----- Actual: Year Comparison

| | | | | |----- Commitments: Year Comparison

| | | | | |----- Plan: Year Comparison

| | | | | |----- Actual/Commitments/Plan/Variances

| | | | | |----- Actual/area unit

| | | | | ------ Actual/apportionment unit

| | | | |

| | | | |-- Several currencies (conv.)

| | | | | |

| | | | | |-- By objects

| | | | | | |












| | | | | | |----- Plan: Year Comparison

| | | | | | |----- Actual/Commitments/Plan/Variances

| | | | | | |----- Actual/area unit

| | | | | | ------ Actual/apportionment unit

| | | | | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-86

| | | | | |-- By tenants

| | | | | | |













| | | | | |

| | | | | |-- By owners

| | | | | | |













| | | | | |

| | | | | --- By cost elements

| | | | | |

| | | | | |----- Actual:Period overview

| | | | | |----- Commitments:Period overview

| | | | | |----- Plan:Period overview

| | | | | |----- Period comparison - actual

| | | | | |----- Period comparison - commitments

| | | | | |----- Period comparison - plan

| | | | | |----- Actual:Year Overview

| | | | | |----- Commitments:Year Overview

| | | | | |----- Plan:Year Overview

| | | | | |----- Actual: Year Comparison

© SAP AG AC290 13-87

| | | | | |----- Commitments: Year Comparison

| | | | | |----- Plan: Year Comparison

| | | | | |----- Actual/Commitments/Plan/Variances

| | | | | |----- Actual/area unit

| | | | | ------ Actual/apportionment unit

| | | | |

| | | | ------ Statistical key figures

| | | |

| | | --- Cumulative values

| | | |



| | |

| | |-- Controlling for Tenant Rental

| | | |

| | | |----- Total records



| | |

| | --- CO Third-Party Management

| | |

| | |-- Non-Cumulative Values

| | | |

| | | |-- By Management contracts

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Management contracts

| | | | |----- Management contracts, current period

| | | | |----- Annual Overview

| | | | ------ Annual Comparison

| | | |

| | | --- By cost element

| | | |

| | | |----- Actual:Period overview

| | | |----- Actual:Period comparison

| | | |----- Actual:Year Overview

| | | ------ Actual: Year Comparison

| | |

| | | --- Cumulative values

| | |

| | |----- Actual line items

| | ------ Commitment line items

| |

© SAP AG AC290 13-88

| --- Other

| |

| |-- Taxes

| | |

| | |----- Input Tax distribution display

| | --- Option rates

| | |

| | |----- Changes to option rates

| | |----- Changes to rental units/lease-outs

| | ------ Option rates BE/PR/BU

| |

| --- Country specifics

| |

| --- BAV

| |

| |----- Premium reserve fund lists

| |----- Statements

| ------ Circular R5/97

|

--- Tools

|

|-- Archiving

| |

| |-- Master Data

| | |

| | |-- Business entity

| | | |

| | | |----- Set deletion indicator

| | | |----- Archiving

| | | ------ Management

| | |

| | |-- Property

| | | |




| | |

| | |-- Building

| | | |




© SAP AG AC290 13-89

| | |

| | |-- Rental unit

| | | |




| | |

| | ------ Business Partner

| |

| |-- Rental

| | |

| | |-- Applications

| | | |



| | |

| | |-- Offers

| | | |



| | |

| | |-- Lease-out flows

| | | |




| | |

| | --- Lease-outs

| | |

| | |----- Set deletion indicator

| | |----- Archiving

| | |----- Management

| | |----- Remove Archive Index

| | ------ Create Archive Index

| |


| | |

| | --- Settlement unit

| | |

| | |----- Set deletion indicator

| | |----- Archiving

| | ------ Management

© SAP AG AC290 13-90

| |

| --- Third-Party Management

| |

| --- Management contract

| |

| |----- Set deletion indicator

| |----- Archiving

| ------ Management

|

|----- Update cash flow for lease-out

|----- Update cash flow for general contract

|----- Generate deadlines for general contract

|----- Info report object categories/activities/status

|----- Set controlling area

|----- RU mass change

|----- SCS follow-up posting

|-- Account assignment

| |

| |----- Account assignment approval

| |----- Account assignment allocation

| |----- Account assignment allocation for settlement units

| ------ Account assignment allocation for management contracts

|

|-- Selection versions

| |

| |----- Create

| |----- Change

| |----- Display

| ------ Schedule

|

|-- Drilldown report data

| |

| |----- Print/refresh

| ------ Delete

|

|-- Set maintenance

| |

| |----- Maintain sets

| ------ Set maintenance in background

|

--- Current settings

|

© SAP AG AC290 13-91

|-- Correspondence

| |

| |----- Maintain letters

| ------ Text module mass maintenance

|


| |

| |----- Maintain ref. interest rates for cash depositinterest

| ------ Set up house banks

|


| |

| ------ Maintain heating value days

|

|-- Rent adjustment

| |

| |----- Reason texts for rent adjustments

| |----- Maintain index data

| |----- Maintain representative list of rents

| |----- Edit individual representative list of rents (controltables)

| |----- Expert opinion: Reasons for surcharges and reductions

| ------ Switzerland: Maintain reference interest rates

|

|-- Information system

| |

| ------ Status selection profile

|

--- Periodic changes

|

------ Maintain year-dependent number ranges

© SAP AG AC290 13-92

&XVWRPL]LQJ�PHQX�SDWKV R/3 Real Estate

|

|-- Notes on Cross-Application Applications

| |

| |----- Global Parameters

| |----- Enterprise Structure

| |-- Basis

| | |

| | |----- Recording table changes

| | |-- Authorizations

| | | |

| | | ------ Maintain authorization groups

| | |

| | ------ Optical archive

| |

| |----- Cross-Application Components – Document Management

| |-- Financial Accounting, Asset Accounting

| | |

| | |----- Basic Settings Financial Accounting

| | |----- General ledger

| | |----- Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable

| | |----- Electronic Account statement entry

| | ------ Asset Accounting

| |

| |----- Cash management and forecast

| |-- Controlling, Enterprise Controlling

| | |

| | |----- Basic Settings Controlling

| | |----- Overhead Cost Controlling

| | ------ Profit Center Accounting

| |

| |----- Plant Maintenance

| ------ Project System

|

|-- Basic settings

| |

| |----- Company Code Copy Customizing Settings

| |----- Basic Settings for Company Codes/Financial AssetManagement

| |----- Activate Real Estate Management in Controlling Area

© SAP AG AC290 13-93

| |----- Set Link to Plant Maintenance

| |----- Tenancy law used

| |----- Folder for temporary data

| |----- Asset Classes – Real Estate Indicators

| ------ Notes on Required Periodic Procedures

|

|-- Partner data

| |

| |-- General Data on Business Partners

| | |

| | |-- Communications

| | | |

| | | |----- Form of Address

| | | |----- Salutation

| | | ------ Address ID

| | |

| | |-- Organization

| | | |

| | | |----- Legal Form

| | | ------ Legal Entity

| | |

| | |-- Natural Person

| | | |

| | | |----- Marital Status

| | | |----- Define Property Regime

| | | |----- Define Employment Status

| | | ------ Employee Group

| | |

| | |----- Partner-Partner Relationships

| | |----- Define Target Groups

| | |----- Rental Request: Maintain Credit Standing

| | |----- Credit Standing: Institute Providing Information

| | |----- Extras

| | ------ Notes on Business Partners

| |

| --- Controlling Business Partner Maintenance

| |

| |----- Phonetic Search

| |----- BP Grouping: Assign Number Range, Account Group

| |----- Number Ranges for Business Partner

| |----- Number Ranges for Addresses

| |----- Role Categories and Role Types

© SAP AG AC290 13-94

| |----- Assign Role Category to Application

| |----- Partner Search Initial Screen

| |----- Automatic Address Transfer

| |----- Settings for Automatically Creating Customers

| --- Field Modification for Business Partner

| |

| |----- Role Category – View Allocation

| ------ Field Modification

|

|-- Master Data

| |

| |-- Areas, Rooms, Fixtures and Fittings

| | |

| | |----- Area types

| | |----- Room types

| | |----- Fixtures and Fittings Characteristics: Building andRental Units

| | ------ Object Characteristic Groups: Building and Rooms

| |

| |-- Number Ranges and Rules for Number Assignment

| | |

| | |----- Number Ranges for Master Data Objects (LR, BE, PR, BU,RU, RO)

| | |----- Suppress Leading Zeros in Object Keys

| | |----- User-Defined Number Assignment

| | ------ Number Ranges for Addresses

| |

| --- Attributes of Objects, Field Status, Default Values, UsageType

| |

| |-- Land register

| | |

| | |----- Define land register type

| | |----- Define debit types

| | ------ Define Charges and Rsetrictions for Section II

| |

| |-- Business entity

| | |

| | |----- Determine Regional locations

| | |----- Define location

| | |----- Define district

| | |----- Determine transport connections

| | |----- Define maintenance districts

© SAP AG AC290 13-95

| | ------ Predefine measurement units

| |

| |-- Property

| | |

| | |----- Municipality key

| | |----- Local subdistrict

| | |----- Maintain property types

| | |----- Location quality of property

| | |----- Ground types

| | |----- Overall condition of property

| | |----- Maintain usage types of development plan

| | |----- Maintain usage types for land usage plan

| | ------ Define heritable building right

| |

| |-- Building

| | |

| | |----- Building condition

| | ------ Type of building

| |

| |----- Main usage type

| |----- Field status: Business entity, building, property,land register

| |-- Rental unit

| | |

| | |----- Create usage types and field status

| | |----- Assign usage type/area type

| | |-- Rental unit attributes

| | | |

| | | |----- Location data for rental unit

| | | |----- Floor descriptions

| | | |----- Maintain occupancy obligation (accomm.entitlement cert.)

| | | |----- Reasons for alternative rent increase

| | | |----- Reasons for vacancy

| | | ------ Account determination for rental units/lease-outs

| | |

| | --- Specific Settings for Italy

| | |

| | |----- Maintain land register categories

| | |----- Maintain coefficient for building category “D”

| | |----- Maintain city tax records

| | |----- Maintain classes

© SAP AG AC290 13-96

| | |----- Maintain usage group categories

| | ------ Maintain setting for installment payment

| |

| |-- User fields

| | |

| | |----- Set preset user fields

| | ------ Set up user fields for BTE

| |

| ------ User status and permitted activities

|

|-- Conditions, flow types, account determination

| |

| |-- Prepare account determination setup

| | |

| | |-- Rental

| | | |

| | | |----- Rental Agreement Debit Position

| | | |----- Accounting treatment of advance payments

| | | |----- Debit position own usage

| | | |----- Vacancy debit position

| | | |----- Follow-up postings

| | | |----- Input tax treatment

| | | |----- Service Charge Settlement

| | | |----- Accruals/deferrals

| | | |----- Tenant service charge settlement

| | | ------ Incoming payments and account maintenance

| | |

| | |----- Management contract debit position

| | |----- Owner settlement

| | --- Real Estate General Contract

| | |

| | |----- Periodic postings for general contract

| | ------ Incoming payments and account maintenance

| |

| |-- Maintain flow types

| | |

| | |-- Determine which flow types are required

| | | |

| | | |-- Rental flow types

| | | | |

| | | | |----- Basic rent, surcharges, flat rates

| | | | |----- Cash deposit

© SAP AG AC290 13-97

| | | | |----- Rent reduction

| | | | |----- Advance payments for operating costs

| | | | |----- Advance payments for sales-based rents

| | | | |----- One-time postings

| | | | |----- Instalment payments

| | | | |----- Service Charge Settlement, Operating ExpensesSettlement

| | | | |----- Incoming payments: Underpayment, overpayment

| | | | ------ Irrecoverable debt

| | | |

| | | |----- Management contract

| | | --- Flow types for general contract

| | | |

| | | |----- Periodic postings for general contract

| | | ------ Incoming payments and account maintenance

| | |

| | |----- Maintain flow types

| | |----- Assign flow types to flow categories

| | ------ Assign reference flow types

| |

| |-- Maintain Conditions

| | |

| | |----- Maintain condition types and condition groups

| | |----- Maintain Condition Categories, Assign Condition Types

| | |----- Assign Rent Reduction Conditions

| | ------ Reasons for Condition Changes, Rent Reduction

| |

| |-- Account Determination

| | |

| | |----- Determine account determination for lease-outs

| | |----- Maintain management contract account determination

| | ------ Maintain general contract account determination

| |

| ------ Check account determination

|

|-- Rental

| |

| |----- Management of Interested Parties

| |-- Lease-out offer

| | |

| | |----- Lease-out offer: Set number range

| | |----- Lease-out offer: Status

| | |----- Lease-out offer and lease-out: Field status

© SAP AG AC290 13-98

| | |----- LO offer and LO: Conversion of partner roles

| |

| |----- Obsolete: Application number range

| |----- Obsolete: Field status application and (previous) rentalrequest

| |-- Lease-out

| | |

| | |-- Determine number assignment for lease-outs

| | | |

| | | |----- Create number range for lease-outs

| | | |----- Specifications for lease-out, number assignmentrules

| | | ------ User-Defined Number Assignment

| | |

| | |----- Obsolete: Field status application and (previous)rental request

| | |----- Determine contract types and their attributes

| | |----- Lease-out deposit – maintain deposit types

| | |----- Maintain reference interest rates

| | |----- Determine reasons for input tax option

| | |----- Maintain account determination value for rentalunits/lease-outs

| | |----- Define settlement variants

| | |----- Maintain categories for text supplements

| | |-- User fields

| | | |

| | | |----- Set preset user fields

| | | ------ Set up user fields for BTE

| | |

| | --- Specific Settings for Italy

| | |

| | |----- Maintain tax codes

| | ------ Maintain variables

| |

| |-- Notice and rental unit inspection

| | |

| | |----- Periods of Notice – Maintain Period Regulation

| | |----- Periods of Notice – Maintain Deadline Regulation

| | |----- Maintain reasons for notice

| | |----- Maintain reasons for refusal of notice

| | ------ Status of rental unit inspection

| |

| --- Tenant information

| |

© SAP AG AC290 13-99

| |-- Screen sequence and layout

| | |

| | |----- Tenant information views

| | |----- Define structure of sections

| | |----- Define structure of screens

| | ------ Determine screen sequence

| |

| |----- Maintain field status control for tenant information

| --- Maintain events and user-defined menu entries

| |

| |----- Maintain menu entries

| ------ Maintain events

|

|-- Correspondence

| |

| |-- SAPscript (Mass Print)

| | |

| | |----- Basic settings for correspondence in Real Estate

| | |----- Execute client copy text modules

| | |-- Letter forms and styles

| | | |

| | | |----- SAPscript layout sets

| | | ------ SAPscript styles

| | |

| | |-- Letters and text modules

| | | |

| | | |----- Maintain letters

| | | |----- Overview of letters and text modules

| | | |----- Text module bulk maintenance: Change, copy,transport

| | | ------ Company code dependent texts for headers andfooters

| | |

| | --- Correspondence groups and correspondence activities

| | |

| | |----- Define correspondence activities

| | |-- Control via correspondence group

| | | |

| | | |----- Define correspondence groups

| | | ------ Default correspondence group for rentalagreement type

| | |

| | |-- Differentiating characteristics

© SAP AG AC290 13-100

| | | |

| | | |----- Function modules for specifyingdifferentiating characteristics

| | | ------ Help texts for differentiating characteristics

| | |

| | ------ Assignment of correspondence activities tocorrespondence groups

| |

| --- Office standard letters (single print)

| |

| |-- Standard letter templates

| | |

| | |----- Standard letter template for general contract

| | ------ Standard letter template for lease-outs

| |

| |----- Maintain letter recipients

| ------ Additional partners for each letter

|


| |

| |----- Determine cash flow period

| |----- Document types, payment methods, payment blocks, tax keys

| |----- Document types for tax transfer (jurisdiction code)

| |----- Maintain down payment updates in Controlling

| |----- Payable special general ledger processes (credit-side)

| |-- Number Ranges for posting transactions

| | |

| | |----- Maintain number ranges for automatic postings

| | |----- Maintain number ranges for one-time postings

| | |----- Maintain number ranges for invoice numbers

| |

| |----- Define reference interest rate

| |-- Incoming payments control

| | |

| | |----- Posting key for Bank debit posting (incoming payments)

| | |----- Determine incoming payments control

| | --- Prepare account statement entry

| | |

| | |----- Account statement entry: Assign transactions

| | |----- Account statement entry: Multicash/DTAUS test tool

| | |-- Set up bank procedure

| | | |

| | | |----- Maintain bank procedure used

© SAP AG AC290 13-101

| | | |----- Assign bank procedure of local bank

| | | |----- Maintain number range for bank procedureaccount number

| | | ------ Set bank procedure account number digit checkprocedure

| | |

| | --- Incoming payments post-processing

| | |

| | |----- Maintain flow types for incoming paymentsrejection

| | |----- Assign flow types to incoming paymentsrejection

| | ------ Maintain account determination for incomingpayments rejection

| |

| |-- Dunning

| | |

| | |----- Determine dunnable payment methods

| | ------ Correspondence partner reminder

| |

| --- Cash management and forecast

| |

| ------ Assignment of planning levels

|

|-- Rent adjustment

| |

| |-- Basic settings

| | |

| | |----- Parameters for each company code

| | |----- Legal requirements

| | |----- Adjustment types for lease-outs

| | |----- Combined adjustment type and adjustment method

| | |----- Combined adjustment type and usage type

| | |----- Adjustable condition types

| | |----- Default condition types

| | |----- Rounding rules

| | |----- Reasons for rent adjustments

| | ------ Reasons for adjustment blocks

| |

| |-- Remind for approval of rent adjustment

| | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-102

| | |----- Maintain reminder procedure for rent adjustments

| | |----- Parameters for rent adjustment reminder procedureremi| | |----- Tenant’s reservations concerning approval to rentadjustment

| | ------ Tenant’s reasons for refusing approval for rentadjustment

| |

| --- Rent Adjustment Methods

| |

| |----- Overview

| |-- Representative list of rents

| | |

| | |----- Master Data

| | ------ Special calculation rules

| |

| |----- Comparative apartments (number ranges)

| |----- Expert opinion (surch./reduc.)

| |-- Index

| | |

| | |----- Maintain index data

| | |----- Check index data

| | ------ Maintain pass-on percentage rates

| |

| |-- Cost efficiency analysis

| | |

| | |-- Basic settings

| | | |

| | | |----- Set field status of cost efficiency analysis

| | | |----- Set field status for criterionpartial/additional CEA

| | | |----- Main cost efficiency analysis: Maintain status

| | | |----- Partial cost efficiency analysis: Maintainstatus

| | | |----- Usage categories

| | | ------ Earmarking

| | |

| | |----- Maintain cost groups and items

| | |----- Maintain financing groups and types

| | |-- Current expenses

| | | |

| | | |----- Define expense groups and types

| | | |----- Assign expense types to cost items

| | | |----- Define calculation units

| | | |----- Define flat rates for calculations

© SAP AG AC290 13-103

| | | --- Risk of rent loss

| | | |

| | | |----- Define risk of rent loss (for each usagecategory)

| | | |----- Define risk of rent loss (independent ofusage categories)

| | |

| | |----- Identify condition types for revenue calculation

| | |----- Maintain reasons for rent adjustment

| | ------ Maintain different condition type for rentadjustment

| |

| |-- Swiss Law

| | |

| | |----- Define reference interest rate

| | |----- Maintain inflation rates and reference mortgagerates

| | ------ Maintain adjustment rates depending on mortgagerate change

| |

| ------ User-defined methods

|


| |

| |----- Make Basic settings

| |----- Create number ranges for service charge settlement

| |----- Define settlement variants

| |----- Maintain Condition Categories, Assign Condition Types

| |-- Keys and rules for settlement

| | |

| | |-- Apportionment units

| | | |

| | | |----- Apportionment by consumption: Characters andMeasure Point Chart

| | | ------ Maintain apportionment units

| | |

| | |----- Determine service charge key and its attributes

| | |-- Prepare Generation of Settlement Participation

| | | |

| | | |----- Assign service charge key/condition type

| | | |----- Defaults for settlement participation per servicecharge key

| | | |----- Default for settlement participation per conditiontype

| | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-104

| | |----- Final settlement: Assign service charge key/flow type

| | |----- Maintain heating value days

| | |-- Adjust advance payments and flat rates after SCS

| | | |

| | | |----- Determine minimum amounts for adjustment

| | | ------ Determine Rounding Parameters for Adjusted AP/FlatRates

| | |

| | |----- Determine Management Costs Surcharge Tax Code

| | --- Account determination, posting key, document types

| | |

| | |----- Accounts, Posting key for breakdown and revenuepostings

| | |----- Determine accounts for rounding differences

| | |----- Document type for tax transfer (jurisdiction code)

| | ------ Accounts for costs assigned directly to lease-outs

| |

| |-- Tenant service charge settlement

| | |

| | ------ Set tenant service charge settlement

| |

| --- External heating expenses settlement

| |

| |----- Set parameters for data medium exchange

| |----- Control tenant and realty tapes (M/L-tapes) via BTE

| |----- Folder for temporary data

| |----- Maintain settlement companies

| |----- Define cost elements of settlement company

| ------ Maintain fuel types

|

|-- Real Estate Controlling

| |

| |----- Maintain down payment updates in Controlling

| |----- Maintain cost element groups

| |-- Planning

| | |

| | |-- User-defined planning layouts

| | | |

| | | |----- Maintain planning layouts for cost elementplanning

| | | |----- Maintain planning layouts for statistical keyfigures

| | | |----- Import planning layouts

| | | ------ Transport planning layouts

© SAP AG AC290 13-105

| | |

| | ------ Maintain user-defined planner profiles

| |

| |-- Settlement (Controlling)

| | |

| | |----- Maintain settlement cost elements

| | |----- Maintain settlement structure

| | |----- Maintain source structure

| | |----- Maintain PA transfer structure

| | |----- Maintain settlement profile

| | |----- Maintain selection variants for collective processing

| | ------ Maintain number ranges for settlement documents

| |

| |----- Maintain assessment

| |----- Maintain statistical key figures

| ------ Assign apportionment units to statistical key figures

|

|-- Management of External Rental Objects

| |

| |-- Payment transactions with owners

| | |

| | |----- Define owners house banks

| | |----- Maintain owners’ POR data

| | ------ Accounts for POR postings

| |

| |-- Management contract

| | |

| | |-- Determine number assignment for management contract

| | | |

| | | |----- Define number ranges

| | | ------ User-Defined Number Assignment

| | |

| | |----- Define management contract field status

| | |----- Define fee types for management contract

| | |----- Define events categories for management contract

| | |----- Assign fee type to events category

| | |----- Determine account determination values for managementcontracts

| | |-- Define calculation rules for fees

| | | |

| | | |----- Calculation bases

| | | |----- Calculation forms

| | | |----- Selection types

© SAP AG AC290 13-106

| | | ------ Valid calculations

| | |

| | --- Condition types/flow types/account determination

| | |

| | |----- Periodic fee types: Assign condition types

| | |----- Event-driven fee types: Assign flow types

| | |----- Maintain management contract account determination

| |

| --- Owner settlement

| |

| |----- Define document type for owner settlement

| |----- Determine cost elements for owner

| |----- Assign cost elements to be settled to owner costelements

| |----- Determine posting rules for owner settlement

|

|-- General contract (e.g. Lease-in)

| |

| |-- Determine number assignment for general contract

| | |

| | |----- Maintain number ranges

| | ------ User-Defined Number Assignment

| |

| |-- Contract type

| | |

| | |----- Maintain contract types

| | |----- Permitted object types per contract type

| | |----- Determine adjustment type/method for contract type

| | ------ Set preassignments for contract type

| |

| |-- Field Modification

| | |

| | |----- Specify field modifications for each activity

| | ------ Specify field modifications for each contract type

| |

| |-- Resubmission

| | |

| | |----- Define resubmission reasons

| | ------ Define rules for resubmission

| |

| |-- Notice

| | |

| | |----- Periods of Notice – Maintain Period Regulation

© SAP AG AC290 13-107

| | |----- Periods of Notice – Maintain Deadline Regulation

| | |----- Maintain reasons for notice

| | ------ Maintain reasons for refusal of notice

| |

| |----- Define renewal options

| --- Account determination for general contract

| |

| |----- Determine account determination value for generalcontract

| ------ Maintain general contract account determination

|

|-- Input Tax Processing

| |

| |----- Determine reasons for input tax option

| |----- Input tax distrib.: Accounts for non-deductible input tax

| --- Input tax treatment in fixed assets/correction items

| |

| |----- Maintain correction items number range

| |----- Document type for correction items transfer postings

| |----- Maintain accounts for rev./exp. postings input taxcorrection

| ------ Maintain rules for input tax treatment on correctionitems

|

|-- Information system

| |

| |----- Maintain selection ID per object status

| |----- Maintain cost element groups

| |-- LIS standard analyses

| | |

| | |----- Set partner reporting

| | |----- Set land register reporting

| | |----- Set business entity reporting

| | |----- Set property reporting

| | |----- Set building reporting

| | |----- Set rental unit reporting

| | |----- Set lease-out reporting

| |

| |-- Drilldown reporting

| | |

| | |----- Define form

| | |----- Maintain reports

| | |----- Translate reports/forms

© SAP AG AC290 13-108

| | |----- Determine global variables

| | |----- Maintain currency translation types

| | |----- Execute import from client

| | |----- Execute transport

| | ------ Drilldown monitor

| |

| |----- Maintain reporting tree

| --- Regulatory reporting

| |

| |----- Number range ID number

| |-- Stock indicator

| | |

| | |----- Display

| | |----- Change

| | |----- Tax office ID

| | ------ Valuation area assignment

| |

| |----- Insurance branch

| |----- PRF number

| |----- Subsection

| |----- Asset type DV3,DV8

| --- Groups

| |

| |----- Group 102

| |----- Group 201/600

| ------ Cost element classification

|

|-- Production start-up preparation

| |

| |----- File names for data transfer files

| |-- Data transfer

| | |

| | |----- Data transfer business entity

| | |----- Data transfer property

| | |----- Data transfer building

| | |----- Data transfer rental units

| | |----- Data transfer lease-outs

| | |----- Transfer rent adjustment history

| | ------ New lease-out number

| |

| |-- Transfer old data for input tax processing

| | |

© SAP AG AC290 13-109

| | |-- Transfer option rates and composite rates

| | | |

| | | |----- Transfer option rates

| | | |----- Determine composite rates

| | | ------ Cancel option rates

| | |

| | --- Line items of correction items

| | |

| | |----- Enter transfer table for line items

| | |----- Transfer line items to master data

| | ------ Retransfer line items to correction items

| |

| --- Periodic maintenance activities

| |

| |----- Periodic batch runs

| |------ Maintain year-dependent number ranges

| |----- Activities for changing tax rate

| ------ Heating days

|

--- Tools

|

|----- Check account determination

|-- Validation/substitution

| |

| |----- Logical rules for validation and substitution

| |----- Maintain validation

| |----- Maintain substitution

| ------ Maintain user exits for validation/substitution

|

|----- Use business transaction events

|-- Copy functions

| |

| |----- Execute client copy text modules

| ------ Company Code Copy Customizing Settings

|

|-- Central maintenance

| |

| |-- Customizing settings depending on central parameters

| | |

| | |----- Client-specific settings

| | |----- Company code-dependent settings

| | |----- Tenancy law-dependent settings

© SAP AG AC290 13-110

| | |----- Settings per product type

| | |----- Settings per contract type

| | |----- Settings per external usage type

| |

| |----- Central number range maintenance

| |----- Central field status maintenance

| ------ Maintenance activities for areas

|

|-- Central correspondence maintenance

| |

| |----- Assign forms to text objects

| |----- Text IDs

| ------ Texts to be included

|

------ Residence times for archiving